■MMMfii HBHH 
 HHPH^BI&NI 
 
 ^HHnH 
 
 H 
 
 ftaC 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 m 
 
 nBsnnnng 
 
 BIB BfefiBS 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 HHH WBli Mww 
 ^H oral 
 
 SSI** 
 
 BlBWBBBHBBBHBwBJnnwn 
 n H8MTO 
 
 IHMMHHMH MJOMitMH jhimihpp 
 
 mawareCW im w mM iPa gBStlg3SM 
 
 1 
 
 Hi 
 
 II 
 
Class _±. 
 Book 
 
 COPYRIGHT DEP0SJ7 
 
CICERO 
 
 ON THE 
 
 IMMORTALITY OF THE SOUL. 
 
OHASE AND STUAET'S CLASSICAL SERIES. 
 
 CICERO'S 
 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS, 
 
 BOOK FIEST; 
 
 THE BREAM OF SCIPIO; 
 
 AND 
 
 XTRACTS FROM THE DIALOGUES ON OLD AGE AND FRIENDSHIP. 
 
 Mittft m& §wtt0taM 
 
 BY 
 
 THOMAS CHASE, M. A., 
 
 PROFESSOR OF PHILOLOGY IX HAVERFORD COLLEGE; 
 SOMETIME TUTOR AND ACTING PROFESSOR OF LATIN IN HARVARD COLLEGE. 
 
 PHILADELPHIA: 
 
 ELDREDGE & BROTHER, 
 
 17 North Seventh Street. 
 
 18 73. 
 

 ^ 
 
 #><- 
 
 £ 
 
 s 
 
 *&« 
 
 Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1873, by 
 
 ELDREDGE & BROTHER, 
 in the Office of the Librarian of Congress at Washington. 
 
 •9* 
 
 7 
 
 CAXTON ?RLSS OF SHERMAN k CO. 
 
CAROLO-BECK-P-D- 
 
 LINGVAE • LATINAE • IX • COLLEGIO • HARVABDIANO 
 NYFBB • PROFESSORI 
 
 HVNCLIBRVM 
 
 GRATO • AXIMO • DEDICAT 
 
 DISCIPYLVS. 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 Together with the first book of the Tusculan Dispu- 
 tations, the editor has here presented the Somnium Scipi- 
 onis, and extracts from the dialogues De Senectute and 
 De Amicitia ; thus combining all the passages in the 
 works of Cicero in which the question of the Immortality 
 of the Soul is discussed. Besides the intrinsic interest 
 and value of these treatises as containing the maturest 
 decisions of old philosophy upon a question of universal 
 and nearest concern, they are adorned with a grace of 
 style and happiness of illustration characteristic of their 
 author and worthy of their subject. None of the philo- 
 sophical works of Cicero holds a higher rank than the 
 Tusculan Disputations for beauty of language and eleva- 
 tion of sentiment ; in the Dream of Scipio the lively nar- 
 rative and poetic coloring enhance the admiration which 
 the loftiness of its views cannot fail to excite ; and the 
 dialogues on Old Age and Friendship have always been 
 regarded as treasuries of thought and models of compo- 
 sition.* With the exception of the Somnium Scipionis, 
 
 * Such was the admiration in which Erasmus held these 
 works, that he pronounced their author inspired from Heaven. 
 His words are these : — "Sacris quidem litteris ubique prima de- 
 betur auctoritas j sed tamen ego nonnunquam offendo quaedam 
 
 vii 
 
Vlll PREFACE. 
 
 these are the fruits of Cicero's ripest years ; and that 
 delightful episode, as well as its companions in this vol- 
 ume, is the product of a mind enriched by the largest 
 culture and made wise by a varied experience. 
 
 In the preparation of this work, the editor has sought 
 to avail himself of the best results of modern scholarship. 
 The text of the book of the Tusculan Disputations is 
 founded chiefly upon the admirable editions of Moser* 
 and Kiihner ; f but those of Orelli, J Nobbe, § and Ti- 
 scher || have been compared, on every passage, and 
 
 vel dicta a, veteribus, vel scripta ab ethnicis, etiam poStis, tam 
 caste, tam sancte, tam divinitus, lit mihi non possim persuadere, 
 quin pectus illorum, quum ilia scriberent, numen aliquod bo- 
 num agitaverit Et fortasse latius se fundit spiritus Christi, 
 quam nos interpretamur. Et multi sunt in consortio sanctorum, 
 qui non sunt apud nos in catalogo. Fateor affectum meum 
 apud amicos : non possum legere librum Ciceronis de Senectute, 
 de Amicitia, de Officiis, de Tusculanis Quaestionibus, quin ali- 
 quoties exosculer codicem, ac venerer sanctum illud pectus, 
 afflatum caelesti numine. Contra, quum hos quosdam recenti- 
 ores lego de re publica, oeconomia, aut ethica praecipientes, 
 Deum immortalem ! quam frigent prae illis, immO quam non 
 videntur sentire quod scribunt ! ut ego citius patiar perire totum 
 Scotum, cum aliquot sui similibus, quam libros unius Ciceronis, 
 aut Plutarchi : non quod illos in totum damnem, sed quod [ab] 
 his sentiam me reddi meliorem, quum ex illorum lectione surgam, 
 nescio quomodo, frigidius affectus erga veram virtutem, sed irri- 
 tatior ad contentionem." Colloqq. FamilL, Conviv. Relig. 
 
 * Hanover, 1836. 3 vols. 
 
 t Jena, 1846. Editio tertia. 
 
 | Zurich, 1829. 
 
 § Leipsic, 1828. 
 
 || Leipsic, 1850. The text is based upon that of Klotz (Leip- 
 sic, 1833 and 1843) and of Tregder (Copenhagen, 1841). Pub- 
 lished in Haupt and Sauppe's Sammlung Griechischer und Latei- 
 nischer Schriftstelhr mit Deutschen Anmerkunqen. 
 
PREFACE. IX 
 
 various old editions consulted in doubtful cases. "Where 
 such scholars as Orelli, Moser, and Kuhner are at vari- 
 ance, the editor has felt at liberty to select that reading 
 which best commended itself to his own judgment, par- 
 ticular weight being given to the authority of the manu- 
 scripts of highest repute.* The most important varia- 
 tions of reading are mentioned in the notes. In the 
 Somnium Scipionis the text of Moser f has been adopted, 
 and in the Cato Major and Laelius that of Orelli. 
 
 For the most valuable part of the annotations, the 
 editor is indebted to the labors of German scholars. 
 Orelli's special edition of the Tusculan Disputations 
 furnished him with the Vorlesungen of that illustrious 
 critic and man of genius, F. A. Wolf, with the valuable 
 additions of Orelli himself; the elaborate edition of 
 Moser afforded a large body of excellent notes, with a 
 copious digest of the annotations of preceding commen- 
 tators ; Tischer's concise and judicious explanations 
 were of great service ; and, above all, most important 
 assistance was derived from Kuhner, whose edition is 
 indeed a model of clearness and aptness of illustration, 
 and sound discrimination in the choice of topics to be 
 discussed. For the aid received from these sources, 
 care has been taken to give full credit. 
 
 The notes are designed to call attention to the most 
 
 * Among some fifty MSS. which Kuhner enumerates, he 
 gives the preference to the six following : the Regius, at Paris, 
 of the ninth century ; the Vaticanus ; the Gudianus primus, at 
 Wolfenbuttel, of the ninth or tenth century; the Pithomnus ; 
 the Gryphianus ; and the Berne?isis, at Berne, of the fifteenth 
 century. 
 
 t Frankfort on the Maine, 1826. 
 
X PREFACE. 
 
 important peculiarities of construction, and to explain 
 the most serious difficulties of syntax and interpretation, 
 without the injustice to the student of robbing him 
 entirely of the pleasure and advantage of surmounting 
 obstacles by his own unaided effort. Particular atten- 
 tion has been given to the illustration of the subjunctive 
 mood ; and it is believed that there is not in the book 
 an instance of its use where the principles upon which 
 it depends have not been set forth, in words or by refer- 
 ences, in some part of the notes. Every teacher will 
 acknowledge the propriety of devoting especial labor to 
 the elucidation of a form that conveys so many delicate 
 shades of meaning, and upon which so much of the 
 beauty and expressiveness of the Latin language de- 
 pends. On this point, as on many others, great assist- 
 ance has been derived from the Latin Grammar of 
 Madvig, whose translator, Mr. Woods, (Oxford, 1849,) 
 has rendered a service to English scholarship by mak- 
 ing an admirable treatise accessible, which bears the 
 marks, on every page, of the discernment and clearness 
 of a master mind. From this work large quotations are 
 made in the notes. The derivation and force of the 
 particles — a point whose elucidation is of hardly less 
 importance than that of the subjunctive for a correct 
 understanding of the language — have also received 
 attention, particularly in the notes on the Somnium 
 Scipionis, Cato Major, and Laelius. Copious extracts 
 have been made from that invaluable treatise upon Latin 
 particles, Hand's Tursellinus ; and the second part of 
 T. K. Arnold's Introduction to Latin Prose Composition 
 (third edition, 1850) afforded some aid. The biograph- 
 ical notes are designed rather as guides to the Classical 
 
 
PREFACE. XI 
 
 Dictionary than complete descriptions ; they are derived 
 chiefly from Smith's Dictionaries, and various editions 
 of the Tusculan Disputations. Frequent reference has 
 been made to Zumpt's Grammar, — a work containing 
 the garnered treasures of a lifetime of enthusiastic de- 
 votion to classical studies, — to the admirable treatise 
 on Latin Syntax by Dr. Beck, — and to the Grammar 
 of Andrews and Stoddard ; and the recent publication 
 of an excellent American translation has authorized 
 occasional references to the Lexicon of Freund. 
 
 The high character of many of the editions of Greek 
 and Roman authors which have lately appeared from 
 the American press, indicates the rapid progress of 
 classical scholarship in this country in the last few 
 years. The light recent philological investigations have 
 shed upon the history, structure, and significance of the 
 ancient languages, and thus upon the science of lan- 
 guage itself, — language, which is at once the great 
 instrument of thought and the noblest product of mind, 
 — adds a new dignity and value to even the most ele- 
 mentary processes in classical instruction. We must 
 ever be indebted to the Old World for the thoroughness 
 and ability with which her philologists have pursued 
 these investigations ; but American scholars can share 
 in the fruits of their labors, weigh and combine their 
 decisions with an independent judgment, and perform 
 a useful, though comparatively humble service, in ap- 
 plying them to increase the value and efficiency of 
 classical studies as a means of mental training. The 
 editor will be gratified if this book shall help, even in 
 the slightest degree, in thus advancing the interests of 
 sound learning. 
 
XU PREFACE. 
 
 To his former teachers, Professors Beck and Felton, 
 the editor is deeply indebted for encouragement and 
 most valuable counsel ; and to those gentlemen, and 
 others, who have kindly allowed him access to their 
 libraries, he here offers his grateful acknowledgments. 
 
 Cambridge, March 24, 1851. 
 
 PREFACE TO THE REVISED EDITION. 
 
 Grateful for the favor with which this book has 
 been received, the editor has endeavored to make it 
 more worthy of approbation, by a revision of the 
 notes, and by the addition of copious grammatical 
 references to the best and most recent text-books. In 
 this form he adds it to the " Chase and Stuart Series," 
 trusting that for many years to come successive gener- 
 ations of teachers and students, ambitious of generous 
 culture, will delight themselves with these charming 
 productions of " Rome's least mortal mind." 
 
 Haverford College, 1873. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 The apparent inconsistencies in the language of Cicero on 
 different occasions, with reference to the doctrine of the im- 
 mortality of the soul, have excited some doubt and discus- 
 sion in regard to the views really entertained by him on that 
 subject. A correct appreciation of his sentiments on this 
 question cannot be formed without considering, first, what 
 were his general philosophical principles in regard to the 
 degree of certainty with which truth can be attained, and, sec- 
 ondly, what was his immediate object in the various writings 
 in which he alludes to the condition of the soul after death. 
 
 On the first point, Cicero's views were similar to those 
 held by the New Academy. He entertained a moderate 
 scepticism in philosophy, congenial to his own mental char- 
 acter, and naturally resulting from his education and the 
 "endless and inextricable disputes of the different sects" 
 whose doctrines he studied in his search for truth. Disgusted 
 at the confidence and dogmatism with which different schools 
 had promulgated their decisions upon the knottiest questions, 
 and, with his sensitive nature, dreading to offend the judg- 
 ments or prejudices of others by a too positive assertion of 
 disputed points, he professed not to arrive at certainty in his 
 speculations, but only to incline to that opinion which ap- 
 peared most probable. Accordingly, in his philosophical 
 treatises he adopted the method of the Academics, " cau- 
 tiously abstaining," says Hitter, " from advancing his own 
 
XIV INTRODUCTION. 
 
 opinions too decidedly, refusing to be bound by any author- 
 ity, and at the same time never attempting to establish his 
 own." 
 
 In regard to the second point, in none of the treatises in 
 which Cicero alludes to the immortality of the soul, unless we 
 except the Somnium Scipionis, was it his immediate object to 
 assert the truth of that doctrine. In that beautiful Vision this 
 truth is maintained with a directness that admits of no ques- 
 tion, Cicero's aim being to show that wise and virtuous states- 
 men are rewarded, not only by the consciousness of good 
 deeds, but also by a participation in the immortal glories of 
 the future life ; and there is not in the whole the slightest in- 
 timation of a doubt in regard to a fact which indeed is presup- 
 posed by the very form of the composition. The purpose of 
 the first book of the Tusculan Disputations is simply to show 
 that death is not an evil, either to the dead or to those yet 
 living ; and this, the author maintains, is true, whatever sup- 
 position be adopted in regard to the future existence of the 
 soul. Cicero proceeds, indeed, to argue that it is not only 
 not an evil, but even a blessing, and advances in this con- 
 nection the doctrine of immortality, defending it, with the 
 utmost earnestness and eloquence, by a great variety of 
 potent arguments ; but he is not to be charged with incon- 
 sistency or wavering, because, recurring to his first proposi- 
 tion, that death is not an evil, he labors to prove that it ought 
 not to be regarded as such, even admitting that souls perish 
 with the body ; for it is evident that in this he is not aban- 
 doning the ground previously taken, but merely forbearing to 
 insist upon a point unessential to his argument. If any ex- 
 pressions in the Cato Major and Laelius seem to imply doubt 
 upon this question in the author's mind, the same answer can 
 be given, — that the admission of this truth was not essential 
 to the defence of the proposition to be established. Cato 
 could still maintain that the fear of dissolution ought not to 
 embitter our declining years, and Laelius that it had gone 
 well with his departed friend, even if death were granted to 
 
INTRODUCTION. XV 
 
 be an eternal sleep, and its only advantage the release from 
 the toils and sorrows of this life. But the very manner in 
 which the contrary supposition is for a moment adopted in 
 the De Senectute, only increases the appearance of sincerity 
 with which the doctrine of immortality is defended in that 
 dialogue. " If," says Cato, " as certain paltry philosophers 
 suppose, — quidam minuti philosophy — I shall feel nothing 
 when I am dead, I have no fear that these philosophers will 
 laugh at my delusion when they and I shall be no more." 
 And in neither of these dialogues can the supposition, for the 
 sake of the argument, that the contrary is true, be taken as 
 an indication of doubt in Cicero's mind, any more than the 
 words of many Christian writers, who, after vindicating the 
 claims of their faith to universal acceptance, have added, 
 " Even if this religion be all a fable and an imposition, no 
 harm, but rather incalculable benefit, would result from its 
 adoption." The confidence with which a belief in a future 
 life is asserted in these two treatises, "designed to be gener- 
 ally intelligible rather than philosophically accurate," and thus 
 leaving their writer comparatively unshackled by his sceptical 
 system, should be allowed great weight, as Hitter suggests, 
 in proof of the reality of his conviction ; while his seeming 
 to leave the question undecided in the Tusculan Disputations 
 can be easily explained by the restrictions of his philosophy, 
 in the same manner as he himself accounts for the fact that 
 Socrates — who, as Hitter, Grote, and authorities generally 
 agree, undoubtedly believed in the existence of the soul after 
 death — pretended, in Ins Apology, to consider the point as 
 undetermined, " etsi, quod praeter deos negat scire quem- 
 quam, id scit ipse, .... nam dixit ante ; sed suum Mud, nihil 
 ut affirmet, tenet ad extremism." Tusc. Disp. I. xlii. 99. 
 
 But perhaps the most serious difficulty is presented in sever- 
 al expressions in Cicero's letters to his friends, which seem to 
 imply a doubt of the existence of a future state. Here, again, 
 we should inquire, What was Cicero's purpose in writing 
 these letters ? In some of them it was, doubtless, to admin- 
 
XVI INTRODUCTION. 
 
 ister consolation to friends in distress, — but only such conso- 
 lation as they could be made to receive. It is known that he 
 was in several of these instances writing to Epicureans, who, 
 disbelieving the immortality of the soul, could, derive no com- 
 fort from the presentation of that doctrine. In other passages, 
 perhaps this argument would fail us ; but, to adopt the words 
 of Middleton, " we must remember always that Cicero was an 
 Academic ; and though he believed a future state, was fond 
 of the opinion, and declares himself resolved never to part 
 with it, yet he believed it as probable only, not as certain ; 
 and as probability implies some mixture of doubt, and admits 
 the degrees of more and less, so it admits also some variety 
 in the stability of our persuasions : thus, in a melancholy 
 hour, when his spirits were depressed, the same argument 
 would not appear to him with the same force, but doubts and 
 difficulties get the ascendant, and what humored his present 
 chagrin find the readiest admission But after all, what- 
 ever be the sense of these letters, it cannot surely be thought 
 reasonable to oppose a few scattered hints, accidentally thrown 
 out, when he was not considering the subject, to the volumes 
 that he had deliberately written on the other side of the 
 question." 
 
 Upon the whole, while it cannot be denied that Cicero had 
 not that deep and firmly established conviction of the fact of a 
 future state which we entertain at the present day, there 
 seems to be no sufficient reason to doubt that he felt a strong 
 persuasion of its probability, which almost amounted to belief. 
 The arguments of Socrates, of Plato, and of the Pythagoreans 
 in favor of immortality found a response in the depths of his 
 heart, and the voice of the divinity within him at times 
 attested to his soul the truth of this doctrine with a power 
 far transcending the cold deductions of reasoning. He may 
 not have appreciated the value of this inward revelation ; he 
 may have faltered and doubted when he attempted to state 
 according to a formal, artificial system the grounds of hi3 
 belief, — sincere believers sometimes falter now ; but when 
 
INTRODUCTION. XVU 
 
 his mind was bent back upon itself, who can doubt that, in 
 his case, also, 
 
 " A warmth within the breast would melt 
 The freezing reason's colder part, 
 And, like a man in wrath, the heart 
 Stood up and answered, * I have felt.' " 
 
 When, however, we consider the general scepticism of the 
 age of Cicero in regard to a future existence, and the clouds 
 with which his own faith was often obscured, we cannot but 
 confess that this sublime doctrine was brought to perfect light 
 only by Him who gave its truth the sanctions of his divine 
 authority, and, to confirm it, rose from the dead. 
 
 The reader will find a fuller discussion of this interesting 
 question in Hitter's History of Ancient Philosophy, Vol. IV. 
 pp. 141-143; Middleton's Life of Cicero, pp. 306-310 
 (Bonn's edition) ; De Bengel's Dissertation, " Quid doctrina 
 de animorum immortalitate religion* Christianae debeat," Part 
 IV. Sect. ii. ; YVvttcnbach's Prize Dissertation, u Veterum 
 Pliilosophorum sententiae de statu animorum post mortem 
 corporis," and the same author's " Lectiones." 
 
 The following passages from the Letters of Cicero contain 
 allusions to the condition of the soul after death : — 
 
 " Saepissime et legi et audivi, nihil mali esse in morte ; in 
 qua si resideat sensus, immortal itas ilia potius, quam mors 
 ducenda sit : sin sit amissus, nulla videri miseria debeat, 
 quae non sentiatur." (Epp. ad Din: V. xvi.) " Ut hoc saltern 
 in maximis malis boni consequamur, ut mortem, quam etiam 
 beati contemnere debeamus, propterea quod nullum sensum 
 esset habitura, nunc sic affecti, non modo contemnere debea- 
 mus, sed etiam optare." (Ibid. V. xxi.) " Sed haec consola- 
 tio levis ; ilia gravior, qua te uti spero, ego certe utor : nee 
 enim dum ero, angar ulla re, quum omni vacem culpa ; et si 
 non ero, sensu omnino carebo." (Ibid. VI. iii.) " Deinde, quod 
 mihi ad consolationem commune tecum est, si jam vocer ad 
 exitum vitae, non ab ea re publica avellar, qua carendum esse 
 2. — Cic. Tusc. Disp. 
 
XVU1 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 doloam, praesertim quum id sine ullo sensu futurum sit, 
 (Ibid, VI. iv.) " Una ratio videtur, quidquid evenerit, ferre 
 moderate, praesertim quum omnium rerum mors sit extre- 
 mum." (Ibid. VI. xxi.) 
 
 We may insert here several other passages from Cicero's 
 writings, bearing on our subject; the first from the Horten- 
 sius, cited by St. Augustine, De Trin. Lib. XIV. c. xix. : — 
 
 " Quae nobis dies noctesque considerantibus, acuentibusque 
 intelligentiam, quae est mentis acies, caventibusque ne quando 
 ilia hebescat, [id est, in philosophia viventibus,] magna spes 
 est, aut si hoc, quo sentimus et sapimus, mortale et caducum 
 est, jucundum nobis, perfunctis muneribus humanis, occasum, 
 neque molestam exstinctionem et quasi quietem vitae fore : 
 aut si, ut antiquis philosophis, iisque maximis longeque claris- 
 simis, placuit, aeternos animos ac divinos habemus : sic exi- 
 stimandum est, quo magis hi fuerint semper in cursu, id est, 
 in ratione et investigandi cupiditate, et quo minus se admi- 
 scuerint atque implicuerint hominum vitiis atque erroribus, 
 hoc iis faciliorem adscensum et reditum in caelum fore. Qua- 
 propter, ut aliquando terminetur oratio, si aut exstingui tran- 
 quille volumus, quum in his artibus vixerimus, aut si ex hac 
 in aliam haud paullo meliorem domum sine mora demigrare, 
 in his studiis nobis omnis opera et cura ponenda est." 
 
 See also another extract from the Hortensius in the same 
 treatise of St. Augustine, Lib. IV. c. ii. 
 
 De Divinat. I. xxx. : " Quum ergo est somno sevocatus ani- 
 mus a societate, et a contagione corporis, turn meminit prae- 
 teritorum, praesentia cernit, futura praevidet. Jacet enim 
 corpus dormientis, ut mortui; viget autem et vivit animus: 
 quod multo magis faciet post mortem, quum omnino corpore 
 excesserit. Itaque appropinquante morte multo est divinior. 
 Nam et id ipsum vident, qui sunt morbo gravi et mortifero 
 affecti, in stare mortem. Itaque his occurrunt plerumque 
 imagines mortuorum : tumque vel maxime laudi student : 
 eosque qui secus, quam decuit, vixerunt, peccatorum suorum 
 turn maxime poenitet." Read also the remainder of the 
 chapter. 
 
INTRODUCTION. XIX 
 
 Oral. I. in Cat., in Jin. : " Turn tu, Jupiter, qui iisdem, 
 quibus haec urbs, auspiciis a Romulo es constitutus, quern 
 Statorem bujus urbis atque imperii vere nominauius, hunc 
 et bujus socios a tuis aris ceterisque templis, a tectis urbis ac 
 moenibus, a vitis fortunisque civium [omnium] arcebis: et 
 homines bonorum inimicos, hostes patriae, latrones Italiae, 
 scelerum foedere inter se ac nefaria societate conjunctos 
 aeternis suppliciis vivos mortuosque mactabis." 
 
 Pro Marccllo, ix. in fin. : u Servi igitur iis etiam judicious, 
 qui multis post seculis de te judicabunt et quidem haud scio 
 an incorruptius, quam nos : nam et sine amore et sine cupi- 
 ditate et rursus sine odio et sine invidia judicabunt. Id autem 
 etiam si turn ad te, ut quidam* /also putant, non pertinebit: 
 nunc certe pertinet esse te talem, ut tuas laudes obscuratura 
 nulla unquam sit oblivio." 
 
 See also Orat. pro Scauro, ii. 50. 
 
 For Cicero's high estimate of the dignity of the human 
 mind, and his belief in its resemblance and kinship to divine 
 natures, — views which in themselves would predispose him 
 to believe in its immortality, — consult De Finibu*, II. xxxiv., 
 V. xii., xiii. ; De Officiis, I. iv., xxxvi., III. x. ; and particu- 
 larly those eloquent chapters in De Legibus, I. viii., ix., xxii., 
 and xxiii. 
 
 * The Epicureans. 
 
M. TULLn CICERONIS 
 
 TUSCULAMRUM DISPUTATIONUM 
 
 LIBER PRIMUS. 
 DE CONTEMNENDA MORTE. 
 
 . 
 
M. TULLII CICERONIS 
 
 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 
 
 AD M. BRUTUM 
 
 LIBER PRIMUS. 
 
 DE CONTEMNENDA MORTE. 
 
 I. 1. Quum defensionum laboribus senato- 
 riisque muneribus, aut omnino aut magna ex 
 parte, essem aliquando liberatus, retuli me, Brute, 
 te hortante maxime, ad ea studia, quae, retenta 
 animo, remissa temporibus, longo inter vallo in- 
 termissa, revoeavi ; et, quum omnium artium, 
 quae ad rectam vivendi viam pertinerent, ratio 
 et disciplina studio sapientiae, quae philosophia 
 dicitur, contineretur, hoc mitai Latinis litteris 
 illustrandum putavi; non quia philosophia Grae- 
 cis et litteris et doctoribus percipi non posset, sed 
 meum semper judicium fuit, omnia nostros aut 
 invenisse per se sapientius quam Graecos, aut 
 accepta ab illis fecisse meliora, quae quidem 
 digna statuissent in quibus elaborarent. 2. Nam 
 mores et instituta vitae resque dornesticas ac 
 familiares nos profecto et melius tuemur et lau- 
 tius: rem vero publicam nostri rnajores certe 
 
 23 
 
24 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 
 
 melioribus temperaverunt et institutis et legi- 
 bus. Quid loquar de re militari? in qua quum 
 virtute nostri multum valuerunt, turn plus etiarn 
 disciplina. Jam ilia, quae natura, non litteris 
 assecuti sunt, neque cum Graecia, neque ulla 
 cum gente sunt conferenda. Quae enim tanta 
 gravitas, quae tanta constantia, magnitudo ani- 
 mi, probitas, fides, quae tarn excellens in omni 
 genere virtus in ullis fuit, ut sit cum majoribus 
 nostris comparanda? 3. Doctrina Graecia nos 
 et omni litterarum genere superabat: in quo 
 erat facile vincere non repugnantes. Nam quum 
 apud Graecos antiquissimum e doctis genus sit 
 poetarum, siquidem Homerus fuit et Hesiodus 
 ante Romam conditam, Archilochus regnante 
 Romulo, serius poeticam nos accepimus. Annis 
 enim fere d x post Romam conditam Livius fa- 
 bulam dedit, C. Claudio Caeci filio, M. Tuditano 
 consulibus, anno ante natum Ennium; qui fuit 
 major natu quam Plautus et Naevius. 
 
 II. Sero igitur a nostris poetae vel cogniti vel 
 recepti. Quamquam est in Originibus, solitos 
 esse in epulis canere convivas ad tibicinem de cla- 
 roram hominum virtutibus; honorem tamen huic 
 generi non fuisse, declarat oratio Catonis, in qua 
 objecit, ut probrum, M. Nobiliori, quod is in pro- 
 vinciam poetas duxisset. Duxerat autem consul 
 ille in Aetoliam, ut scimus, Ennium. Quo mi- 
 nus igitur honoris erat poetis, eo minora studia 
 fuerunt; nee tamen, si qui magnis ingeniis in 
 
LIBER I. CAP. II. III. 25 
 
 eo genere exstiterunt, non satis Graeeorum glo- 
 riae responderunt. 4. An censemus, si Fabio, 
 nobilissimo homini, laudi datum esset, quod pin- 
 geret, non multos etiam apud nos futuros Poly- 
 cletos ct Parrhasios fuisse ? Honos alit artes, 
 omnesque incenduntur ad stadia gloria; jacent- 
 que ea semper, quae apud qnosque improbantur. 
 Sum mam eruditionem Graeci sitam censebant 
 in nervorum vocumque cantibus. Igitur et Epa- 
 minondas, princeps, meo judicio, Graeciae, fidi- 
 bus praeclare cecinisse dicitur ; Themistoclesque 
 aliquot ante annis, quum in epulis recusaret ly- 
 ram, est habitus indoctior. Ergo in Graecia 
 musici floruerunt; discebantque id omnes, nee, 
 qui nesciebat, satis exeultus doctrina putaba- 
 tur. 5. In summo apud illos honore geometria 
 fuit; itaque nihil mathematicis illustrius. At 
 nos metiendi ratiocinandique utilitate hujus artis 
 terminavimus modum. 
 
 III. At contra oratorem celeriter complexi su- 
 mus; nee eum primo eruditum, aptum tamen 
 addicendum; post . autem eruditum. Nam Gal- 
 bam, Africanum, Laelinm, doctos fuisse tradi- 
 tum est; studiosurn autem eum, qui iis aetate 
 anteibat, Catonem ; post vero, Lepidum, Carbo- 
 nem, Gracchos ; inde ita magnos nostram ad 
 aetatem, ut non multum aut nihil omnino Grae- 
 cis cederetur. 
 
 Phiiosophia jacuit usque ad hanc aetatem, nee 
 ullum habuit lumen litteraruin Latin arum: quae 
 
26 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 
 
 Ulustranda et excitanda nobis est, ut, si occupati 
 profuirnus aliquid civibus nostris, prosimus etiam, 
 si possumus, otiosi. 6. In quo eo magis nobis 
 est elaborandum, quod multi jam esse libri La- 
 tini dicuntur, script! inconsiderate, ab optimis 
 illis quidem viris, sed non satis eruditis. Fieri 
 autem potest, ut recte quis sentiat, et id, quod 
 sen tit, polite eloqui non possit: sed mandare 
 quemquam litteris cogitationes suas, qui eas 
 nee disponere, nee illustrare possit, nee delecta- 
 tione aliqua allicere lectorem, hominis est intem- 
 peranter abutentis et otio et litteris. Itaque 
 suos libros ipsi legunt cum suis, nee quisquam 
 attingit, praeter eos, qui eandem licentiam scri- 
 bendi sibi permitti volunt. Quare si aliquid 
 oratoriae laudis nostra attulimus industria, mul- 
 to studiosius philosophiae fontes aperiemus, e 
 quibus etiam ilia manabant. 
 
 IV. 7. Sed ut Aristoteles, vir summo inge- 
 nio, scientia, copia, quum motus esset Isocratis 
 rhetoris gloria, dicere etiam coepit adolescentes 
 docere et prudentiam cum eloquentia jungere : 
 sic nobis placet nee pristinum dicendi studium 
 deponere et in hac majore et uberiore arte ver- 
 sari. Hanc enim perfectam philosophiam sem- 
 per judicavi, quae de maximis quaestionibus 
 copiose posset ornateque dicere. In quam exer- 
 citationem ita nos studiose dedimus, ut jam 
 etiam scholas Graecorum more habere audere- 
 mus: ut nuper tuum post discessum ? in Tuscu- 
 
LIBER I. CAP. IV. 
 
 27 
 
 lano, quum essent complures mecum familiares, 
 tentavi, quid in eo genere possem. Ut enim 
 antea declamitabam causas, quod nemo me diu- 
 tius fecit, sic haec nunc mihi senilis est declama- 
 tio. Ponere jubebam, de quo quis audire vellet; 
 ad id aut sedens aut ambulans disputabam. 
 
 8. Itaque dierum quinque scholas, ut Graeci 
 appellant, in totidem libros contuli. Fiebat au- 
 tem ita, ut, quum is, qui audire vellet, dixisset 
 quid sibi videretur, turn ego contra dicerem. 
 Haec est enim, ut scis, vetus et Socratica ratio 
 contra alterius opinionem disserendi; nam ita 
 facillime, quid veri simillirnum esset, inveniri 
 posse Socrates arbitrabatur. Sed quo commo- 
 dius disputationes nostrae explicentur, sic eas 
 exponam, quasi agatur res, non quasi narretur. 
 Ergo ita nascetur exordium. 
 
 V. 9. A. Malum mihi videtur esse mors. M. 
 lisne, qui mortui sunt, an iis, quibus moriendum 
 est? A. Utrisque. M. Est iniserum igitur, 
 quoniam malum. A. Certe. M. Ergo et ii, 
 quibus evenit jam, ut morerentur, et ii, quibus 
 eventurum est, miseri. A. Mihi ita videtur. 
 31, Nemo ergo non miser. A. Prorsus nemo. 
 M. Et quidem, si tibi constare vis, omnes, qui- 
 cunque nati sunt eruntve, non solum miseri, sed 
 etiam semper miseri. Nam si solos eos diceres 
 miseros, quibus moriendum esset, neminem tu 
 quidem eorum, qui viverent, exciperes ; (morien- 
 dum est enim omnibus ;) esset tamen miseriae 
 
28 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 
 
 finis in morte: quoniam autem etiam mortui 
 miseri sunt, in miseriam nascimur sempiternam 
 Necesse est enim miseros esse eos, qui centum 
 millibus annorum ante occiderunt, vel potius 
 omnes, quicunque nati sunt. A. Ita prorsus 
 existimo. 
 
 10. M. Die, quaeso : Num te ilia terrent, tri- 
 ceps apud inferos Cerberus, Cocyti fremitus, 
 transvectio Acherontis, 
 
 Minto summam aquam attingem siti inecatus Tantalus* 
 
 turn illud, quod 
 
 Sisyphu' virsat 
 Sdxum sudans nitendo, neque prqficit hilum t 
 
 fortasse etiam inexorabiles judices, Minos et Rha- 
 damanthus? apud quos nee te L. Crassus de- 
 fendet, nee M. Antonius; nee, quoniam apud 
 Graecos judices res agetur, poteris adhibere De- 
 mosthenem : tibi ipsi pro te erit maxima corona 
 causa dicenda. Haec fortasse metuis, et idcirco 
 mortem censes esse sempiternum malum. 
 
 VI. 'A. Adeone me delirare censes, ut ista 
 esse credam ? M. An tu haec non credis ? A 
 Minime vero. M. Male, hercule, narras. A 
 Cur? quaeso. M. Quia disertus esse possem, 
 si contra ista dicerem. 11. A. Quis enim non 
 in ejusmodi causa? aut quid negotii est, haec 
 poetarum et pictorum portenta convincere? M, 
 Atqai pleni libri sunt contra ista ipsa disseren- 
 tium philosophorum. A, Inepte sane. Quis 
 
LIBER I. CAP. VI. 29 
 
 est enim tarn excors, quem ista moveant? 31. 
 Si ergo apud inferos miseri non sunt, ne sunt 
 quidem apud inferos ulli. A. Ita prorsus existi- 
 mo, 31. Ubi sunt ergo ii, quos miseros dicis ? 
 aut quem locum incolunt? si enim sunt, nus- 
 quam esse non possunt A. Ego vero nusquam 
 esse illos puto. 31. Igitur ne esse quidem ? 
 A. Prorsus isto modo ; et tamen miseros ob id 
 ipsum quidem, quia nulli sunt. 
 
 12, 31. Jam mallem Cerberum metueres, quam 
 ista tarn inconsiderate diceres. A. Quid tan- 
 dem? 31. Quem esse negas, eundem e- 
 dicis. Ubi est acumen tuum? quum enim mi- 
 serum esse dicis, turn eum, qui non sit, dicis esse. 
 A. Non sum ita hebes, ut istud dicam. 31. 
 Quid dicis igitur? A. Miserum esse, verbi 
 causa, M. Crassum, qui illas fortunas morte 
 dimiserit; miserum Cn. Pompeium, qui tanta 
 gloria sit orbatus; omnes denique miseros, qui 
 hac luce careant. 31. Revolveris eodem. Sint 
 enim oportet, si miseri sunt; tu autem modo 
 negabas eos esse, qui mortui essent. Si igitur 
 non sunt, nihil possunt esse: ita ne miseri qui- 
 dem sunt. A. Non dico fortasse etiam, quod 
 sentio; nam istuc ipsum, non esse, quum fueris, 
 miserrimum puto. 13. 31. Quid? miserius, 
 quam omnino nunquam fuisse? Ita, qui non- 
 dum nati sunt, miseri jam sunt, quia non sunt ; 
 et nos, si post mortem miseri futuri sum us, mi- 
 seri fuimus, antequam nati. Ego autem non 
 
30 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 
 
 commemini, antequam sum natus, me miserum. 
 Tu si meliore memoria es, velim scire, ecquid de 
 te recordere. 
 
 VII. A, Ita jocaris, quasi ego dicam eos mi- 
 seros, qui nati non sunt; et non eos, qui mortui 
 sunt. M. Esse ergo eos dicis. A. Immo, quia 
 non sint, quum fuerint, eo miseros esse. M. 
 Pugnantia te loqui non vides? quid enim tarn 
 pugnat, quam non modo miserum, sed omnino 
 quidquam esse, qui non sit? An tu egressus 
 porta Capena, quum Calatini, Scipionum, Ser- 
 viliorum, Metellorum sepulcra vides, miseros pu- 
 tas illos ? A. Quoniam me verbo premis, post- 
 hac non ita dicam, miseros esse, sed tantum, 
 miseros, ob id ipsum, quia non sunt. M. Non 
 dicis igitur, miser est M. Crassus; sed tantum, 
 miser M. Crassus. 14. A. Ita plane. M. Quasi 
 non necesse sit, quidquid isto modo pronunties, 
 id aut esse aut non esse. An tu dialecticis ne 
 imbutus quidem es ? In primis enim hoc tradi- 
 tur: omne pronuntiatum (sic enim mihi in prae- 
 sentia occurrit, ut appellarem a^ccofia ; utar post 
 alio, si invenero melius;) id ergo est pronuntia- 
 tum, quod est verum aut falsum. Quum dicis 
 igitur, miser M. Crassus ; aut hoc dicis, miser est 
 M. Crassus, ut possit judicari, verum id falsumne 
 sit; aut nihil dicis omnino. A. Age jam conee- 
 do, non esse miseros, qui mortui sint, quoniam 
 extorsisti, ut faterer, qui omnino non essent, eos 
 ne miseros quidem esse posse. Quid? qui vivi- 
 
LIBER I. CAP. VII. VIII. 31 
 
 mus, quum moriendum sit, nonne miseri sumus ? 
 Quae enim potest in vita esse jucunditas, quum 
 dies et noctes cogitandum sit. jam jamque esse 
 moriendum ? 
 
 VIII. 15. 31. Ecqui ergo intelligis, quantum 
 mali de humana conditione dejeceris ? A, Quo- 
 nam modo ? M. Quia, si mori etiam mortuis 
 miserum esset, infinitum quoddam et sempiter- 
 num malum haberemus in vita. Nunc video 
 calcem ; ad quam quum sit decursum. nihil sit 
 praeterea extimescendum. Sed tu niihi videris 
 Epicharmi, acuti nee insulsi hominis, ut Siculi, 
 sentenriam sequi. A. Quam? non enim novi. 
 M. Dicam, si potero, Latine ; scia enim me 
 Graeee loqui in Latino sermone non plus solere, 
 quam in Graeco Latine. A. Et recte quidem. 
 Sed quae tandem - si Epicharmi ista senten- 
 tia? M. 
 
 Em> mortuum nihil atstumo. 
 
 A. Jam agnosco Graecum. Sed quoniam coe- 
 gisti, ut concederem, qui mortui essent, eos mi- 
 seros non esse ; perfice, si poles, ut ne morien- 
 dum quidem esse miserum putem. 
 
 16. M. Jam istud quidem nihil negotii est; 
 sed etiam majora molior. A. Quo modo hoc 
 nihil negotii est? aut quae sunt tandem ista 
 majora? 31. Quia, quoniam post mortem nihil 
 est mali, ne mors quidem est malum, cui proxi- 
 mum tempus est post mortem, in quo mali nihil 
 esse concedis; ita ne moriendum quidem esse 
 
32 
 
 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 
 
 malum est; iciest enim, perveniendum esse ad 
 id, quod non esse malum confitemur. A, Ube- 
 rius ista, qaaeso. Haec enim spinosiora, prius, 
 ut confitear, me cogunt, quam ut assentiar. Sed 
 quae sunt ea, quae dicis te majora moliri? M. 
 Ut doceam, si possim, non modo malum non 
 esse, sed bonum etiam esse mortem. A. Non 
 postulo id quidem ; aveo tamen audire. Ut 
 enim non efficias, quod vis, tamen, mors ut ma- 
 lum non sit, efficies. Sed nihil te interpellabo ; 
 eontinentem orationem audire malo. 17. M. 
 Quid? si te rogavero aliquid, non respondebis ? 
 ^4. Superbum id quidem est; sed, nisi quid ne- 
 cesse erit, malo non roges. 
 
 IX. M, Geram tibi morem, et ea, quae vis, 
 ut potero, explicabo; nee tamen quasi Pythius 
 Apollo, certa ut sint et fixa quae dixero, sed ut 
 homunculus, unus e muitis, probabilia conjectura 
 sequens. Ultra enim quo progrediar, quam ut 
 veri similia videam, non habeo; certa dicent ii, 
 qui et percipi ea posse dicunt, et se sapientes 
 esse profitentur. A. Tu, ut videtur; nos ad 
 audiendum parati sumus. 18. M. Mors igitur 
 ipsa, quae videtur notissima res esse, quid sit, 
 primum est videndum. Sunt enim, qui disces- 
 sum animi a corpore putent esse mortem; sunt, 
 qui nullum censeant fieri discessum, sed una 
 anirnum et corpus occidere, animumque in cor- 
 pore exstingui. Qui discedere animum censent, 
 alii statim dissipari, alii diu permanere, alii sem- 
 
LIBER I. CAP. IX. X. 33 
 
 per. Quid sit porro ipse animus, aut ubi, aut 
 unde, magna dissensio est. Aliis cor ipsum ani- 
 mus videtur : ex quo excordes, vecordes, concor- 
 tfesque dicuntur, et Nasica ille prudens, bis con- 
 sul, Corculum, et 
 
 Egregie cordatus homo, Catus Aeliu* Sextus. 
 19. Empedocles animum esse censet cordi suffii- 
 sum sanguinem. Aliis pars quaedam cerebri 
 visa est animi principatum tenere. Aliis nee 
 cor ipsum placet, nee cerebri quandam partem, 
 esse animum : sed alii in corde, alii in cerebro 
 dixerunt animi esse sedem et locum. Animum 
 autem alii animam, ut fere nostri. Declarat no- 
 men : nam et agere animam et efflare dicimus, et 
 animosos, et bene animates, et ex animi sententia; 
 ipse autem animus ab anima dictus est. Zeno- 
 ni Stoico animus ignis videtur. 
 
 X. Sed haec quidem, quae dixi, cor, cerebrum, 
 animam, ignem, vulgo ; reliqua fere singuli. 20. 
 Ut multi ante veteres, proxime autem Aristoxe- 
 nus, musicus idemque philosophus, ipsius corpo- 
 ris intentionem quandam ; velut in cantu et fidi- 
 bus quae harmonia dicitur, sic ex corporis totius 
 natura et figura varios motus cieri, tamquam in 
 cantu sonos. Hie ab artificio suo non recessit, 
 et tamen dixit aliquid, quod ipsum quale esset, 
 erat multo ante et dictum et explanatum a Pla- 
 tone. Xenocrates animi figuram et quasi corpus 
 negavit esse, verum numerum dixit esse, cujus 
 vis, ut jam ante Pythagorae visum erat, in natu- 
 3. — Cic. Tusc. Disp, 
 
3-± TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 
 
 ra maxima esset Ejus doctor Plato triplicern 
 finxit animum ; cujus principatum, id est ratio- 
 nem, in capite, sicut in arce, posuit, et duaa 
 partes ei parere voluit, iram et cupiditatem, quaa 
 locis disclusit; iram in pectore, cupiditatem sub- 
 ter praecordia locavit. 21. Dicaearchus autem 
 in eo sermone, quem Corinthi habitum tribus 
 libris exponit, doctorum hominum disputantium, 
 primo libro multos loquentes facit, duobus Phe- 
 recratem quendam, Phthiotam senem, quem ait 
 a Deucalione ortum, disserentem inducit, nihil 
 esse omnino animum, et hoc esse nomen totum 
 inane, frustraque et animalia et animantes ap- 
 pellari; neque in homine inesse animum vel 
 animam, nee in bestia; vimque omnem earn, qua 
 vel agamus quid vel sentiamus, in omnibus cor- 
 poribus vivis aequabiliter esse fusam nee separa- 
 bilem a corpore esse, quippe quae nulla sit, nee 
 sit quidquam, nisi corpus unum et simplex, ita 
 figuratum, ut temperatione naturae vigeat et 
 sentiat. 22. Aristoteles longe omnibus (Plato- 
 nem semper excipio) praestans et ingenio et dili- 
 gentia, quum quattuor nota ilia genera principi- 
 orum esset complexus, e quibus omnia orirentur, 
 quintam quandam naturam censet esse, e qua 
 sit mens. Cogitare enim, et providere, et discere, 
 et docere, et invenire aliquid, et tarn multa alia, 
 meminisse, amare, odisse, cupere, timere, angi, 
 laetari: haec et similia eorum in horum quat- 
 tuor generum inesse nullo putat. Quintum 
 
LIBER I. CAP. X. XI. 
 
 genus adhibet vacans nomine ; et sic ipsum 
 animum evreXex^av appellat novo nomine, quasi 
 quandam continuatam motionem et perennem. 
 
 XI. Nisi quae me forte fugiunt, hae sunt 
 fere de animo sententiae. Democritum enim, 
 magnum ilium quidem virum, sed levibus et ro- 
 tundis corpusculis efficientem animum concursu 
 quodam fortuito, omittamus. Nihil est enim 
 apud istos, quod non atomorum turba conficiat. 
 23. Harum sententiarum quae vera sit, deus ali- 
 qui viderit; quae veri simillima, magna quaestio 
 est. Utrum igitur inter has sententias dijudicare 
 malumus, an ad propositum redire ? A. Cu- 
 perem equidem utrumque, si posset; sed est 
 difficile confundere. Quare si, ut ista non dis- 
 serantur, liberari mortis metu possumus, id aga- 
 mus; sin id non potest, nisi hac quaestione ani- 
 morum explicata, nunc, si videtur, hoc, illud 
 alias. 
 
 31. Quod malle te intelligo, id puto esse com- 
 modius. Efficiet enim ratio, ut quaecunque 
 vera sit earum sententiarum, quas exposui, mors 
 aut malum non sit, aut sit bonum potius. 24. 
 Nam si cor aut sanguis aut cerebrum est ani- 
 mus, certe, quoniam est corpus, interibit cum 
 reliquo corpore. Si anima est, fortasse dissipa- 
 bitur; si ignis, exstinguetur ; si est Aristoxeni 
 harmonia, dissolvetur. Quid de Dicaearcho di- 
 cam, qui nihil omnino animum dicat esse? His 
 sententiis omnibus nihil post mortem pertinere 
 
36 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 
 
 ad quemquam potest ; pariter enim cum vita 
 sensus amittitur; non sentientis autem, nihil est, 
 ullani in partem quod intersit. Reliquorum sen- 
 tentiae spem afferunt, si te hoc forte delectat, 
 posse animos, quum e corporibus excesserint, in 
 caelum, quasi in domicilium suum, pervenire. 
 A. Me vero delectat, idque primum ita esse ve- 
 lim ; deinde, etiam si non sit, mihi persuaderi 
 tamen velim. M. Quid tibi ergo opera nostra 
 opus est? num eloquentia Platonem superare 
 possumus ? Evolve diligenter ejus eum librum, 
 qui est de animo ; amplius quod desideres, nihil 
 erit. A. Feci mehercule, et quidem saepius ; 
 sed nescio quo modo, dum lego, assentior, quum 
 posui librum et mecum ipse de immortalitate 
 animorum coepi cogitare, assensio omnis ilia 
 elabitur. 
 
 25. M. Quid hoc?,dasne aut manere animos 
 post mortem, aut morte ipsa interire ? A. Do 
 vero. M. Quid si maneant? A. Beatos esse 
 concede M. Sin intereant? A. Non esse mi- 
 seros, quoniam ne sint quidem. Jam istud, co- 
 acti a te, paullo ante concessimus. M. Quo 
 modo igitur aut cur mortem malum tibi videri 
 dicis, quae aut beatos nos efficiet, animis ma- 
 nentibus, aut non miseros, sensu carentes ? 
 
 XII. 26. A. Expone igitur, nisi molestum 
 est, primum, si potes, animos remanere post 
 mortem ; turn, si minus id obtinebis, (est enim 
 arduum,) docebis, carere omni malo mortem. 
 
LIBER I. CAP. XII. 37 
 
 Ego enim istud ipsum vereor ne malum sit, 
 non dico carere sensu, sed carendum esse. M. 
 Auctoribus quidem ad istam sententiam, quam 
 vis obtineri, uti optimis possumus: quod in omni- 
 bus causis et debet et solet valere plurimum: et 
 primum quidem omni antiquitate; quae quo 
 propius aberat ab ortu et divina progenie, hoc 
 melius ea fortasse, quae erant vera, cernebat. 
 
 27. Itaque unum illud erat insitum priscis illis, 
 quos cascos appellat Ennius, esse in morte sen- 
 sum, neque excessu vitae sic deleri hominem ut 
 funditus interiret ; idque quum multis aliis re- 
 bus, turn e pontificio jure et caerimoniis sepul- 
 crorum intelligi licet, quasmaximis ingeniis prae- 
 diti nee tanta cura coluissent, nee violatas tarn 
 inexpiabili religione sanxissent, nisi haereret in 
 eorum mentibus, mortem non interitum esse 
 omnia tollentem atque delentem, sed quandam 
 quasi migrationem commutationemque vitae, 
 quae in claris viris et feminis dux in caelum 
 soleret esse, in ceteris humi retineretur et per 
 maneret tamen. 28. Ex hoc et nostrorum opi 
 nione Romulus in caelo cum dis agit aevom, ut 
 famae assentiens, dixit Ennius, et apud Graecos, 
 indeque perlapsus ad nos et usque ad Ocean um 
 Hercules tantus et tarn praesens habetur deus, 
 Hinc Liber, Semela natus, eademque famae 
 celebritate Tyndaridae fratres, qui non modo 
 adjutores in proeliis victoriae populi Romani, 
 sed etiam nuntii fuisse perhibentur. Quid? 
 
38 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 
 
 Ino, Cadmi filia, nonne AevtcoOea nominata a 
 Graecis, Matuta habetar a nostris ? Quid ? to- 
 tum prope caelum, ne plures persequar, nonne 
 humano genere completum est? 
 
 XIII. 29. Si vero scrutari Vetera, et ex iis 
 ea, quae scriptores Graeciae prodiderunt, eruere 
 coner; ipsi illi, majorum gentium dii qui haben- 
 tur, hinc a nobis profecti in caelum reperientur. 
 Quaere, quorum demonstrantur sepulcra in Grae- 
 cia; reminiscere, quoniam es initiatus, quae 
 traduntur mysteriis: turn denique, quam hoc 
 late pateat, intelliges. Sed qui nondurn ea, 
 quae multis post annis tractari coepta sunt, phy- 
 sica didicissent, tantum sibi persuaserant, quan- 
 tum natura admonente cognoverant ; rationes et 
 causas rerum non tenebant ; visis quibusdam 
 saepe movebantur, iisque maxime nocturnis, ut 
 viderentur ii, qui vita excesserant, vivere. 
 
 30. Ut porro firmissimum hoc afferri videtur, 
 cur deos esse credamus, quod nulla gens tarn 
 fera, nemo omnium tarn sit immanis, cujus men- 
 tern non imbuerit deorum opinio: — multi de diis 
 prava sentiunt (id enim vitioso more effici solet) ; 
 omnes tamen esse vim et naturam divinam arbi- 
 irantur; nee vero id collocutio hominum aut 
 consensus effecit; non institutis opinio est con- 
 firmata, non legibus ; omni autem in re consen- 
 sio omnium gentium lex naturae putanda est; — 
 quis est igitur, qui suorum mortem primum non 
 eo lugeat, quod eos orbatos vitae commodis ar- 
 
 
LIBER I. CAP. XIII. XIV. 39 
 
 bitretur? Tolle hanc opinionem; luctum sus- 
 tuleris. Nemo enim maeret suo incommodo ; 
 dolent fortasse et anguntur, sed ilia lugubris 
 lamentatio fletusque maerens ex eo est, quod 
 eum, quern dileximus, vitae commodis privatum 
 arbitramur idque sentire. Atque haec ita senti- 
 mus natura duce, nulla ratione nullaque doc- 
 trina. 
 
 XIV. 31. Maximum vero argumentum est, 
 naturam ipsam de immortalitate animorum taci- 
 tam judicare, quod omnibus curae sunt, et maxi- 
 mae quidem, quae post mortem futura sint. Se- 
 rit arbor eS) quae alteri saeculo prosint, ut ait in 
 Synephebis; quid spectans, nisi etiam postera 
 saeciila ad se pertinere ? Ergo arbores seret 
 diligens agricola, quarum adspiciet bacam ipse 
 nunquam : vir magnus leges, instituta, rem pu- 
 blicam non seret? Quid procreatio liberorum, 
 quid propagatio nominis, quid adoptationes fili- 
 orum, quid testamentorum diligentia, quid ipsa 
 sepulcrorum monumenta, quid elogia significant, 
 nisi nos futura etiam cogitare ? 32. Quid illud ? 
 num dubitas, quin specimen naturae capi deceat 
 ex optima quaque natura? quae est melior igi- 
 tur in hominiim genere natura, quam eorum, 
 qui se natos ad homines juvandos, tutandos, 
 conservandos arbitrantur? Abiit ad deos Her- 
 cules: nunquam abisset, nisi, quum inter ho- 
 mines esset, earn sibi viam munivisset. Vetera 
 jam ista et religione omnium consecrata. 
 
I 
 
 40 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 
 
 XV. Quid in hac re publica tot tantosque vi- 
 res, ob rem publicam interfectos, cogitasse arbi* 
 tramur? iisdemne ut finibus nornen suum, qui- 
 bus vita, terminaretur? Nemo unquam sine 
 magna spe immortalitatis ' se pro patria offerret 
 ad mortem. 33. Licuit esse otioso Themistocli, 
 licuit Epaminondae, licuit, ne et vetera et exter- 
 na quaeram, mihi ; sed, nescio quo modo, inhae- 
 ret in mentibus quasi saeculorum quoddam au- 
 gurium futurorum, idque in maximis ingeniis 
 altissimisque animis et exsistit maxime, et appa- 
 ret facillime. Quo quidem dempto, quis tarn 
 esset amens, qui semper in laboribus et periculis 
 viveret ? 
 
 34. Loquorde principibus: quidpoetae? non- 
 ne post mortem nobilitari volunt? unde ergo 
 illud? 
 
 Adspicite, o cives, senis Enni imagini' formam: 
 Hie vostrum panxit maxuma facta patrum. 
 
 Merced em gloriae flagitat ab iis, quorum patres 
 affecerat gloria ; idem que, 
 
 Nemo medacrumis decoret, nee funera jietu 
 Faxit. Cur ? Volito vivo 1 per or a virum. 
 
 Sed quid poetas ? Opifices post mortem nobili- 
 tari volunt. Quid enim Phidias sui similem 
 speciem inclusit in clypeo Minervae, quum in- 
 scribes non liceret? Quid nostri philosophi? 
 nonne in iis ipsis libris, quos scribunt de con- 
 temnenda gloria, sua nomina inscribunt ? 
 
LIBER I. CAP. XV. XVI. 41 
 
 35. Quod ?i omnium consensus naturae vox 
 est, omnesque, qui ubique sunt, consentiunt esse 
 aliquid, quod ad eos pertineat, qui vita cesserint: 
 nobis quoque idem existimandum est. Et si, 
 quorum aut ingenio aut virtute animus excellit, 
 eos arbitramur, quia natura optima sint, cernere 
 naturae vim maxime: veri simile est, quum 
 optimus quisque maxime posteritati serviat, esse 
 aliquid, cujus is post mortem sensum sit habi- 
 turus. 
 
 XVI. 36. Sed ut deos esse natura opinamur, 
 qualesque sint, ratione cognoscimus; sic per- 
 manere animos arbitramur consensu nationum 
 omnium: qua in sede maneant, qualesque sint, 
 ratione discendum est. Cujus ignoratio finxit 
 inferos easque formidines, quas tu contemnere 
 non sine causa videbare. In terram enim ca- 
 dentibus corporibus, iisque humo tectis, e quo 
 dictum est humari, sub terra censebant reliquam 
 vitam agi mortuorum. Quam eorum opinio- 
 nem magni errores consecuti sunt, quos auxe- 
 runt poetae. 37. Frequens enim consessus the- 
 atri, in quo sunt mulierculae et pueri, movetur 
 audiens tarn grande carmen : 
 
 Adsum atque advenio Acherunte uix, via alta atque drdua, 
 Pir speluncas, sdxis st)iictas asperis, pendtntibus, 
 Maxumis, ubi rigida constat crassa caligo xnferum: 
 
 tantumque valuit error, qui mihi quidem jam 
 sublatus videtur, ut, corpora cremata quum sci- 
 rent, tamen ea fieri apud inferos fingerent, quae 
 
42 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 
 
 sine corporibus nee fieri possent, nee intelligi. 
 Animos enim per se ipsos viventes non poterant 
 mente complecti; formam aliquam figuramque 
 quaerebant. Inde Homeri tota vefcvca; hide ea, 
 quae meus amicus Appius veKpo^avrela faciebat; 
 mde in vicinia nostra Averni lacus, 
 
 Uncle animae excitdntur obscura umbra, aperto ostio 
 Aid Acheruntis,falso sanguine, mortuorum imagines. 
 
 Has tamen imagines loqui volunt ; quod fieri 
 nee sine lingua, nee sine palato, nee sine fau- 
 cium, laterum, pulmonum vi et figura potest. 
 Nihil enim animo videre poterant; ad oculos 
 omnia referebant. 38. Magni autem estingenii, 
 sevocare mentem a sensibus et cogitationem a 
 consuetudine abducere. Itaque credo equidem 
 etiam alios tot saeculis; sed, quod litteris exstet, 
 Pherecydes Syrius primum dixit, animos homi- 
 num esse sempiternos : antiquus sane : fuit enim 
 meo regnante gentili. Hanc opinionem disci- 
 pulus ejus Pythagoras maxime confirmavit: qui, 
 quum Superbo regnante in Italiam venisset, 
 tenuit Magnam illam Graeciam quum honore 
 et disciplina, turn etiam auctoritate; multaque 
 saecula postea sic viguit Pythagoreorum nomen, 
 ut nulli alii docti viderentur. 
 
 XVII. Sed redeo ad antiques. Rationem illi 
 sententiae suae non fere reddebant, nisi quid 
 erat numeris aut descriptionibus explicandum. 
 39. Platonem ferunt, ut Pythagoreos cognosce- 
 ret, in Italiam venisse, et didicisse Pythagorea 
 
LIBER I. CAP. XVII. 43 
 
 omnia, primumque de animorum aeternitate non 
 solum sensisse idem, quod Pythagoram, sed rati- 
 onem etiam attulisse. Quam, nisi quid dicis, 
 praetermittamus, et hanc totam spem immorta- 
 litatis relinquamus. A. An tu, quum me in 
 summam exspectationem adduxeris, deseres? 
 Errare mehercule malo cum Platone, quern tu 
 quanti facias scio et quern ex tuo ore admiror, 
 quam cum istis vera sen tire. 40. 31. Macte 
 virtute! ego enim ipse cum eodem ipso non in- 
 vitus erraverim. Num igitur dubitamus, an, 
 sicut pleraque? quamquam hoc quidem mini- 
 me; persuadent enim mathematici, terram in 
 medio mundo sitam ad universi caeli complexum 
 quasi puncti instar obtinere, quod tcevrpov ill i 
 vocant; earn porro naturam esse quattuor omnia 
 gignentium corporum, ut, quasi partita habeant 
 inter se ac divisa momenta, terrena et humida 
 suopte nutu et suo pondere ad pares angulos in 
 terram et in mare ferantur; reliquae duae partes, 
 una ignea, altera animalis, ut illae superiores in 
 medium locum mundi gravitate ferantur et pon- 
 dere, sic hae rursum rectis lineis in caelestem 
 locum subvolent, sive ipsa natura superiora ap- 
 petente, sive quod a gravioribus leviora natura 
 repeltantur. Quae quum constent, perspicuum 
 debet esse, animos, quum e corpore excesserint, 
 sive illi sint animaies, id est spirabiles, sive ignei, 
 sublime ferri. 41. Si vero aut numerus qui- 
 dam sit animus, quod snbtiliter magis quam 
 
44 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 
 
 dilueide dicitat, aut quinta ilia non nomiuata 
 magis quam non intellecta natura: multo etiam 
 integriora ac puriora sunt, ut a ferra longissime 
 se efferant. Horum igitur aliquid animus est 
 ne tarn vegeta mens aut in corde cerebrove, aut 
 in Empedocleo sanguine demersa jaceat. 
 
 XVIII. Dicaearchum vero cum Aristoxeno 
 aequali et condiscipulo suo, doctos sane homi- 
 nes, omittamus : quorum alter ne condoluisse 
 quidem unquam videtur, qui animum se habere 
 non sentiat; alter ita deleotatur suis cantibus, 
 ut eos etiam ad haec transferre conetur. Har- 
 moniam autem ex intervallis sonorum nosse 
 possumus, quorum varia compositio etiam har- 
 monias efficit plures ; membrorum vero situs et 
 figura corporis, vacans animo, quam possit har- 
 moniam efficere, non video. Sed hie quidem, 
 quamvis eruditus sit,- si cut est, haec magistro 
 concedat Aristoteli; canere ipse doceat. Bene 
 enim illo Graecorum proverbio praecipitur, 
 Quam quisque norit artem, in hac se exheeat. 
 42. Illam vero funditus ejiciamus individuorum 
 corporum levium et rotundorum concursionera 
 fortuitam : quam tamen Democritus concale* 
 factam et spirabilem, id est animalem, esse vult. 
 
 Is autem animus, qui, si est horum quattuor 
 generum, ex quibus omnia constare dicuntur, ex 
 inflammata anima constat, ut potissimum videri 
 video Panaetio, superiora capessat necesse est. 
 Nihil enim habent haec duo genera proni, et 
 
LIBER I. CAP. XVIII. XIX. 45 
 
 supera semper petunt. Ita, sive dissipantur> 
 procul a terris id evenit; sive permanent et con- 
 servant habitum suum, hoc etiam magis necesse 
 est ferantur ad caelum, et ab iis perrumpatur et 
 dividatur crassus hie et concretus aer, qui est 
 terrae proximus. Calidior est enim vel potius 
 ardentior animus, quam est hie aer, quern modo 
 dixi crassum atque concretum: quod ex eo sciri 
 potest, quia corpora nostra, terreno principiorum 
 genere confecta, ardore animi concalescunt. 
 
 XIX. 43. Accedit, ut eo facilius animus eva- 
 dat ex hoc aere, quern saepe jam appello, eum- 
 que perrumpat, quod nihil est animo velocius, 
 nulla est celeritas, quae possit cum animi celeri- 
 tate contendere. Qui si permanet incorruptus 
 suique similis, necesse est ita feratur, ut penetret 
 et dividat omne caelum hoc, in quo nubes, im- 
 bres, ventique coguntur, quod et humidum et 
 caliginosum est propter exhalationes terrae. 
 Quam regionem quum superavit animus, natu- 
 ramque sui similem contigit et agnovit, junctis 
 ex anima tenui et ex ardore solis temperato igni- 
 bus insistit, et finem altius se efferendi facit. 
 Quum enim sui similem et levitatem et calorem 
 adeptus est, tamquam paribus examinatus pon- 
 deribus, nullam in partem movetur, eaque ei 
 demum naturalis est sedes, quum ad sui simile 
 penetravit, in quo, nulla re egens, aletur et sus- 
 tentabitur iisdem rebus, quibus astra sustentan- 
 tur et aluntur. 
 
46 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 
 
 44. Quumque corporis facibus inflammari so* 
 loam us ad omnes fere cupiditates, eoque magis 
 incendi, quod iis aemulemur, qui ea habeant, 
 quae nos habere cupiamus : profecto beati eri- 
 mus, quum, corporibus relictis, et cupiditatum et 
 aemulationum erimus expertes; quodque nunc 
 facimus, quum laxati curis sum us, ut spectare 
 aliquid velimus et visere, id multo turn faciemus 
 liberius, totosque nos in contemplandis rebus 
 perspiciendisque ponemus, propterea quod et na- 
 tura inest in mentibus nostris insatiabilis quae- 
 dam cuplditas veri videndi, et orae ipsae loco- 
 rum illorum, quo pervenerimus, quo faciliorem 
 nobis cognitionem rerum caelestium, eo majorem 
 cognoscendi cupiditatem dabunt. 45. Haec 
 enim pulchritudo etiam in terris patriam illam 
 et avitam (ut ait Theophrastus) philosophiam, 
 cognitionis cupiditate incensam, excitavit. Prae- 
 cipue vero fruentur ea, qui turn etiam, quum, has 
 terras incolentes, circumfusi erant caligine, tamen 
 acie mentis dispicere cupiebant. 
 
 XX. Etenim si nunc aliquid assequi se putant, 
 qui ostium Ponti viderunt et eas angustias, per 
 quas penetravit ea, quae est nominata Argo, quia 
 Argivi in ea, 
 
 delecti viri, 
 Vecti, petebant pillem inauratam drietis ; 
 
 aut ii, qui Oceani freta ilia viderunt, 
 
 Europam Libyamque rapax ubi dividit unda : 
 quod tandem spectaculum fore putamus, quum 
 
LIBER I. CAP. XX. 4:7 
 
 totam terram contueri licebit ejusque quum si- 
 tum, formam, circumscriptionem, turn et habita- 
 biles regiones, et rursum omni cultu propter vim 
 frigoris aut caloris vacantes? 
 
 46. Nos enim ne nunc quidem oculis cernimus 
 ea, quae videmus : neque est enim ullus sensus 
 in corpore : sed, (ut non physici solum docent, 
 verum etiam medici, qui ista aperta et patefacta 
 viderunt.) viae quasi quaedam sunt ad oculos, ad 
 aures, ad nares a sede animi perforatae. Itaque 
 saepe aut cogitatione aut aliqua vi morbi impe- 
 diti, apertis atque integris et oculis et auribus, 
 nee videmus nee audimus: ut facile intelligi 
 possit, animum et videre et audire, non eas 
 partes, quae quasi fenestrae sunt animi; quibus 
 tamen sentire nihil queat mens, nisi id agat, et 
 adsit. Quid? quod eadem mente res dissimilli- 
 mas comprehendimus, ut colorem, saporem, ca- 
 lorem, odorem, sonum? quae nunquam quinque 
 nuntiis animus cognosceret, nisi ad eum omnia 
 referrentur, et is omnium judex solus esset. At- 
 que ea profecto turn multo puriora et dilucidiora 
 cernentur, quum, quo natura fert, liber animus 
 pervenerit. 47. Nam nunc quidem, quarnquam 
 foramina ilia, quae patent ad animum a corpore, 
 callidissimo artificio natura fabricata est, tamen 
 terrenis concretisque corporibus sunt intersepta 
 quodammodo; quum autem nihil erit praeter 
 animum, nulla res objecta impediet, quo minus 
 percipiat, quale quidque sit. 
 
43 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 
 
 XXI. Quamvis copiose haec diceremus, si res 
 postularet, quam multa, quam varia, quanta 
 spectacula animus in locis caelestibus esset 
 habiturus. 48. Quae quidem cogitans, soleo 
 saepe mirari nonnullorum insolentiam philoso- 
 phorum, qui naturae cognitionem admirantur, 
 ejusque inventori et principi gratias exsultantes 
 agunt, eumque venerantur ut deum. Libera- 
 tos enim se per eum dicunt gravissimis dominis, 
 terrore sempiterno, et diurno ac nocturno metu. 
 Quo terrore ? quo metu ? Quae est anus tarn 
 delira, quae timeat ista, quae vos videlicet, si 
 physica non didicissetis, timeretis? Acherunsia 
 templa alta Orci^ .... pallida leti, obnubila tene- 
 bris loca. Non pudet philosophum in eo glori- 
 ari, quod haec non timeat et quod falsa esse 
 cognoverit ? E quo intelligi potest, quam acuti 
 natura sint, quoniam haec sine doctrina credi- 
 turi fuerunt! 49. Praeclarum autem nescio 
 quid adepti sunt, quod didicerunt, se, quum 
 tempus mortis venisset, totos esse perituros. 
 Quod ut ita sit, (nihil enim pugno ;) quid habet 
 ista res aut laetabile aut gloriosum ? Nee ta- 
 men mihi sane quidquam occurrit, cur non Py- 
 thagorae sit et Platonis vera sententia. Ut 
 enim rationem Plato nullam afferret, (vide, quid 
 homini tribuam;) ipsa auctoritate me frangeret; 
 tot autem rationes attulit, ut velle ceteris, sibi 
 certe persuasisse videatur. 
 
 XXII. 50. Sed plurimi contra nituntur, ani- 
 
LIBER I. CAP. XXII. 49 
 
 mosque quasi capite damnatos morte multant : 
 neque aliud est quidquam, cur incredibilis his 
 animorum videatur aeternitas, nisi quod neque- 
 unt, qualis animus sit vacans corpore, intelligere 
 et cogitatione comprehendere. Quasi vero iu- 
 telligant, qualis sit in ipso corpore, quae confor- 
 matio, quae magnitudo, qui locus; ut, si jam 
 possent in homine vivo cerni omnia, quae nunc 
 tecta sunt, casurusne in conspectum videatur 
 animus, an tanta sit ejus tenuitas, ut fugiat 
 aciem. 51. Haec reputent isti, qui negant, ani- 
 mum sine corpore se intelligere posse: vide- 
 bunt, quern in ipso corpore intelligant. Mihi 
 quidem, naturam animi intuenti, multo difficilior 
 occurrit cogitatio multoque obscurior, qualis ani- 
 mus in corpore sit, tamquam alienae domui, 
 quam qualis, quum exierit et in liberum caelum 
 quasi domum suam venerit. Nisi enim, quod 
 nunquam vidimus, id quale sit, intelligere non 
 possumus ; certe, et deum ipsum, et divinum ani- 
 mum, corpore liberatum, cogitatione complecti 
 possumus. Dicaearchus quidem et Aristoxenus, 
 quia difficilis erat animi, quid aut qualis esset, 
 intelligentia, nullum omnino animum esse dixe- 
 runt. 
 
 52. Est illud quidem vel maximum, animo 
 ipso animum videre: et nimirum hanc habet 
 vim praeceptum Apollinis, quo monet, ut se 
 quisque noscat. Non enim, credo, id praecipit, 
 ut membra nostra aut staturam figuramve no- 
 4. — Cic. Tusc. Disp. 
 
50 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 
 
 scamus. Neque nos corpora sumus: nee ego, 
 tibi haec dicens, corpori tuo dico. Quum igitur, 
 nosce te, dicit, hoc dicit, nosce animum tuum: nam 
 corpus quidem quasi vas est aut aliquod anirni 
 receptaculum : ab animo tuo quidquid agitur, 
 id agitur a te. Hunc igitur nosse nisi divinurn 
 esset, non esset hoc acrioris cujusdam animi 
 praeceptum, sic ut tributum deo sit. 
 
 53. Sed si, qualis sit animus, ipse animus ne- 
 sciet : die, quaeso, ne esse quidem se sciet ? ne 
 moveri quidem se ? ex quo ilia ratio nata est 
 Platonis, quae a Socrate est in Phaedro expli- 
 cata, a me autem posita est in sexto libro de 
 Re publica: 
 
 XXIII. " Quod semper movetur, aeternum 
 est: quod autem motum affert alicui, quodque 
 ipsum agitatur alicunde, quando finem habet 
 motus, vivendi finem habeat necesse est. So- 
 lum igitur quod se ipsum movet, quia nun- 
 quam deseritur a se, nunquam ne moveri qui- 
 dem desinit; quin etiam ceteris, quae moventur, 
 hie fons, hoc principium est movendi. Principii 
 autem nulla est origo. 54. Nam e principio 
 oriuntur omnia: ipsum autem nulla ex re alia 
 nasci potest: nee enim esset id principium, quod 
 gigneretur aliunde. Quod si nunquam oritur, 
 ne occidit quidem unquam. Nam principium 
 exstinctum nee ipsum ab alio renascetur, nee ex 
 se aliud creabit, siquidem necesse est a principio 
 oriri omnia. Ita fit, ut motus principium ex eo 
 
LIBER I. CAP. XXIII. XXIV. 51 
 
 sit, quod ipsum a se movetur. Id autem nee 
 nasci potest, nee mori : vel concidat omne cae- 
 lum, omnisque natura consistat necesse est, nee 
 vim ullam nanciscatur, qua primo impulsa rao- 
 veatur. Quum pateat igitur, aeternum id esse, 
 quod se ipsum moveat ; quis est, qui hanc natu- 
 ram anirnis esse tributam neget ? Inanimum 
 est enim omne, quod pulsu agitatur externo 
 quod autem est animal, id motu cietur interiore 
 et suo. Nam haec est propria natura animi 
 atque vis. Quae si est una ex omnibus, quae 
 se ipsa semper moveat; neque nata certe est, et 
 aeterna est." 
 
 55. Licet concurrant omnes plebeii philosophi, 
 (sic enim ii, qui a Platone et Socrate et ab ea 
 familia dissident, appellandi videntur;) non modo 
 nihil unquam tarn eleganter explicabunt, sed ne 
 hoc quidem ipsum quam subtiliter conclusum 
 sit intelligent. Sentit igitur animus se moveri: 
 quod quum sentit, illud una sentit, se vi sua, 
 non aliena moveri, nee accidere posse, ut ipse 
 unquam a se deseratur. Ex quo efficitur aeter- 
 nitas ; — nisi quid habes ad haec. A. Ego 
 vero facile sum passus, ne in mentem quidem 
 mihi aliquid contra venire; ita isti faveo senten- 
 tiae. 
 
 XXIV. 56. M. Quid ? ilia tandem num le- 
 viora censes, quae declarant inesse in animis 
 hominum divina quaedam? quae si cemerem 
 quemadmodum nasci possent, etiam, quemad* 
 
52 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 
 
 modum interirent, viderem. Nam sanguinem, 
 bilem, pituitam, ossa, nervos, venas, omnem de- 
 nique membrorum et totius corporis figuram 
 videor posse dicere, unde concreta et quo modo 
 facta sint : animum ipsum, si nihil esset in eo, 
 nisi id, ut per eum viveremus, tarn natura puta- 
 rem hominis vitam sustentari, quam vitis, quam 
 arboris ; haec enim etiam dicimus vivere. Item 
 si nihil haberet animus hominis, nisi ut appete- 
 ret aut fugeret, id quoque esset ei commune cum 
 bestiis. 
 
 57. Habet primum memoriam, et earn infini- 
 tam rerum innumerabilium : quam quidem Plato 
 recordationem esse vult vitae superioris. Nam 
 in illo libro, qui inscribitur Mevcov, pusionem 
 quendam Socrates interrogat quaedam geome- 
 trica de dimensione quadrati. Ad ea sic ille 
 respondet, ut puer; .et tamen ita faciles interro- 
 gationes sunt, ut gradatim respondens eodem 
 perveniat, quo si geometrica didicisset. Ex 
 quo effici vult Socrates, ut discere nihil aliud sit, 
 nisi recordari. Quem locum multo etiam accu- 
 ratius explicat in eo sermone, quern habuit eo 
 ipso die, quo excessit e vita; docet enim, quem- 
 vis, qui omnium rerum rudis esse videatur, bene 
 interroganti respondentem declarare, se non turn 
 ilia discere, sed reminiscendo recognoscere; nee 
 vero fieri ullo modo posse, ut a pueris tot rerum 
 atque tantarum insitas et quasi consignatas in 
 animis notiones, quas evvoias vocant, haberemus, 
 
LIBER I. CAP. XXIV. XXV. 53 
 
 nisi animus, antequam in corpus intravisset, in 
 rerum cognitione viguisset. 58. Quumque nihil 
 esset, ut omnibus locis a Platone disseritur: (ni- 
 hil enim putat esse, quod oriatur et intereat, 
 idque solum esse, quod semper tale sit, quale 
 iBeav appellat ille, nos speciem ;) non potuit ani- 
 mus haec in corpore inclusus agnoscere, cognita 
 attulit : ex quo tam multarum rerum cognitionis 
 admiratio tollitur. Neque ea plane videt animus, 
 quum repente in tam insolitum tamque pertur- 
 batum domicilium immigravit; sed quum se 
 collegit atque recreavit, turn agnoscit ilia remi- 
 niscendo. Ita nihil est aliud discere, nisi recor- 
 dari. 
 
 59. Ego autern majore etiam quodam mo- 
 do memoriam admiror. Quid est enim illud, 
 quo meminimus ? aut quam habet vim ? aut 
 unde naturam ? Non quaero, quanta memoria 
 Simonides fuisse dicatur, quanta Theodectes, 
 quanta is, qui a Pyrrho legatus ad Senatum est 
 missus, Cineas, quanta nuper Charmadas, quan- 
 ta, qui modo fuit, Scepsius Metrodorus, quanta 
 noster Hortensius; de communi hominum me- 
 moiia loquor, et eorum maxime, qui in aliquo 
 majore studio et arte versantur : quorum quanta 
 mens sit, difficile est existimare ; ita multa me- 
 minerunt. 
 
 XXV. 60. Quorsus igitur haec spectat ora- 
 tio ? Quae sit ilia vis et unde sit, intelligendum 
 puto. Non est certe nee cordis, nee sanguinis, 
 
54 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 
 
 nec cerebri, nee atomorum ; anima sit, ignisve, 
 nescio ; nec me pudet. ut istos, fateri nescire, 
 quod nesciam ; illad, si ulla alia de re obscura 
 affirmare possem, sive anima, sive ignis sit ani- 
 mus, eum jurarem esse divinum. Quid enim? 
 obsecro te, terrane tibi, hoc nebuloso et caligi- 
 noso caelo, aut sata aut concreta videtur tanta 
 vis memoriae? Si, quid sit hoc, non vides; at, 
 quale sit, vides : si ne id quidem, at, quantum 
 sit, profecto vides. 61. Quid igitur? utrum ca- 
 pacitatem aliquam in animo putamus esse, quo, 
 tamquam in aliquod vas, ea, quae meminimus, 
 infundantur? Absurdum id quidem. Qui enim 
 fundus, aut quae talis animi figura intelligi 
 potest? aut quae tanta omnino capacitas? An 
 imprimi, quasi ceram, animum putamus, et esse 
 memoriarn signatarum rerum in mente vesti- 
 gia ? Quae possunt verborum, quae rerum ipsa- 
 rum esse vestigia? quae porro tarn immensa 
 magnitudo, quae ilia tarn multa possit effin- 
 gere? 
 
 Quid ? ilia vis quae tandem est, quae investi- 
 gat occulta, quae inventio atque excogitatio di- 
 citur ? ex hacne tibi terrena mortalique natura et 
 caduca concreta ea videtur? 62. aut qui pri- 
 mus, quod summae sapientiae Pythagorae visum 
 est, omnibus rebus imposuit nomina? aut qui 
 dissipatos homines congregavit et ad societatem 
 vitae convocavit? aut qui sonos vocis, qui infi- 
 niti videbantur, paucis litterarum notis termi- 
 
LIBER I. CAP. XXV. XXVI. 55 
 
 navit ? aut qui errantium stellarum cursus, prae- 
 gressiones, institiones notavit? Omnesmagni; 
 etiam superiores, qui fruges, qui vestitum, qui 
 tecta, qui cultum vitae, qui praesidia contra feras 
 invenerunt: a quibus mansuefacti et exculti a 
 necessariis artificiis ad elegantiora defluximus. 
 Nam et auribus oblectatio magna parta est, in- 
 venta et temperata varietate et natura sonorurn ; 
 et astra suspeximus, quum ea, quae sunt infixa 
 certis locis, turn ilia non re, sed vocabulo erran- 
 tia. Quorum conversiones omnesqae motus qui 
 [animus] vidit, is docuit, similem animum suum 
 ejus esse, qui ea fabricatus esset in caelo. 63. 
 Nam quum Archimedes lunae, solis, quinque 
 errantium motus in sphaeram illigavit, effecit 
 idem, quod ille, qui in Timaeo mundum aedifi- 
 cavit Platonis deus, ut tarditate et celeritate dis- 
 simillimos motus una regeret conversio. Quod 
 si in hoc mundo fieri sine deo non potest, ne in 
 sphaera quidem eosdem motus Archimedes sine 
 divino ingenio potuisset imitari. 
 
 XXVI. 64. Mihi vero ne haec quidem no- 
 tiora et illustriora carere vi divina videntur, ut 
 ego aut poetam grave plenumque carmen sine 
 caelesti aliquo mentis instinctu putem fundere, 
 aut eloquentiam sine majore quadam vi fluere, 
 abundantem sonantibus verbis uberibusque sen- 
 tentiis. Philosophia vero, omnium mater artium, 
 quid est aliud, nisi, ut Plato, donum, ut ego, 
 inventum deorum ? Haec nos primum ad illo* 
 
56 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 
 
 rum eultum, deinde ad jus hominum, quod 
 situm est in generis humani societate, turn ad 
 modestiam magnitudinemque animi erudivit* 
 eademque ab animo, tamquam ab oculis, caligi- 
 nem dispulit, ut omnia, supera, infera, prima, 
 ultima, media, videremus. 
 
 65. Prorsus haec divina mihi videtur vis, quae 
 tot res efficiat et tantas. Quid est enim memoria 
 rerum et verborum? quid porro inventio ? pro- 
 fecto id, quo ne in deo quidem quidquam majus 
 intelligi potest. Non enim ambrosia deos, aut 
 nectare, aut Juventate pocula ministrante, laetari 
 arbitror; nee Homerum audio, qui Ganymeden 
 ab dis raptum ait propter formam, ut Jovi bibere 
 ministraret; non justa causa, cur Laomedonti 
 tanta fieret injuria. Fingebat haec Homerus, et 
 humana ad deos transferebat ; divina mallem 
 ad nos. Quae autem divina? Vigere, sapere, 
 invenire, meminisse. 
 
 Ergo animus, [qui,] ut ego dico, divinus est, ut 
 Euripides dicere audet, deus ; et quidem, si deus 
 aut anima aut ignis est, idem est animus homi- 
 nis. Nam ut ilia natura caelestis et terra vacat 
 et humore, sic utriusque harum rerum humanus 
 animus est expers. Sin autem est quinta quae- 
 dam natura ab Aristotele inducta primum, haec 
 et deorum est et animorum. XXVII. 66. Hanc 
 nos sententiam secuti, his ipsis verbis in Conso- 
 latione hoc expressimus: 
 
 "Animorum nulla in terris origo inveniri po- 
 
LIBER I. CAP. XXVII. 57 
 
 test. Nihil enim est in animis raixtum atque 
 concretum, aut quod ex terra natum atque 
 ficturn esse videatur ; nihil ne aut humidum 
 quidem, aut flabile, aut igneum. His enim in 
 naturis nihil inest, quod vim memoriae, mentis, 
 cogitationis habeat, quod et praeterita teneat, et 
 futura provideat, et complecti possit praesentia: 
 quae sola divina sunt, nee invenietur unquam, 
 unde ad hominem venire possint, nisi a deo. 
 Singularis est igitur quaedam natura atque vis 
 animi, sejuncta ab his usitatis notisque naturis. 
 Ita, quidquid est illnd, quod sentit, quod sapit, 
 quod vivit, quod viget, caeleste et divinum ob 
 eamque rem aeternum sit necesse est. Nee ve- 
 ro deus ipse, qui intelligitur a nobis, alio modo 
 intelligi potest, nisi mens soluta quaedam et 
 libera, segregata ab omni concretione mortali, 
 omnia sentiens et movens, ipsaque praedita 
 motu sempiterno." 67. Hoc e genere atque 
 eadem e natura est hurnana mens. 
 
 Ubi igitur, aut qualis est ista mens? — Ubi 
 tua, aut qualis? potesne dicere ? an, si omnia ad 
 intelligendum non habeo, quae habere vellem, ne 
 lis quidem, quae habeo, mihi per te uti licebit? — 
 Non valet tantum animus, ut se ipsum ipse vide- 
 at; at ut oculus, sic animus, se non videns, alia 
 cernit. Non videt autem, quod minimum est, 
 formam suam. Fortasse : quamquam id quo- 
 que: sed relinquamus; vim certe, sagacitatem, 
 memoriam, motum, celeritatem videt. Haec 
 
58 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 
 
 magna, haec divina, haec sempiterna sunt. Qua 
 facie quidem sit aut ubi habitet, ne quaerendum 
 quid em est. 
 
 XXVIII. 68. Ut, quum videmus speciem 
 primum candoremque caeli, dein conversion ie 
 celeritatem tantam, quantam cogitare non pos- 
 sumus ; turn vicissitudines dierum ac noctium, 
 eommutationesque temporum quadri partitas, ad 
 maturitatem frugum et ad temperationem corpo- 
 rum aptas; eorumque omnium moderatorem et 
 ducem solem ; lunamque accretione et deminu- 
 tione luminis, quasi fastorum, notantem et signi- 
 ficantem dies; turn in eodem orbe, in duodecim 
 partes distributo, quinque stellas ferri, eosdem 
 cursus constantissime servantes, disparibus inter 
 se motibus; nocturnamque caeli formam undique 
 sideribus ornatam ; turn globum terrae eminen- 
 tem e mari, fixum in medio mundi universi loco, 
 duabus oris distantibus habitabilem et cultum; 
 quarum altera, quam nos incolimus. 
 
 Sub axe posita ad stttlas septem, unde horrifer 
 Aquiloni' stridor gelidas molitur nives, 
 
 altera australis, ignota nobis, quam vocant Grae- 
 ci avri'xpova ; 69. ceteras partes incultas, quod 
 aut frigore rigeant, aut urantur calore ; hie au- 
 tem, ubi habitamus, non intermittit suo tempore 
 
 Caelum nitescere, arbores fronde'scere, 
 Vitis laetificae pampinh pube'scere, 
 Rami bacarum ubtrtate incurvescere, 
 Segetes largiri friiges, fiorere omnia, 
 Fontts scatere, herbis praia convestirier ; 
 
LIBER I. CAP. XXVIII. XXIX. 59 
 
 turn multitudinem pecudum, partim ad vescen- 
 dum, partim ad cultus agrorum, partim ad ve- 
 hendum, partim ad corpora vestienda; homi- 
 nemque ipsum, quasi contemplatorem caeli ac 
 deorum, eorurnque cultorem ; atque hominis 
 utilitati agros omnes et maria parentia : — 70. 
 haec igitur et alia innumerabilia quum cernimus, 
 possumusne dubitare, quin iis praesit aliquis vel 
 effector, si haec nata sunt, ut Platoni videtur, 
 vel, si semper fuerunt, ut Aristoteli placet, mo- 
 derator tanti operis et muneris ? Sic mentem 
 hominis, quamvis earn non videas, ut deum non 
 vides, tamen, ut deum agnoscis ex operibus ejus, 
 sic ex memoria rerum, et inventione, et celeritate 
 motus, omnique pulchritudine virtutis vim divi- 
 nam mentis agnoscito. 
 
 XXIX. In quo igitur loco est? Credo equi- 
 dem in capite, et, cur credam, afferre possum. 
 Sed alias, ubi sit animus ; certe quidem in te 
 est. 
 
 Quae est ei natura ? Propria, puto, et sua. 
 Sed fac igneam, fac spirabilem : nihil ad id, de 
 quo agimus. Illud modo videto, ut deum noris, 
 etsi ejus ignores et locum et faciem, sic animum 
 tibi tuum notum esse oportere, etiam si igno- 
 res et locum et forrnam. 71. In animi autem 
 cognitione dubitare non possumns, nisi plane in 
 physicis plumbei sumus, quin nihil sit animis 
 admixtum, nihil concretum, nihil copulatum, 
 nihil coagmentatum, nihil duplex. Quod quum 
 
60 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 
 
 ita sit, certe nee secerni, nee dividi, nee discerpi, 
 nee distrahi potest; nee interire igitur. Est 
 enim interitus quasi discessus et secretio ac di- 
 remptus earum partium, quae ante interitum 
 junctione aliqua tenebantur. 
 
 His et talibus rationibus adductus Socrates 
 nee patronum quaesivit ad judicium capitis, nee 
 judicibus supplex fuit, adhibuitque liberam con- 
 tumaciam, a magnitudine animi ductam, non a 
 superbia; et supremo vitae die de hoc ipso mal- 
 ta disseruit; et paucis ante diebus, quum facile 
 posset educi e custodia, noluit; et quum paene 
 in manu jam mortiferum iilud teneret poculum, 
 locutus ita est, ut non ad mortem trudi, verum 
 in caelum videretur ascendere. 
 
 XXX. Ita enim censebat, itaque disseruit: 
 duas esse vias duplicesque cursus animorum e 
 corpore excedentium. 72. Nam qui se huma- 
 nis vitiis contaminavissent, et se totos libidini- 
 bus dedissent, quibus caecati vel domesticis 
 vitiis atque flagitiis se inquinavissent, vel re pu- 
 blica violanda fraudes inexpiabiles concepissent, 
 iis devium quoddam iter esse, seclusum a conci- 
 lio dcorum ; qui autem se integros castosque 
 servavissent, quibusque fuisset minima cum cor- 
 poribus contagio, seseque ab iis semper sevocas- 
 sent, essentque in corporibus humanis vitam 
 imitati deorum, — his ad illos, a quibus essent 
 profecti, reditum facilem patere. 73. Itaque 
 commemorat, ut cygni, qui non sine causa Apol« 
 
LIBER I. CAP. XXX. XXXI. 61 
 
 lini dicati sint, sed quod ab eo divinationem ha- 
 bere videantur, qua providentes quid in morte 
 boni sit, cum cantu et voluptate moriantur : sic 
 omnibus bonis et doctis esse faciendum. 
 
 Nee vero de hoc quisquarn dubitare posset, 
 nisi idem nobis accideret diligenter de animo co- 
 gitantibus, quod iis saepe usu venit, qui quum 
 acriter oculis deficientem solem intuerentur, ut 
 adspectum omnino amitterent; sic mentis acies 
 se ipsa intuens, nonnunquam hebescit, ob eam- 
 que causam contemplandi diligentiam amitti- 
 mus. Itaque dubitans, circumspectans, haesi- 
 tans, multa adversa referens, tamquam in rate 
 in mari immenso, nostra vehitur oratio. 
 
 74. Sed haec et Vetera, et a Graecis. Cato 
 autem sic abiit e vita, ut causam moriendi na- 
 ctum se esse gauderet. Vetat enim dominans 
 ille in nobis deus injussu hinc nos suo demigra- 
 re; quum vero causam justam deus ipse dederit, 
 ut tunc Socrati, nunc Catoni, saepe multis, ne 
 ille, medius fidius, vir sapiens laetus ex his tene- 
 bris in lucem illam excesserit. Nee tamen ilia 
 vincla carceris ruperit, (leges enim vetant;) sed 
 tamquam a magistratu aut ab aliqua potestate 
 legitima, sic a deo evocatus atque emissus exie- 
 rit. Tola enim philosophorum vita, ut ait idem, 
 commentatio mortis est. 
 
 XXXI. 75. Nam quid aliud agimus, quum 
 a voluptate, id est a corpore, quum a re famili- 
 ari, quae est ministra et famula corporis, quum 
 
62 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 
 
 a re publica, quum a negotio omni sevocamus 
 animum? quid, inquam, turn agimus, nisi ani- 
 mum ad se ipsum advocamus, secum esse cogi- 
 mus, maximeque a corpore abducimus ? Secer- 
 nere autem a corpore animum, nee quidquam 
 aliud, est mori disqere. Quare hoc commente- 
 mur, mihi crede, disjungamusque nos a corpori- 
 bus, id est, consuescamus mori. Hoc et, dum 
 erimus in terris, erit illi caelesti vitae simile; et, 
 quum illuc ex his vinculis emissi feremur, minus 
 tardabitur cursus animorum. Nam qui in corn- 
 pedibus corporis semper fuerunt, etiam quum 
 soluti sunt, tardius ingrediuntur, ut ii, qui ferro 
 vincti multos annos fuerunt. Quo quum vene- 
 rimus, turn denique vivemus. Nam haec qui- 
 dem vita mors est; quam lamentari possem, si 
 liberet. 
 
 76. A. Satis tu quidem in Consolatione es 
 lamentatus : quam quum lego, nihil malo, quam 
 has res relinquere ; his vero modo auditis, multo 
 magis. M. Veniet tempus, et quidem celeriter, 
 et sive retractabis sive properabis ; volat enim 
 aetas. Tantum autem abest ab eo, ut malum 
 mors sit, quod tibi dudum videbatur, ut verear, 
 ne homini nihil sit non malum aliud certe, sed 
 nihil bonum aliud potius ; si quidem vel dii ipsi, 
 vel cum diis futuri sumus. A. Quid refert? 
 31. Adsunt enim, qui haec non probent. Ego 
 autem nunquam ita te in hoc sermone dimit- 
 tam, ulla uti ratione mors tibi videri malum 
 possit. 
 
LIBER I. CAP. XXXI. XXXII. 63 
 
 77. A. Qui potest, quum ista cognoverim ? 
 M. Qui possit, rogas ? Catervae veniunt con- 
 tra dicentium, nee solum Epicureorum, quos 
 equidem non despicio, sed nescio quo modo 
 doctissimus quisque contemnit; acerrime autern 
 deliciae meae, Dicaearchus, contra banc immor- 
 talitatem disseruit. Is enim tres libros scripsit, 
 qui Lesbiaci vocantur, quod Mytilenis sermo 
 habetur, in quibus vult efficere, animos esse 
 mortales. Stoici autem usuram nobis largiun- 
 tur, tamquam cornicibus; diu mansuros aiunt 
 animos, semper, negant. 
 
 XXXII. Num non vis igitur audire, cur, etiam 
 si ita sit, mors tamen non sit in malis? A. Ut 
 videtur; sed me nemo de immortalitate depellet. 
 78. M. Laudo id quidem ; etsi nihil nimis opor- 
 tet confidere. Movemur enim saepe aliquo acute 
 concluso; labamus, mutamusque sententiam cla- 
 rioribus etiam in rebus: in his est enim aliqua 
 obscuritas. Id igitur si acciderit, simus armati. 
 A. Sane quidem ; sed, ne accidat, providebo. 
 
 M. Namquid igitur est causae, quin amicos 
 nostros Stoicos dimittamus? eos dico, qui aiunt 
 animos manere, e corpore quum excesserint, sed 
 non semper? A. Istos vero: qui, quod tota in 
 hac causa difficillimum est, suscipiant, posse 
 animum manere corpore vacantem: illud autem, 
 quod non modo facile ad credendum est, sed, eo 
 concesso quod volunt, consequens idcirco, non 
 dant, ut, quum diu permanserit, ne intereat. 
 
64 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 
 
 M. Bene reprehendis : et se isto modo res ha- 
 bet. 
 
 79. Credamus igitur Panaetio, a Platone suo 
 dissentienti ? Quern enirn omnibus locis divi- 
 num, quern sapientissimum, quern sanctissimum, 
 quem Homerum philosophorum appellat, hujus 
 hanc unam sententiam de imrnortalitate animo- 
 rum non probat. Vult enim, quod nemo negat, 
 quidquid natum sit, interire; nasci autem ani- 
 mos, quod declaret eorum similitudo, qui pro- 
 creentur, quae etiam in ingeniis, non solum in 
 corporibus appareat. Alteram autem affert rati- 
 onem : nihil esse, quod doleat, quin id aegrum 
 esse quoque possit; quod autem in morbum 
 cadat, id etiam interiturum; dolere autem ani- 
 mos ; ergo etiam interire. 
 
 XXXIII. 80. Haec refelli possunt. Sunt 
 enim ignorantis, quum de aeternitate animorum 
 dicatur, de mente dici, quae omni turbido motu 
 semper vacet, non de partibus iis, in quibus 
 aegritudines, irae, libidinesque versentur, quas 
 is, contra quem haec dicuntur, semotas a mente 
 et disclusas putat. Jam similitudo magis appa- 
 ret in bestiis, quarum animi sunt rationis exper- 
 tes ; hominum autem similitudo in corporum 
 figura magis exstat, et ipsi animi magni refert 
 quali in corpore locati sint. Multa enim e cor- 
 pore exsistunt, quae acuant mentem, multa, 
 quae obtundant. Aristoteles quidem ait, omnes 
 ingeniosos melancholicos esse ; ut ego me tardi- 
 
LIBER I. CAP. XXXIII. XXXIV. 65 
 
 orem esse non moleste feram. Enumerat mul- 
 tos; idque quasi cotistet, rationem, cur ita fiat, 
 affert. Quod si tanta vis est ad habitum men- 
 tis in iis, quae gignuntur in corpore ; (ea sunt 
 autem, quaecunque sunt, quae similitudinem 
 faciant;) nihil necessitatis affert, cur nascantur 
 animi, similitude Omitto similitudines. 81. 
 Vellem adesse posset Panaetius ; vixit cum 
 Africano; quaererem ex eo, cujus suorum simi- 
 lis fuisset Africani fratris nepos, facie vel patris, 
 vita omnium perditorum ita similis, ut esset 
 facile deterrimus; cujus etiam similis P. Crassi, 
 et sapientis et eloquentis et primi hominis, ne- 
 pos, multorumque aliorum clarorum virorum, 
 quos nihil attinet nominare, nepotes et filii. 
 
 Sed quid agimus? oblitine sumus, hoc nunc 
 nobis esse propositum, quum satis de aeterni- 
 tate dixissemus, ne si interirent quidem animi, 
 quidquam mali esse in morte? A. Ego vero 
 memineram ; sed te de aeternitate dicentem aber- 
 rare a proposito facile patiebar. 
 
 XXXIV. 82. M. Video te alte spectare, et 
 velle in caelum migrare. A. Spero fore, ut con- 
 tingat id nobis. Sed fac, ut isti volunt, animos 
 non remanere post mortem : video nos, si ita sit, 
 privari spe beatioris vitae. M. Mali vero quid 
 affert ista sententia? Fac enim sic animum 
 interire, ut corpus : num igitur aliquis dolor aut 
 omnino post mortem sensus in corpore est? — 
 Nemo id quidem dicit: etsi Democritum insi- 
 5. — Cic. Tusc. Disp. 
 
66 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 
 
 mulat Epicurus, Democritici negant. Ne in 
 animo quidem igitur sensus remanet; ipse enim 
 nusqaara est. Ubi igitur malum est, quoniam 
 nihil tertium est? an, quoniam ipse aniini disces- 
 sus a corpore non fit sine dolore ? Ut credam 
 ita esse, quam est id exiguum ! Et falsum esse 
 arbitror, et fit plerumque sine sensu, nonnun- 
 quam etiam cum voluptate ; totumque hoc leve 
 est, qualecunque est; fit enim ad punctum tem- 
 poris : 83. illud angit vel potius excruciat, dis- 
 cessus ab omnibus iis, quae sunt bona in vita. 
 Vide, ne a malis dici verius possit. Quid ego 
 nunc lugeam vitam hominum? Vere et jure 
 possum. Sed quid necesse est, quum id agam, 
 ne post mortem miseros nos putemus fore, etiam 
 vitam efficere deplorando miseriorem ? Feci- 
 mus hoc in eo libro, in quo nosmet ipsos, quan- 
 tum potuimus, consolati sumus. A malis igitur 
 mors abducit, non a bonis ; verum si quaerimus. 
 Et quidem hoc a Cyrenaico Hegesia sic copiose 
 disputatur, ut is a rege Ptolemaeo prohibitus 
 esse dicatur ilia in scholis dicere, quod multi, iis 
 auditis, mortem sibi ipsi consciscerent. 
 
 84. Callimachi quidem epigramma in Ambra- 
 ciotam Cleombrotum est: quern ait, quum ei 
 nihil accidisset adversi, e muro se in mare abje- 
 cisse, lecto Platonis libro. Ejus autem, quern 
 dixi, Hegesiae liber est, ' AiroicapTepSsv, quod a 
 vita quidam per inediam discedens revocatur ab 
 amicis, quibus respondens, vitae humanae enu- 
 
LIBER I. CAP. XXXIV. XXXV. 67 
 
 merat incommoda. Possem id facere, etsi mi- 
 nus, quam ille, qui omnino vivere expedire nemi- 
 ni putat. Mitto alios : etiamne nobis expedit ? 
 qui et domesticis et forensibus solatiis ornamen- 
 tisque privati, certe, si ante occidissemus, mors 
 nos a malis, non a bonis abstraxisset. 
 
 XXXV. 85. Sit igitur aliquis, qui nihil mali 
 habeat, nullum a fortuna vulnus acceperit : Me- 
 tellus ille honoratis quattuor filiis ; at quinqua- 
 ginta Priamus, e quibus septendecim justa uxore 
 natis. In utroque eandem habuit Fortuna po- 
 testatem, sed usa in altero est. Metellum enim 
 multi filii, filiae, nepotes, neptes in rogum im- 
 posuerunt ; Priamum tanta progenie orbatum, 
 quum in aram confugisset, hostilis manus inter- 
 emit. Hie si vivis filiis, incolumi regno, occi- 
 disset, 
 
 adstdnte ope barbarica, 
 Tectis caeldtis, lacuatis: 
 
 utrum tandem a bonis, an a malis discessisset? 
 Turn profecto videretur a bonis. At certe ei 
 melius evenisset, nee tarn flebiliter ilia caneren- 
 tur: 
 
 Haec omnia vidi infldmmari, 
 Priamo vi vitam evitari, 
 Jovis dram sanguine turpari. 
 
 Quasi vero ista vi quidquam turn potuerit ei 
 melius accidere! Quod si ante occidisset, ta- 
 men eventum omnino amisisset; hoc autem 
 tempore sensum amisit malorum, 86. .Pom- 
 

 68 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 
 
 peio, nostro familiari, quum graviter aegrotaret 
 Neapoli, melius est factum : coronati Neapoli- 
 tani fuerunt; nimirum etiam Puteolani ; vulgo 
 ex oppidis publice gratulabantur. Ineptum sane 
 negotium, et Graeculum; sed tamen fortuna- 
 turn. Utrum igitur, si turn esset exstinctus, a 
 bonis rebus, an a malis discessisset? Certe a 
 rniseris. Non enim cum socero bellum gessis- 
 set; non imparatus arm a sumpsisset; non do- 
 mum reliquisset; non ex Italia fugisset; non, 
 exercitu amisso, nudus in servorum f err urn et 
 manus incidisset; non liberi defleti; non fortu- 
 nae omnes a victoribus possiderentur. Qui, si 
 mortem turn obisset, in amplissimis fortunis 
 occidisset, is propagatione vitae quot, quantas, 
 quam incredibiles hausit calamitates ! 
 
 XXXVI. Haec morte effugiuntur, etiam si 
 non evenerunt, tamen quia possunt evenire ; sed 
 homines ea sibi accidere posse non cogitant. 
 Metelli sperat sibi quisque fortunam : proinde 
 quasi aut plures fortunati sint quam infelices, 
 aut certi quidquam sit in rebus humanis, aut 
 sperare sit prudentius quam timere. 
 
 87. Sed hoc ipsum concedatur, bonis rebus 
 homines morte privari; ergo etiam carere mor- 
 tuos vitae commodis, idque esse miserum ? Cer- 
 te ita dicant necesse est. An potest is, qui non 
 est, re ulla carere? Triste enim est nomen 
 ipsum carendi, quia subjicitur haec vis: habuit, 
 non habet; desiderat, requirit, indiget. Haec, 
 
 
LIBER I. CAP. XXXVI. 69 
 
 opinor, incommoda sunt carentis: caret oculis, 
 odiosa caecitas; liberis, orbitas. Valet hoc in 
 vivis ; mortuorum autem non modo vitae com- 
 modisj sed ne vita quidem ipsa quisquam caret. 
 De mortuis loquor, qui nulli sunt. Nos, qui 
 sumus, num aut comibus caremus, aut pen- 
 nis? ecquis id dixerit ? Certe nemo. Quid ita ? 
 Quia, quum id non habeas, quod tibi nee usu, 
 nee natura sit aptum, non careas, etiam si 
 sentias te non habere. 88. Hoc prernendum 
 etiam atque etiam est argumentum, confirmato 
 illo, de quo, si mortales animi sunt, dubitare non 
 possumus, quin tantus interitus in morte sit, ut 
 ne minima quidem suspicio sensus relinquatur; 
 hoc igitur probe stabilito et fixo, illud excutien- 
 dum est, ut sciatur, quid sit carere, ne relinqua- 
 tur aliquid erroris in verbo. Carere igitur hoc 
 significat: egere eo, quod habere velis. Inest 
 enim velle in carendo : (nisi quum sic, tamquam 
 in febri, dicitur, alia quadam notione verbi: dici- 
 tur enim alio modo etiam carere, quum aliquid 
 non habeas, et non habere te sentias, etiam si id 
 facile patiare:) carere malo non dicitur, nee 
 enim esset dolendum ; dicitur illud, bono carere, 
 quod est malum. Sed ne vivus quidem bono 
 caret, si eo non indiget. Sed in vivo intelligi 
 tamen potest, regno te carere ; dici autem hoc 
 in te satis subtiliter non potest ; posset in Tar- 
 quinio, quum regno esset expulsus ; at in mortuo 
 ne intelligi quidem ; carere enim sentientis est, 
 
70 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 
 
 nec sensus in mortuo : ne carere quidem igitur 
 in mortuo est. 
 
 XXXVII. 89. Quamquam quid opus est in 
 hoc philosophari, quum rem non magno opere 
 philosophia egere videamus? Quoties non mo- 
 do ductores nostri, sed universi etiam exercitus 
 ad non dubiam mortem concurrerunt ! Quae 
 quidem si timeretur, non L. Brutus, arcens eum 
 reditu tyrannum, quern ipse expulerat, in proelio 
 concidisset; non cum Latinis decertans pater 
 Decius, cum Etruscis films, cum Pyrrho nepos, se 
 hostium telis objecissent; non uno bello pro pa- 
 tria cadentes Scipiones Hispania vidisset, Paul- 
 lum et Geminum Cannae, Venusia Marcellum, 
 Litana Albinum, Lucania Gracchum. Num 
 quis horum miser hodie? Ne turn quidem 
 post spiritum extremum. Nec enim potest esse 
 miser quisquam sensu perempto. 
 
 90. At id ipsum odiosum est, sine sensu esse. 
 — Odiosum, si id esset carere. Quum vero per- 
 spicuum sit, nihil posse in eo esse, qui ipse non 
 sit; quid potest esse in eo odiosum, qui nec 
 careat, nec sentiat ? Quamquam hoc quidem 
 nimis saepe ; sed eo, quod in hoc inest omnis 
 animi contractio ex metu mortis. Qui enim 
 satis viderit, id quod est luce clarius, animo et 
 corpore consumpto totoque animante deleto et 
 facto interitu universo, illud animal, quod fuerit, 
 factum esse nihil, is plane perspiciet, inter Hip- 
 pocentaurum, qui nunquam fuerit, et regem 
 
LIBER I. CAP. XXXVII. XXXVIII. 71 
 
 Agamemnonem nihil interesse; nee pluris nunc 
 facere M. Camillum hoc civile bellum, quam 
 ego, illo vivo, fecerim Romam eaptam. 
 
 Cur igitur et Camillus doleret, si haec post 
 trecentos et quinquaginta fere annos eventura 
 putaret ? et ego doleam, si ad decern millia an- 
 norum gentem aliquam urbem nostram potitu- 
 ram putem ? Quia tanta earitas patriae est, ut 
 earn non sensu nostro, sed salute ipsius metia- 
 mur. 
 
 XXXVIII. 91. Itaque non deterret sapien- 
 tem mors, quae propter incertos casus quotidie 
 imminet, propter brevitatem vitae nunquam po- 
 test longe abesse, quo minus in omne tempus 
 rei publicae suisque consulate et posteritatem 
 ipsam, cujus sensum habiturus non sit, ad se 
 putet pertinere. Quare licet etiam mortalem 
 esse animum judicantem aeterna moliri, non 
 gloriae cupiditate, quam sensurus non sit, sed 
 virtutis, quam necessario gloria, etiam si tu id 
 non agas, consequatur. Natura vero se sic 
 habet, ut, quo modo initium nobis rerum omni- 
 um ortus noster afferat, sic exitum mors. Ut 
 nihil pertinuit ad nos ante ortum, sic nihil post 
 mortem pertinebit. In quo quid potest esse 
 mali, quum mors nee ad vivos pertineat, nee ad 
 mortuos? Alteri nulli sunt; alteros non attinget. 
 
 92. Quam qui leviorem faciunt, somni similli- 
 mam volunt esse : quasi vero quisquam ita no- 
 naginta annos velit vivere, ut, quum eexaginta 
 
72 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 
 
 confecerit, reliquos dormiat. Ne sues quidem 
 id velint, non modo ipse. Endymion vero, si 
 fabulas audire volumus, ut, nescio quando, in 
 Latmo obdormivit, qui est mons Cariae, nondum, 
 opinor, est experrectus. Num igitur eum curare 
 censes, quum Luna laboret? a qua consopitus 
 putatur, ut eum dormientem oscularetur. Quid 
 curet autem, qui ne sentit quidem? Habes 
 somnum imaginem mortis, eamque quotidie in- 
 duis. Et dubitas, quin sensus in morte nullus 
 sit, quum in ejus simulacro videas esse nullum 
 sensum ? 
 
 XXXIX. 93. Pellantur ergo istae ineptiae 
 paene aniles, ante tempus mori miserum esse. 
 Quod tandem tempus? Naturaene ? At ea 
 quidem dedit usuram vitae, tamquam pecuniae, 
 nulla praestituta die. Quid est igitur, quod 
 querare, si repetit, quum vult? ea enim condi- 
 tione acceperas. Iidem, si puer parvus occidit, 
 aequo animo ferendum putant ; si vero in cunis, 
 ne querendum quidem. Atqui ab hoc acerbius 
 exegit natura, quod dederat. Nondum gustave- 
 rat, inquit, vitae suavitatem ; hie autem jam 
 sperabat magna, quibus frui coeperat. At id 
 quidem ipsum in ceteris rebus melius putatur, 
 aliquam partem, quam nullam, attingere ; cur in 
 vita secus ? Quamquam non male ait Callima- 
 chus, multo saepius lacrimasse Pria?num, quam 
 Troilum. Eorum autem, qui exacta aetate mo- 
 riuntur, fortuna laudatur. 94. Cur ? Nam, reor, 
 
LIBER I. CAP. XXXIX. XL. 73 
 
 nullis, si vita longior daretur, posset esse jucun- 
 dior. Nihil enim est profecto homini prudentia 
 dulcius, quam, ut cetera auferat, affert certe se- 
 nectus. 
 
 Quae vero aetas longa est? aut quid omnino 
 homini longum ? nonne 
 
 Modo pueros, modo ddulescentes, in cursu a tergo inseqiiens, 
 Nic opinantes assecuta est 
 
 senectus? sed quia ultra nihil habemus, hoc lon- 
 gum dicimus. Omnia ista, perinde ut cuique 
 data sunt pro rata parte, ita aut longa, aut bre- 
 via dicuntur. Apud Hypanim fluvium, qui ab 
 Europae parte in Pontum influit, Aristoteles ait, 
 bestiolas quasdam nasci, quae unum diem vi- 
 vant. Ex his igitur hora octava quae mortua 
 est, provecta aetate mortua est ; quae vero occi- 
 dente sole, decrepita ; eo magis, si etiam solsti- 
 tiali die. Confer nostram longissimam aetatem 
 cum aeternitate ; in eadem propemodum brevi- 
 tate, qua illae bestiolae, reperiemur. 
 
 XL. 95. Contemnamus igitur omnes inepti- 
 as, (quod enim levius huic levitati nomen im- 
 ponam?) totamque vim bene vivendi in animi 
 robore ac magnitudine, et in omnium rerum 
 humanarum contemptione ac despicientia, et in 
 omni virtute ponamus. Nam nunc quidem co- 
 gitationibus mollissimis effeminamur, ut, si ante 
 mors adventet, quam Chaldaeorum promissa 
 consecuti sumus, spoliati magnis quibusdam 
 bonis, illusi, destitutique videamur. 96. Quod si 
 
74 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 
 
 exspectando et desiderando pendemus animis, 
 cruciamur, angimur; pro dii immortales! quam 
 illud iter jucundum esse debet, quo confecto 
 nulla reliqua cura, nulla sollicitudo futura sit ! 
 
 Quam me delectat Theramenes ! quam elato 
 animo est! Etsi enim flemus, quum legimus, 
 tamen non miserabiliter vir clarus emoritur. Qui 
 quum, conjectus in carcerem triginta jussu tyran- 
 norum, venenum ut sitiens obduxisset, reliquum 
 sic e poculo ejecit, ut id resonaret ; quo sonitu 
 reddito, arridens, Propino, inquit, hoc pulchro 
 Critiae, qui in eum fuerat taeterrimus. Graeci 
 enim in conviviis solent nominare, cui poculum 
 tradituri sint. Lusit vir egregius extremo spi- 
 ritu, quum jam praecordiis conceptam mortem 
 contineret; vereque ei, cui venenum praebiberat, 
 mortem est earn auguratus, quae brevi conse- 
 cuta est. 97. Quis hanc animi maximi aequi- 
 tatem in ipsa morte laudaret, si mortem malum 
 judicaret? Vadit enim in eundem carcerem 
 atque in eundem paucis post annis scyphum 
 Socrates, eodem scelere judicum, quo tyranno- 
 rum Theramenes. Quae est igitur ejus oratio, 
 qua facit eum Plato usum apud judices, jam 
 morte multatum ? 
 
 XLI. " Magna me," inquit, " spes tenet, judi- 
 ces, bene mihi evenire, quod mittar ad mortem. 
 Necesse est enim sit alterum de duobus : ut aut 
 sensus omnino omnes mors auferat, aut in alium 
 quendam locum ex his locis morte migretur. 
 
LIBER I. CAP. XLI. 75 
 
 Quamobrem, sive sensus exstinguitur, morsque 
 ei somno simUis est, qui nonnunquam etiam 
 sine visis somniorum placatissimam quietem af- 
 fert: dii boni! quid lucri est emori! aut quam 
 multi dies reperiri possunt, qui tali nocti antepo- 
 nantur? Cui si similis futura est perpetuitas 
 omnis consequentis temporis, quis me beatior? 
 98. Sin vera sunt, quae dicuntur, migrationem 
 esse mortem in eas oras, quas, qui e vita exces- 
 serunt, incolunt: id multo jam beatius est. Te- 
 ne, quum ab iis, qui se judicum numero haberi 
 volunt, evaseris, ad eos venire, qui vere judices 
 appellentur, Mi no em, Rhadamanthum, Aeacum, 
 Triptolemum, convenireque eos, qui juste et 
 cum fide vixerint! Haec peregrinatio mediocris 
 vobis videri potest? Ut vero colloqui cum Or- 
 pheo, Musaeo, Homero, Hesiodo liceat, quanti 
 tandem aestimatis ? Equidem saepe emori, si 
 fieri posset, vellem, ut ea, quae dico, mihi liceret 
 invenire. Quanta delectatione autem afficerer, 
 quum Palamedem, quum Ajacem, quum alios, 
 judicio iniquo circumventos, convenirem! Ten- 
 tarem etiam summi regis, qui maximas copias 
 duxit ad Trojam, et Ulixi Sisyphique pruden- 
 tiam, nee ob earn rem, quum haec exquirerem, 
 sicut hie faciebam, capite damnarer. Ne vos 
 quidem, judices, ii, qui me absolvistis, mortem 
 timueritis. 99. Nee enim cuiquam bono mali 
 quidquam evenire potest, nee vivo, nee mortuo : 
 nee unquam ejus res a diis immortalibus negli- 
 
76 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 
 
 gentur, nee mihi ipsi hoc accidit fortuito. Nee 
 vero ego iis, a quibus accusatus aut a quibus 
 condemnatus sum, habeo quod succenseam, nisi 
 quod mihi nocere se crediderunt." Et haec qui- 
 dem hoc modo. Nihil autem melius extremo : 
 " Sed tempus est," inquit, "jam hinc abire me, 
 ut moriar; vos, ut vitam agatis. Utrum autem 
 sit melius, dii immortales sciunt; hominem qui- 
 dem scire arbitror neminem." 
 
 XLII. Ne ego haud paullo hunc animum raa- 
 lim, quam eorum omnium fortunas, qui de hoc 
 judicaverunt : etsi, quod praeter deos negat scire 
 quemquam, id scit ipse, utrum sit melius ; nam 
 dixit ante; sed suum illud, nihil ut affirmet, te- 
 net ad extremum. 100. Nos autem teneamus, 
 ut nihil censeamus esse malum, quod sit a na- 
 tura datum omnibus, intelligamusque, si mors 
 malum sit, esse sempiternum malum. Nam 
 vitae miserae mors finis esse videtur; mors si 
 est misera, finis esse nullus potest. 
 
 Sed quid ego Socratem aut Theramenem, 
 praestantes viros virtutis et sapientiae gloria, 
 commemoro? quum Lacedaemonius quidam, 
 cujus ne nomen quidem proditum est, mortem 
 tanto opere contempserit, ut quum ad earn du- 
 ceretur, damnatus ab Ephoris, et esset vultu 
 hilari atque laeto, dixissetque ei quidam inimi- 
 cus, Contemnisne leges Lycurgi ? responderit, 
 Ego vero Mi maximam gratiam habeo, qui me ea 
 poena multaverit, quam sine mutuatione et sine 
 
LIBER I. CAP. XLII. XLIII. 77 
 
 versura possem dissolvere. O virum Sparta di- 
 gnum! ut mihi quidem, qui tam magno animo 
 fuerit, innocens damnatus esse videatur. 101. 
 Tales innumerabiles nostra civitas tulit. Sed 
 quid duces et principes nominem, quum legiones 
 scribat Cato saepe alacres in eum locum pro- 
 fectas, unde redituras se non arbitrarentur? Pa- 
 ri animo Lacedaemonii in Thermopylis occide- 
 runt, in quos Simonides: 
 
 Die, hospes, Spartae, nos te hie vidisse jacentes, 
 Dum Sanctis patriae legibus obsequimur. 
 
 Quid ille dux Leonidas dicit? Pergite animo 
 forti, Lacedaemonii ; hodie apud inferos fortasse 
 caenabimus. Fuit haec gens fortis, dum Lycurgi 
 leges vigebant. E quibus unus, quum Perses ho- 
 stis in colloquio dixisset glorians, Solem praeja- 
 culorum multitudine et sagitlarum non videbitis: — 
 In umbra ig-itur, inquit, pugnabimus. 102. Viros 
 commemoro. Qualis tandem Lacaena? quae 
 quum filium in praelium misisset, et interfectum 
 audisset, Idcirco, inquit, genueram, ut esset, qui 
 pro patria morte non dubitaret occumbere. 
 
 XLIII. Esto: fortes et duri Spartiatae ; ma- 
 gnam habet vim rei publicae disciplina. Quid? 
 Cyrenaeum Theodorum, philosophum non igno- 
 bilem, nonne miramur? cui quum Lysimachus 
 rex crucem minaretur, Istis, quaeso, inquit, ista 
 horribilia minitare purpuratis tuis ! Theodori 
 quidem nihil interest, humine an sublime putescat. 
 
 Cujus hoc dicto admoneor, ut aliquid etiam 
 
78 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 
 
 de humatione et sepultura dicendum existimem ; 
 rem non difficilem, iis praesertim cognitis, quae 
 de nihil sentiendo paullo ante dicta sunt. De 
 qua Socrates quidem quid senserit, apparet in 
 eo libro, in quo moritur, de quo jam tarn multa 
 diximus. 103. Quum enim de immortalitate 
 animorum disputavisset, et jam moriendi tem- 
 pus urgeret, rogatus a Critone, quemadmodum 
 sepeliri vellet, Multam vero, inquit, operant, amici, 
 frustra consumpsL Critoni enim nostro non per- 
 suasi, me hinc avolaturum neque met quidquam 
 relicturum. Verumtamen, Crito, si me assequi 
 potueris aut sicubi nactus eris, ut tibi videbitur, 
 sepelito. Sed, mihi crede, nemo me vestrum, 
 quum hinc excessero, consequetur. 
 
 Praeclare id quidem, qui et amico permiserit, 
 et se ostenderit de hoc toto genere nihil laborare. 
 104. Durior Diogenes, et is quidem idem senti- 
 ens, sed, ut Cynicus, asperius, projici se jussit 
 inhumatum. Turn amici, Volucribusne etferis? 
 — Minime vero, inquit; sed bacillum propter me, 
 quo abigam, ponitote. — Qui id poteris ? illi ; non 
 enim senties. — Quid igitur mihi ferarum lania- 
 tus oberit nihil sentienti ? Praeclare Anaxago- 
 ras, qui, quum Lampsaci moreretur, quaeren- 
 tibus amicis, velletne Clazomenas in patriam, si 
 quid accidisset, auferri, Nihil necesse est, inquit ; 
 undique enim ad inferos tantundem, viae est. To- 
 taque de ratione humationis unum tenendum 
 est, — ad corpus illam pertinere, sive occiderit 
 
LIBER I. CAP. XLIII. XLIV. 79 
 
 animus, sive vigeat. In corpore autem perspi- 
 cuum est, vel exstincto animo vel elapso, nullum 
 residere sensum. 
 
 XLIV. 105. Sed plena errorum sunt omnia. 
 Trahit Hectorem ad currum religatum Achilles ; 
 lacerari eum, et sentire, credo, putat. Ergo hie 
 ulciscitur, ut quidem sibi videtur. At ilia sicut 
 acerbissimam rem maeret: 
 
 Vidi, videre quod me passa aegtrrume, 
 Hectorem curru quadrijugo raptdrier. 
 
 Quern Hectorem ? aut quamdiu ille erit Hector? 
 Melius Accius et aliquando sapiens Achilles: 
 
 Immo enimvero corpus Priamo rtddidi, Hectorem abstuli. 
 
 Non igitur Hectorem traxisti, sed corpus, quod 
 fuerat Hectoris. 106. Ecce alius exoritur e terra, 
 qui matrem dormire non sinat: 
 
 Mater, te appello, quae curam somno suspensdm levas, 
 Neque te mei miser H: surge et sepeli natural — 
 
 (Haec quum pressis et flebilibus modis, qui totis 
 theatris maestitiam 'inferant, concinuntur, diffi- 
 cile est, non eos, qui inhumati sunt, miseros ju- 
 dicare :) 
 
 prius 
 Quam ferae volucrhque 
 
 (Metuit, ne laceratis membris minus bene uta- 
 tur; ne combustis, non extimescit:) 
 
 Neil reliquias sic meas siris, dtnudatls ossibus, 
 Taitra sanie de'libutas, foide divexarier. 
 
80 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 
 
 107. (Non intelligo, quid metuat, quum tam 
 bonos septenarios fundat ad tibiam.) 
 
 Tenendum est igitur, nihil curandum esse post 
 mortem, quum multi inimicos etiam mortuos 
 poeniuntur. Exsecratur luculentis sane versi- 
 bus apud Ennium Thyestes, primum ut naufra- 
 gio pereat Atreus; durum hoc sane; talis enim 
 interitus non est sine gravi sensu ; ilia inania : 
 
 Ipse summis sdxisjixus dsperis, evisceratus, 
 
 Latere pendens, sdxa spargens tdbo, sanie, et sanguine atro. 
 
 Non ipsa saxa magis sensu omni vacabunt, 
 quam ille latere pendens, cui se hie cruciatum 
 censet optare. Quam essent dura, si sentiret! 
 nulla, sine sensu. Illud vero perquam inane: 
 
 Neque sepulcrum, quo recipiat, habeat, portum corporis, 
 Ubi, remissa humana vita, corpus requiescat malis. 
 
 Vides quanto haec in errore versentur. Portum 
 esse corporis, et requiescere in sepulcro putat 
 mortuum. Magna culpa Pelopis, qui non erudi- 
 erit filium nee docuerit, quatenus esset quidque 
 curandum. 
 
 XLV. 108. Sed quid singulorum opiniones 
 animadvertam, nationum varios errores perspi- 
 cere quum liceat? Condiunt Aegyptii mortuos, 
 et eos servant domi ; Persae etiam cera circum- 
 litos condunt, ut quam maxime permaneant 
 diuturna corpora. Magorum mos est, non hu- 
 mare corpora suorum, nisi a feris sint ante lani- 
 ata. In Hyrcania plebs publicos alit canes, 
 
LIBER I. CAP. XLV. XLVI. 81 
 
 optimates domesticos; nobile autem genus ca- 
 num illud scimus esse ; sed pro sua quisque 
 facultate parat, a quibus lanietur ; eamque opti- 
 mam illi esse censent sepulturam. Permulta 
 alia colligit Chrysippus, ut est in omni historia 
 curiosus; sed ita taetra sunt quaedam, ut ea 
 fugiat et reformidet oratio. Totus igitur hie 
 locus est contemnendus in nobis, non negligen- 
 dus in nostris ; ita tamen, ut mortuorum corpora 
 nihil sentire vivi sentiamus. 109. Quantum 
 autem consuetudini famaeque dandum sit, id 
 curent vivi ; sed ita, ut intelligant, nihil id ad 
 mortuos pertinere. 
 
 Sed profecto mors turn aequissimo animo op- 
 petitur, quum suis se laudibus vita occidens 
 consolari potest. Nemo parum diu vixit, qui 
 virtutis perfectae perfecto functus est munere. 
 Multa mihi ipsi ad mortem tempestiva fuerunt: 
 quae utinam potuissem obire! Nihil enim jam 
 acquirebatur, cumulata erant officia vitae, cum 
 fortuna bella restabant. Quare si ipsa ratio 
 minus perficiet, ut mortem negligere possimas, 
 at vita acta perficiat, ut satis superque vixisse 
 videamur. Quamquam enim sensus abierit, 
 tamen suis et propriis bonis laudis et gloriae, 
 quamvis non sentiant, mortui non carent. Etsi 
 enim nihil habet in se gloria, cur expetatur, ta- 
 men virtutem tamquam umbra sequitur. 
 
 XLVI. 110. Verum multitudinis judicium 
 de bonis, si quando est, magis laudandum est, 
 6. — Cic. TW. Disp. 
 
82 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 
 
 quam illi ob earn rem beati. Non possum au- 
 tem dicere, quoquo modo hoc accipietur, Lycur- 
 gum, Solonem, legum et publicae disciplinae 
 carere gloria: Themistoclem, Epaminondam,bel- 
 licae virtutis. Ante enim Salaminam ipsam 
 Neptumus obruet, quam Salaminii tropaei me- 
 moriam ; priusque Boeotia Leuctra tollentur, 
 quam pugnae Leuctricae gloria. Multo autem 
 tardius fama deseret Curium, Fabricium, Calati- 
 num, duo Scipiones, duo Africanos, Maximum, 
 Marcellum, Paullum, Catonem, Laelium, imm- 
 merabiles alios : quorum similitudinem aliquam 
 qui arripuerit, non earn fama populari, sed vera 
 bonorum laude metiens, fidenti animo, si ita res 
 feret, gradietur ad mortem, in qua aut summurn 
 bonum, aut nullum malum esse cognovimus. 
 Secundis vero suis rebus volet etiam mori ; non 
 enim tarn cumulus bonorum jucundus esse po- 
 test, quam molesta decessio. 111. Hanc sen- 
 tentiam significare videtur Laconis ilia vox, qui, 
 quum Rhodius Diagoras, Olympioniees nobilis, 
 uno die duo suos filios victores Olympiae vidis- 
 set, aceessit ad senem et gratulatus, Morer s e y 
 Diag-ora, inquit; non enim in caelum adscensu- 
 rus es. Magna haec et nimium fortasse Graeci 
 putant, vel turn potius putabant; isque, qui 
 hoe Diagorae dixit, permagnum existimans, tres 
 Olympionicas una e domo prodire, cunctari il- 
 ium diutius in vita, fortunae objectum, inutile 
 putabat ipsi. 
 
LIBER I. CAP. XLVI. XLVII. 83 
 
 Ego autem tibi quidem, quod satis esset, pau- 
 cis verbis, ut mihi videbar, responderam. Con- 
 cesseras enim, nullo in malo mortuos esse ; sed 
 ob earn causam contendi, ut plura dicerem, 
 quod in desiderio et luctu haec est consolatio 
 maxima. Nostrum enim et nostra causa sus- 
 ceptum dolorem modice ferre debemus, ne nos- 
 met ipsos amare videamur. Ilia suspicio into- 
 lerabili dolore cruciat, si opinamur eos, quibus 
 orbati sumus, esse cum aliquo sensu in iis malis, 
 quibus vulgo opinantur. Hanc excutere opinio- 
 nem mihimet volui radicitus ; eoque fui fortasse 
 longior. 
 
 XLVII. 112. A. Tu longior ? non mihi qui- 
 dem. Prior enim pars orationis tuae faciebat, 
 ut mori cuperem ; posterior, ut modo non nol- 
 lem, modo non laborarem ; omni autem oratione 
 illud certe perfectum est, ut mortem non duce- 
 rfcm in malis. 
 
 M. Num igitur etiam rhetorum epilogum de- 
 sideramus? an hanc jam artem plane relinqui- 
 mus ? A. Tu vero istam ne reliqueris, quam 
 semper ornasti, et quidem jure ; ilia enim te, 
 verum si loqui volumus, ornaverat. Sed qui- 
 nam est iste epilogus ? aveo enim audire, quid- 
 quid est. 113. M. Deorum immortalium judi- 
 cia solent in scholis proferre de morte ; nee vero 
 ea fingere ipsi, sed Herodoto auctore aliisque 
 pluribus. Primum Argiae sacerdotis, Cleobis et 
 Bito, filii praedicantur. Nota fabula est. Quum 
 
84 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 
 
 enim illam ad sollenne et statum sacrificium 
 curru vehi jus esset satis longe ab oppido ad 
 fanum, morarenturque jumenta, tunc juvenes ii, 
 quos modo nominavi, veste posita, corpora oleo 
 perunxerunt, ad jugum accesserunt. Ita sacer- 
 dos advecta in fanum, quum currus esset ductus 
 a filiis, precata a dea dicitur, ut illis praemium 
 daret pro pietate quod maximum homini dari 
 posset a deo ; post epulatos cum matre adole- 
 scentes somno se dedisse, mane inventos esse 
 mortuos. 114. Simili precatione Trophonius et 
 Agamedes usi dicuntur: qui, quum Apollini 
 Delphis templum exaedificavissent, venerantes 
 deum petiverunt mercedem non parvam quidem 
 operis et laboris sui, nihil certi, sed quod esset 
 optimum homini. Quibus Apollo se id datu- 
 rum ostendit post ejus diei diem tertiam : qui 
 ut illuxit, mortui suntreperti. Judicavisse deum 
 dicunt, et eum quidem deum, cui reliqui dii con- 
 cessissent, ut praeter ceteros divinaret. 
 
 XLVIII. Affertur etiam de Sileno fabella 
 quaedam, qui, quum a Mida captus esset, hoc 
 ei muneris pro sua missione dedisse scribitur: 
 docuisse regem, non nasci homini longe opti- 
 mum esse; proximum autem, quam primum 
 mori. 115. Qua est sententia in Cresphonte 
 usus Euripides : 
 
 Nam nds decebat, cokus celebrantls, domum 
 Lug6re, ubi esset dliquis in lucem editus* 
 Humdnae vitae vdria reputantts mala ; 
 At, qui labor es mdrte finisset graves, 
 Hunc omni amicos laude et laetitia 4xsequi. 
 
LIBER I. CAP. XLVIII. 85 
 
 Simile quiddam est in Consolatione Crantoris: 
 ait enim, Terinaeum quendam Elysium, quum 
 graviter filii mortem maereret, venisse in psy- 
 chomantium, quaerentem, quae fuisset tantae 
 calamitatis causa ; huic in tabellis tres hujus- 
 modi versiculos datos : 
 
 Ignaris homines in vita mentibus errant : 
 Euthynous potitur, fatorum numine, leto. 
 Sic fait utilius finiri ipsique, tibique. 
 
 116. His et talibus auctoribus usi, confirmant, 
 causam rebus a diis immortalibus judicatam. 
 Alcidamas quidem, rhetor antiquus in primis 
 nobilis, scripsit etiam laudationem mortis, quae 
 constat ex enumeratione humanorum malorum. 
 Cui rationes eae, quae exquisitius a philosophis 
 colliguntur, defuerunt, ubertas orationis non de- 
 fuit. 
 
 Clarae vero mortes, pro patria oppetitae, non 
 solum gloriosae rhetoribus, sed etiam beatae 
 videri solent. Repetunt ab Erechtheo, cujus 
 etiam filiae cupide mortem expetiverunt pro 
 vita civium ; Codrum, qui se in medios immisit 
 hostes, veste famulari, ne posset agnosci, si esset 
 ornatu regio, quod oraculum erat datum, si rex 
 interfectus esset, victrices Athenas fore. Menoe- 
 ceus non praetermittitur, qui item oraculo edito 
 largitus est patriae suum sanguinem. Iphigenia 
 Aulide duci se immolandam jubet, ut hostium 
 [sanguis] eliciatur suo. Veniunt inde ad pro- 
 piora. 
 
86 TUSCULANARUM DISPUTATIONUM 
 
 XLIX. Harmodius in ore, et Aristogito, La- 
 cedaemonius Leonidas, Thebanus Epaminondas 
 viget. Nostros non norunt; quos enumerare 
 magnum estj ita sunt multi, quibus videmus 
 optabiles mortes fuisse cum gloria. 
 
 117. Quae quum ita sint, magna tamen elo- 
 quentia est utendum, atque ita velut superiore e 
 loco contionandum, ut homines mortem vel opta- 
 re incipiant, vel certe timere desistant. Nam 
 si supremus ille dies non exstinctionem, sed 
 commutationem affert loci, quid optabilius ? sin 
 autem perimit ac delet omnino, quid melius, 
 quam in mediis vitae laboribus obdormiscere, et 
 ita conniventem somno consopiri sempiterno? 
 Quod si fiat, melior Ennii, quam Solonis oratio. 
 Hie enim noster, 
 
 Nemo me dacrumis decoret, inquit, nee funera fletu 
 Faxit ! 
 
 At vero ille sapiens, 
 
 Mors mea ne careat lacrumis ; linquamus amicis 
 Maerorem, ut celebrent funera cum gemitu. 
 
 118. Nos vero, si quid tale accident, ut a deo 
 denuntiatum videatur, ut exeamus e vita, laeti 
 et agentes gratias pareamus, emittique nos e 
 custodia et levari vinclis arbitremur, ut aut in 
 aeternam et plane in nostram domum remigre- 
 mus, aut omni sensu molestiaque careamus; 
 sin autem nihil denuntiabitur, eo tamen simus 
 animo, ut horribilem ilium diem aliis, nobis fau- 
 stum putemus, nihilque in malis ducamus, quod 
 
LIBER I. CAP. XLIX. 87 
 
 sit vel a diis immortalibus, vel a natura, parente 
 omnium, constitutum. Non enim temere nee 
 fortuito sati et creati sumus ; sed profecto fuit 
 quaedam vis, quae generi consuleret humano, 
 nee id gigneret aut aleret, quod, quum exancla- 
 visset omnes labores, turn incideret in mortis 
 malum sempiternum. Portum potius paratum 
 nobis et perfugium putemus* 119. Quo utinam 
 velis passis pervehi liceat ! Sin reflantibus 
 ventis rejiciemur, tamen eodem paullo tardius 
 referamur necesse est. Quod autem omnibus 
 necesse est, idne miserum esse uni potest? — 
 Habes epilogum, ne quid praetermissum aut 
 relictum putes. 
 
 A. Ego vero ; et quidem fecit etiam iste me 
 epilogus firmiorem. 31. Optime, inquam. Sed 
 nunc quidem valetudini tribuamus aliquid ; eras 
 autem, et quot dies erimus in Tusculano, aga- 
 mus haec, et ea potissimum, quae levationem 
 habeantaegritudinum, formidinum,cupiditatum: 
 qui omni e philosophia est fructus uberrimus. 
 

M. TULLII CICERONIS 
 
 DE RE PUBLICA 
 LIBER VI. 
 
 SOMNIUM SCIPIONIS. 
 

 
SOMNIUM SCIPIONIS. 
 
 Imitatione Platonis 1 Cicero de Re publica scribens, 
 locum etiam de Eris Pamphyli reditu in vitain, qui, ut 
 ait, rogo impositus revixisset, multaque de inferis se- 
 creta narrasset, non fabulosa, ut ille, assimilatione 
 commentus est, sed sollertis somnii rationabili quadam 
 imaginatione composuit, videlicet scite significans, 
 haec quae de animae immortalitate dicerentur caelo- 
 que, non somniantium philosophorura esse commenta, 
 nee fabulas ineredibiles, quas Epicurei derident, sed 
 prudentium conjeeturas. Insinuat, Scipionem ilium, 
 qui, Karthagine subjugata, cognomen familiae peperit 
 Africanum, huic Scipioni, Paulli filio, futuras a propin- 
 quis insidias et fataUs metae denuntiare curriculum, 
 quod necessitate numerorum in vitae perfectae tempo- 
 ra coartetur ; ponitque ilium aetatis suae quinquagesi- 
 mo ac sexto anno, duobus in se coeuntibus numeris, 
 absolutam caelo animam, unde acceperat, redditurum, 
 etc. — Favonius Eulogius Comm. ad Somn. Scip. 
 
 Nonnulli nostri, propter quoddam praeclarissimum lo- 
 quendi genus, et propter nonnulla quae veraciter sensit, 
 
 1 De Rep. t X. xiii. 
 
 91 
 
92 SOMNIUM SCIPIONIS. 
 
 amantes Platonem, dicunt eum aliquid simile nobis 
 etiam de mortuorum resurrectione sensisse. Quod 
 quidem sic tangit in libris de Re publica Tullius, ut 
 eum lusisse potius, quam id quod verum esset, affirmet 
 dicere voluisse. Inducit enim hominem revixisse, et 
 narrasse quaedam, quae Platonicis disputationibus con- 
 gruebant. — Augustinus C. D. XXII. 28. 
 
 In hoc vel maxime operis similitudinem servavit imita- 
 tio, quod, quum Plato in voluminis (de Rep,) conclusione 
 a quodam vitae reddito, quam reliquisse videbatur, indi- 
 cari faciat qui sit exutarum corporibus status animarum, 
 adjecta quadam sphaerarum vel siderum non otiosa 
 descriptione, rerum facies non dissimilia significans a 
 Tulliano Scipione per quietem sibi ingesta narratur. — 
 Macrobius in Somn, Scip. I. 1. 
 
 Hunc ordinem Tullius non minore judicio reservans 
 quam ingenio repertus est. Postquam in omni rei publi- 
 cae otio ac negotio palmam justitiae disputando dedit, sa- 
 cras immortalium animarum sedes, et caelestium arcana 
 regionum in ipso consummati operis fastigio locavit; 
 indicans quo his perveniendum vel potius revertendum 
 sit, qui rem publicam cum prudentia, justitia, fortitudi- 
 ne, ac moderatione tractaverint. Sed ille Platonicus 
 secretorum relator Er quidam nomine fuit, natione 
 Pamphylus, miles officio; qui, quum, vulneribus in 
 proelio acceptis vitam effudisse visus, duodecimo die 
 demum inter ceteros una peremptos ultimo esset hono- 
 randus igne, subito seu recepta anima, seu retenta, quid- 
 quid emensis inter utramque vitam diebus egerat vide- 
 ratve, tamquam publicum professus indicium, humano 
 
 
SOMNIUM SCIPIONIS. 93 
 
 generi enuntiavit. Hanc fabulam Cicero licet ab in- 
 doctis, quasi ipse veri conscius, doleat irrisam, exem- 
 plum tamen stolidae reprehensionis vitans, excitari nar- 
 raturum, quam reviviscere, maluit. — Idem ibidem. 
 
 Ac prius quam somnii verba consulamus, enodan- 
 dum nobis est, a quo genere hominum Tullius me- 
 moret vel irrisam Platonis fabulam, vel, ne sibi idem 
 eveniat, non vereri. Nee enim his verbis vult impe- 
 ritum vulgus intelligi, sed genus hominum veri ignarum 
 sub peritiae ostentatione : quippe quos et legisse talia, 
 et ad reprehendendum animatos constaret. Dicemus 
 igitur et quos in tantum philosophum referat quandam 
 censurae exercuisse levitatem, quisve eorum etiam 
 scriptam reliquerit accusationem ; etc. Epicureorum 
 tota factio, aequo semper errore a vero devia, et ilia 
 existimans ridenda quae nesciat, sacrum volumen et 
 augustissima irrisit naturae seria. Colotes vero, inter 
 Epicuri auditores famosior et loquacitate notabilior, 
 etiam in librum retulit quae de hoc amarius reprehendit. 
 Sed cetera, quae injuria notavit, siquidem ad somnium, 
 de quo hie procedit sermo, non attinent, hoc loco nobis 
 omittenda sunt: illam calumniam persequemur, quae, 
 nisi supplodatur, manebit Ciceroni cum Platone com- 
 munis. Ait, a philosopho fabulam non oportuisse con- 
 fingi : quoniam nullum figmenti genus veri professori- 
 bus conveniret. Cur enim, inquit, si rerum caelestium 
 notionem, si habitum nos animarum docere voluisti, 
 non simplici et absoluta hoc insinuatione curatum est, 
 sed quaesita persona casusque excogitata novitas, et 
 composita advocati scena figmenti, ipsam quaerendi 
 veri januam mendacio polluerunt ? Haec quoniam, 
 
94 SOMNIUM SCIPIONIS. 
 
 quum de Platonico Ere jactantur, etiam quietem Afri- 
 cani nostri somniantis incusant, resistamus urgenti, et 
 frustra arguens refellatur, etc. — Idem, cap. II. 
 
 Scipionem haec occasio ad narrandum somnium pro- 
 vocavit, quod longo tempore se testatus est silentio con- 
 didisse. Quum enim Laelius quereretur, nullas Nasicae 
 statuas in publico in interfecti tyranni remunerationem 
 locatas, respondit Scipio post alia in haec verba : — " Sed 
 quamquam sapientibus conscientia ipsa factorum egre- 
 giorum amplissimum virtu tis est praemium ; tarn en ilia 
 divina virtus non statuas plumbo inhaerentes, nee tri- 
 umphos arescentibus laureis, sed stabiliora quaedam et 
 viridiora praemiorum genera desiderat." " Quae tandem 
 ista sunt? " inquit Laelius. Turn Scipio, " Patimini me," 
 inquit, " quoniam tertium diem jam feriati sumus," — et 
 cetera, quibus ad narrationem somnii venit, docens ilia 
 esse stabiliora et viridiora praemiorum genera, quae 
 ipse vidisset in caelo bonis rerum publicarum servata 
 rectoribus. — Idem, cap. IV. 
 
SOMNIUM. 
 
 I. Quum in Africam venissem M.'Manilio con- 
 suli ad quartam legionem tribunus, ut scitis, mi- 
 litum, nihil mihi potius fuit, quam ut Masinis- 
 sam convenirem, regem familiae nostrae justis 
 de causis amicissimum. Ad quern ut veni, 
 complexus me senex collacrimavit, aliquantoque 
 post suspexit in caelum, et, u Grates," inquit, 
 "tibi ago, summe Sol, vobisque reliqui caelites, 
 quod, ante quam ex hac vita migro, conspicio 
 in meo regno et his tectis P. Cornelium Scipio- 
 nem, cujus ego nomine ipso recreor ; ita nun- 
 quam ex animo meo discedit illius optimi atque 
 invictissimi viri memoria." Deinde ego ilium de 
 suo regno, ille me de nostra re publica perconta- 
 tus est ; multisque verbis ultro citroque habitis 
 ille nobis consumptus est dies. 
 
 Post autem, regio apparatu accepti, sermonem 
 in multam noctem produximus, quum senex 
 nihil nisi de Africano loqueretur, omniaque ejus 
 non facta solum sed etiam dicta meminisset. 
 Deinde, ut cubitum discessimus, me, et de via et 
 
 95 
 
96 SOMNIUM SCIPIONIS. 
 
 qui ad multam noctem vigilassem, artior, quam 
 solebat, somnus complexus est. Hie mihi (credo 
 equidem ex hoc, quod eramus locuti: fit enim 
 fere ut cogitationes sermonesque nostri pari ant 
 aliquid in somno tale, quale de Homero scribit 
 Ennius, de quo videlicet saepissime vigilans sole- 
 bat cogitare et loqui) Africanus se ostendit, ea 
 forma, quae mihi ex imagine ejus, quam ex ipso, 
 erat notior. Quern ut agnovi, equidem cohorrui. 
 Sed ille, "Ades," in quit, "animo, et omitte ti- 
 morem, Scipio, et, quae dicam, trade memoriae. 
 II. " Videsne illam urbem, quae, parere populo 
 Romano coacta per me, renovat pristina bella, 
 nee potest quiescere? (ostendebat autem Kar- 
 thaginem de excelso, et pleno stellarum, illustri, 
 et claro quod am loco,) ad quam tu oppugnan- 
 dam nunc venis paene miles ? Hanc hoc biennio 
 consul evertes, eritque cognomen id tibi per te 
 partum, quod habes adhuc a nobis hereditarium. 
 Quum. autem Karthaginem deleveris, triumphum 
 egeris, censorque fueris, et obieris legatus Ae- 
 gyptum, Syriam, Asiam, Graeciam, deligere ite- 
 rum consul absens, bellumque maximum confi- 
 des, Numantiam exscindes. Sed quum eris curru 
 in Capitolium invectus, offendes rem publicam 
 perturbatam consiliis nepotis mei. Hie tu, Afri- 
 cane, ostendas oportebit patriae lumen animi, 
 ingenii, consiliique tui. Sed ejus temporis an- 
 cipitem video quasi fatorum viam. Nam quum 
 aetas tua septenos octies solis anfractus reditus- 
 
SOMNIUM SCIPIONIS. 97 
 
 que converterit, duoque hi numeri, quorum uter- 
 que plenus, alter altera de causa, habetur, circu- 
 itu naturali summam tibi fatalem confecerint, in 
 te unum atque in tuum nomen se tota convertet 
 civitas; te senatus, te oranes boni, te socii, te 
 Latini intuebuntur; tu eris unus, in quo nitatur 
 civitatis salus ; ac, ne multa, dictator rem publi- 
 cam constituas oportet, si impias propinquorum 
 manus effugeris." 
 
 Hie quum exclamasset Laelius, ingemuissent- 
 que ceteri vehementius, leniter arridens Scipio, 
 rt Quaeso," inquit, "ne me e somno excitetis et 
 rumpatis visum. Audite cetera." 
 
 III. " Sed quo sis, Africane, alacrior ad tutan- 
 dum rem publicam, sic habeto: omnibus, qui 
 patriam conservarint, adjuverint, auxerint, cer- 
 tum esse in caelo ac definitum locum, ubi beati 
 aevo sempiterno fruantur. Nihil est enim illi 
 principi deo, qui omnem hunc mundum regit, 
 quod quidem in terris fiat, acceptius, quam con- 
 cilia coetusque hominum jure sociati, quae civi- 
 tates appellantur. Harum rectores et conserva- 
 tors, hinc profecti, hue revertuntur." 
 
 Hie ego, etsi eram perterritus non tarn metu 
 mortis, quam insidiarum a meis, quaesivi tamen, 
 viveretne ipse et Paullus pater et alii, quos nos 
 exstinctos arbitraremur. " Immo vero," inquit, 
 "ii vivunt, qui ex corporum vinculis, tamquam 
 e carcere, evolaverunt : vestra vero quae dicitur 
 vita mors est. Quin tu adspicis ad te venien- 
 7. — Cic. Tusc. Disp. 
 
98 SOMNIUM SCIPIONIS. 
 
 tem Paullum patrem?" Quern ubi vidi, equi- 
 dem vim lacrimarum profudi ; ille autem me 
 eomplexus atque osculans flere prohibebat. 
 
 Atque ego, ut primum, fletu represso, loqui pos- 
 se coepi, cc Quaeso," inquam, " pater sanctissime 
 atque optime, quoniam haec est vita, ut Africa- 
 num audio dicere, quid moror in terris? quin 
 hue ad vos venire propero ? " " Non est ita," in- 
 quit ille. " Nisi enim deus is, cujus hoc tem- 
 plum est omne quod conspieis, istis te corporis 
 custodiis libera verit, hue tibi aditus patere non 
 potest. Homines enim sunt hac lege generati, 
 qui tuerentur ilium globum, quern in hoc templo 
 medium vides, quae terra dicitur ; hisque animus 
 datus est ex illis sempiternis ignibus, quaesidera 
 et stellas vocatis, quae, globosae et rotundae, di- 
 vinis animatae mentibus, circulos suos orbesque 
 conficiunt celeritate mirabili. Quare et tibi, 
 Publi, et piis omnibus retinendus est animus in 
 custodia corporis, nee injussu ejus, a quo ille 
 est vobis datus, ex hominum vita migrandum 
 est, ne munus humanum assignatum a deo de- 
 fugisse videamini. Sed sic, Scipio, ut avus hie 
 tuus, ut ego, qui te genui, justitiam cole et pie- 
 tatem: quae quum sit magna in parentibus et 
 propinquis, turn in patria maxima est. Ea vita 
 via est in caelum, et in hunc coetum eorum, qui 
 jam vixerunt, et corpore laxati ilium incolunt 
 locum quern vides," (erat autem is splendidissimo 
 candore inter flammas circulus elucens,) a quem 
 
SOMNIUM SCIPIONIS. 99 
 
 vos, ut a Graiis accepistis, orbem lacteum nun- 
 cupatis' : ex quo omnia mihi contemplanti prae- 
 clara cetera et mirabilia videbantur. Erant au- 
 tem eae stellae, quas nunquarn ex hoc loco 
 vidimus, et eae magnitudines omnium, quas 
 esse nunquarn suspicati sumus ; ex quibus erat 
 ilia minima, quae ultima a caelo, citima terris, 
 luce lucebat aliena. Stellarum autem globi ter- 
 rae magnitudinem facile vincebant. Jam ipsa 
 terra ita mihi parva visa est, ut me imperii 
 nostri, quo quasi punctum ejus attingimus, poe- 
 niteret. 
 
 IV. Quam quum magis intuerer, " Quaeso," 
 inquit Africanus, " quousque humi defixa tua 
 mens erit? Nonne adspicis, quae in templa 
 veneris ? Novem tibi orbibus, vel potius globis, 
 connexa sunt omnia: quorum unus est caelestis, 
 extimus, qui reliquos omnes complectitur, sum- 
 mus ipse deus, arcens et continens ceteros, — in 
 quo infixi sunt illi, qui volvuntur, stellarum cur- 
 sus sempiterni ; cui subjecti sunt septem, qui 
 versantur retro, contrario motu atque caelum ; 
 ex quibus unum globum possidet ilia, quam in 
 terris Saturniam nominant; deinde est homi- 
 num generi prosperus et salutaris ille fulgor, qui 
 dicitur Jovis ; turn rutilus horribilisque terris, 
 quern Martium dicitis ; deinde subter mediam 
 fere regionem Sol obtinet, dux et princeps et 
 moderator luminum reliquorum, mens mundi 
 et temperatio, tanta magnitudine, ut cuncta sua 
 
100 SOMNIUM SCIPIONIS. 
 
 luce collustret et compleat; hunc, ut comites, 
 consequuntur Veneris alter, alter Mercurii cur- 
 sus ; in infimoque orbe Luna, radiis solis accen- 
 sa, convertitur. Infra autem jam nihil est, nisi 
 mortale et caducum, praeter animos generi ho- 
 minum munere deorum datos : supra Lunam 
 sunt aeterna omnia. Nam ea, quae est media 
 et nona, Tellus, neque movetur, et infima est, et 
 in earn feruntur omnia nutu suo pondera." 
 
 V. Quae quum intuerer stupens, ut me re- 
 cepi, " Quis hie," inquam, " quis est, qui complet 
 aures meas tantus et tarn dulcis sonus ? " " Hie 
 est," inquit, " ille, qui, iiltervallis conjunctus im- 
 paribus, sed tamen, pro rata parte, ratione di- 
 stinctis, impulsu et motu ipsorum orbium confi- 
 citur ; qui, acuta cum gravibus temperans, varios 
 aequabiliter concentus efficit. Nee enim silentio 
 tanti motus incitari possunt; et natura fert, ut 
 extremaex altera parte graviter, ex altera autem 
 acute sonent. Quam ob causam summus ille 
 caeli stellifer cursus, cujus conversio est concita- 
 tior, acuto et excitato movetur sono, gravissimo 
 autem hie lunaris atque infimus. Nam terra, 
 nona, immobilis manens, ima sede semper haeret, 
 complexa medium mundi locum. Illi autem 
 octo cursus, in quibus eadem vis est duorum, 
 Mercurii et Veneris, septem efficiunt distinctos 
 intervallis sonos : qui numerus rerum omnium 
 fere nodus est. Quod docti homines nervis 
 imitati atque cantibus, aperuere sibi reditum 
 
SOMXIUM SCIPIONIS. 101 
 
 in hunc locum: sicut alii, qui praestantibus inge- 
 niis in vita humana divina studia coluerunt. 
 Hoc sonitu oppletae aures hominum obsurdue- 
 runt: nee est ullus hebetior sensus in vobis: 
 sicut, ubi Nilus ad ilia, quae Catadupa nominan- 
 tur, praecipitat ex altissimis montibus, ea gens, 
 quae ilium locum accolit, propter magnitudinem 
 sonitus, sensu audiendi caret. Hie vero tantus 
 est totius mundi incitatissima conversione so- 
 nitus, uc eum aures hominum capere non possint, 
 sicut intueri solem nequitis adversum, ejusque 
 radiis acies vestra sensusque vincitur." 
 
 Haec ego admirans, referebam tamen oculos ad 
 terram identidem. VI. Turn Africanus, " Sen- 
 tio," inquit, "te sedem etiam nunc hominum ac 
 domum contemplari: quae si tibi parva, ut est, 
 ita videtur, haec caelestia semper spectato, ilia 
 humana contemnito. Tu enim quam celebrita- 
 tem sermonis hominum, aut quam expetendam 
 gloriam consequi potes ? Vides, habitari in ter- 
 ra raris et angustis in locis, et in ipsis quasi ma- 
 culis, ubi habitatur, vastas solitudines interjectas: 
 hosque, qui incolunt terram, non modo interru- 
 pts ita esse, ut nihil inter ipsos ab aliis ad alios 
 manare possit, sed partim obliquos, partim aver- 
 sos, partim etiam adversos stare vobis : a quibus 
 exspectare gloriam certe nullam potestis. Cernis 
 autem eandem terram quasi quibusdam redimi- 
 tam et circumdatam cingulis; e quibus duos, 
 maxime inter se diversos, et caeli verticibus ipsis 
 
102 SOMNIUM SCIPIONIS. 
 
 ex utraque parte subnixos, obriguisse pruina 
 vides ; medium autem ilium et maximum solis 
 ardore torreri. Duo sunt habitabiles; quorum 
 australis ille, (in quo qui insistunt, adversa vobis 
 urgent vestigia,) nihil ad vestrum genus. Hie 
 autem alter subjectus aquiloni, quern incolitis, 
 cerne quam tenui vos parte contingat. Omnis 
 enim terra, quae colitur a vobis, angusta vertici- 
 bus, lateribus latior, parva quaedam insula est, 
 circumfusa illo mari, quod Atlanticum, quod 
 magnum, quern Oceanum appellatis in terris : 
 qui tamen, tanto nomine, quam sit parvus, vides. 
 Ex his ipsis cultis notisque terris, num auttuum, 
 aut cujusquam nostrum nomen, vel Caucasum 
 hunc, quern cernis, transscendere potuit, vel il- 
 ium Gangem transnatare ? Quis in reliquis 
 orientis aut obeuntis solis ultimis aut aquilonis 
 austrive partibus tuum nomen audiet? quibus 
 amputatis, cernis profecto, quantis in angustiis 
 vestra se gloria dilatari velit. Ipsi autem, qui 
 de vobis loquuntur, quam diu loquentur ? 
 
 VII. " Quin etiam, si cupiat proles ilia futuro- 
 rum hominum deinceps laudes unius cujusque 
 nostrum a patribus acceptas posteris prodere, 
 tamen propter eluviones exustionesque terrarum, 
 quas accidere tempore certo necesse est, non 
 modo aeternam, sed ne diuturnam quidem glo- 
 riam assequi possumus. Quid autem interest, 
 ab iis, qui postea nascentur, sermonem fore de 
 te, quum ab iis nullus fuerit, qui ante nati sun/, ? 
 
SOMNIUM SCIPIONIS. 103 
 
 qui nee pauciores, et certe meliores fuerunt viri : 
 quum praesertim apud eos ipsos, a quibus aadiri 
 nomen nostrum potest, nemo unius anni memo- 
 riam consequi possit. Homines enim populari- 
 ter annum tantummodo solis, id est, unius astri, 
 reditu metiuntur: quum autem ad idem, unde 
 semel profecta sunt, cuncta astra redierint, ean- 
 demque totius caeli descriptionem longis interval- 
 lis retulerint, turn ille vere vertens annus appel- 
 lari potest: in quo vix dicere audeo, quam multa 
 saecula hominum teneantur. Namque, ut olim 
 deficere sol hominibus exstinguique visus est, 
 quum Romuli animus haec ipsa in templa pene- 
 travit, ita, quandoque eadem parte sol eodem- 
 que tempore iterum defecerit, turn, signis omni- 
 bus ad idem principium stellisque revocatis, 
 expletum annum habeto. Hujus quidem anni 
 nondum vigesimam partem scito esse conver- 
 sant 
 
 " Quocirca, si reditum in hunc locum despera- 
 veris, in quo omnia sunt magnis et praestantibus 
 viris; quanti tandem est ista hominum gloria, 
 quae pertinere vix ad unius anni partem exiguam 
 potest ? Igitur alte spectare si voles, atque hanc 
 Bedem et aeternam domum contueri; neque te 
 sermonibus vulgi dederis, nee in praemiis huma- 
 nis spem posueris rerum tuarum : suis te, opor- 
 tet, illecebris ipsa virtus trahat ad verum decus. 
 Quid de te alii loquantur, ipsi videant ; sed lo- 
 quentur tamen. Sermo autem omnis ille et an- 
 
104 SOMNIUM SCIPIONIS. 
 
 gustiis cingitur iis regionum, quas vides, nee 
 unquam de ullo perennis fuit, et obruitur homi- 
 nura interitu, et oblivione posteritatis exstin- 
 guitur." 
 
 VIII. Quae quum dixisset, "Ego vero," in- 
 quam, " O Africane, siquidem bene meritis de 
 patria quasi limes ad eaeli aditum patet, quam- 
 quam a pueritia vestigiis ingressus patriis et tuis, 
 decori vestro non defui, nunc tamen, tanto prae- 
 mio proposito, enitar multo vigilantius." Et ille, 
 " Tu vero enitere, et sic habeto, non esse te mor- 
 talem, sed corpus hoc. Nee enim tu es, quem 
 forma ista declarat ; sed mens cujusque, is est 
 quisque, non ea figura, quae digito demonstrari 
 potest. Deum te igitur scito esse: siquidem 
 deus est, qui viget, qui sentit, qui meminit, qui 
 providet, qui tarn regit et moderatur et mo vet id 
 corpus, cui praepositus est, quam hunc mundum 
 ille princeps deus; et ut mundum ex quadam 
 parte mortalem ipse deus aeternus, sic fragile 
 corpus animus sempiternus movet. Nam quod 
 semper movetur, aeternum est; quod autem mo- 
 tum affert alicui, quodque ipsum agitatur aliun- 
 de, quando finem habet motus, vivendi finem 
 habeat necesse est. Solum igitur quod sese 
 movet, quia nunquam deseritur a se, nunquam 
 ne moveri quidem desinit. Quin etiam cete- 
 ris, quae moventur, hie fons, hoc principium est 
 movendi. Principio autem nulla est origo : nam 
 ex principio oriuntur omnia ; ipsum autem nulla 
 
SOMNIUM SCIPIONIS. 105 
 
 ex re : nee enim id esset principium, quod gigne- 
 retur aliunde : quod si nunquam oritur, ne occi- 
 dit quidem unquam. Nam principium exstin- 
 ctum nee ipsum ab alio renascetur, nee ex se 
 aliud creabit: siquidem necesse est a principio 
 oriri omnia. Ita fit, ut motus principium ex eo 
 sit, quod ipsum a se movetur: id autem nee 
 nasci potest, nee mori : vel concidat omne cae- 
 lum, omnisque natura consistat necesse est, nee 
 vim uliam nanciscatur, quae a primo impulsu 
 moveatur. 
 
 IX. u Quum pateat igitur, aeternum id esse 
 quod a se ipso moveatur, quis est, qui hanc na- 
 turam anirnis esse tributam neget? lnanimum 
 est enim omne, quod pulsu agitatur externo : 
 quod autem animal est, id motu cietur interiore 
 et suo. Nam haec est natura propria animi at- 
 que vis. Quae si est una ex omnibus, quae 
 sese moveat, neque nata est certe, et aeterna est. 
 Hanc tu exerce in optimis rebus ; sunt autem 
 optimae, curae de salute patriae : quibus agita- 
 tus et exercitatus animus velocius in hanc sedem 
 et domum suam pervolabit. Idque ocius faciet, 
 si jam turn, quum erit inclusus in corpore, emi- 
 nebit foras, et ea quae extra erunt contemplans, 
 quam maxime se a corpore abstrahet. Nam 
 eorum animi, qui se corporis voluptatibus dedi- 
 derunt, earumque se quasi ministros praebu- 
 erunt, impulsuque libidinum voluptatibus obedi- 
 

 106 SOMNIUM SCIPIONIS. 
 
 entium, deorum et hominum jura violaverunt, 
 • corporibus elapsi circum terrain ipsam volutan- 
 tur; nee hunc in locum, nisi multis exagitati 
 saeculis, revertuntur." 
 
 Ille discessit ; ego somno solutus sum. 
 
 
M. TULLII CICERONIS 
 
 CATO MAJOR, 
 
 DE SENECTUTE 
 
 CAP. XXI. -XXIII. 
 

 
CATO MAJOR. 
 
 CAP. XXI. -XXIII. 
 
 XXL Equidem non video, cur, quid ipse sen- 
 tiam de morte, non audeam vobis dicere : quod 
 eo melius mihi cernere videor, quo ab ea propius 
 absum. Ego vestros patres, P. Scipio, tuque, 
 C. Laeli, viros clarissimos mihique amicissimos, 
 vivere arbitror, et earn quidem vitam, quae est 
 sola vita nominanda. Nam, dum sumus in his 
 inclusi compagibus corporis, munere quodam ne- 
 cessitatis et gravi opere perfungimur: est enim 
 animus caelestis ex altissimo domicilio depressus 
 et quasi demersus in terram, locum divinae na- 
 turae aeternitatique contrarium. Sed credo, de- 
 os immortales sparsisse animos in corpora hu- 
 mana, ut essent, qui terras tuerentur, quique 
 caelestium ordinem contemplantes, imitarentur 
 eum vitae modo atque constantia. Nee me 
 solum ratio ac disputatio impulit, ut ita crede- 
 rem, sed nobilitas etiam summorum philoso- 
 phorum et auctoritas. Audiebam Pythagoram 
 Pythagoreosque, incolas paene nostros, qui es- 
 sent Italici philosophi quondam nominati, nun- 
 
 109 
 
110 CATO MAJOR, 
 
 quam dubitasse, quin ex universa mente divina 
 delibatos animos haberemus; demonstrabantur 
 mihi praeterea, quae Socrates supremo vitae die 
 de immortalitate animorum disseruisset, is, qui 
 esset omnium sapientissimus oraculo Apollinis 
 judicatus. Quid multa? sic mihi persuasi, sic 
 sentio : quum tanta celeritas animorum sit, tanta 
 memoria praeteritorum, futurorumque prudentia, 
 tot artes tantae scientiae, tot inventa, non posse 
 earn naturam, quae res eas contineat, esse mor- 
 talem: quumque semper agitetur animus, nee 
 principium motus habeat, quia se ipse moveat, 
 ne finem quidem habiturum esse motus, quia 
 nunquam se ipse sit relicturus : et, quum sim- 
 plex animi natura esset, neque haberet in se 
 quidquam admixtum dispar sui atque dissimile, 
 non posse eum dividi; quod si non possit, non 
 posse interire : magnoque esse argumento, homi- 
 nes scire pleraque ante quam nati sint, quod jam 
 pueri, quum artes difficiles discant, ita celeriter 
 res innumerabiles arripiant, ut eas non turn pri- 
 mum accipere videantur, sed reminisci et recor- 
 dari. Haec Platonis fere. 
 
 XXII. Apud Xenophontem autem moriens 
 Cyrus major haec dicit : 
 
 " Nolite arbitrari, O mihi carissimi filii, me, 
 quum a vobis discessero, nusquam aut nullum 
 fore. Nee enim, dum eram vobiscum, animum 
 meum videbatis: sed eum esse in hoc corpore 
 ex iis rebus, quas gerebam, intelligebatis. Eun- 
 
SIVE DE SENECTUTE. Ill 
 
 dem igitur esse creditote, etiam si nullum vide- 
 bitis. Nee vero clarorum virorum post mortem 
 honores permanerent, si nihil eorum ipsorum 
 animi efficerent, quo diutius memoriam sui te- 
 neremus. Mihi quidem nunquam persuaderi po- 
 tuitj animos, dum in corporibus essent mortali- 
 bus, vivere, quum exissent ex iis, emori: nee 
 vero, turn animum esse insipientem, quum ex 
 insipienti corpore evasisset; sed, quum omni ad- 
 mixtione corporis liberatus, purus et integer 
 esse coepisset, turn esse sapientem. Atque eti- 
 am, quum hominis natura morte dissolvitur, 
 ceterarum rerum perspicuum est quo quaeque 
 discedant; abeunt enim illuc omnia, unde orta 
 sunt: animus autem solus nee, quum adest, nee, 
 quum discedit, apparet. Jam vero videtis, nihil 
 esse morti tarn simile, quam somnum. Atqui 
 dormientium animi maxime declarant divinita- 
 tem suam : multa enim, quum remissi et liberi 
 sunt, futura prospiciunt. Ex quo intelligitur, 
 quales futuri sint, quam se plane corporis vincu- 
 lis relaxaverint. Quare, si haec ita sunt, sic me 
 colitote ut deum : sin una est interiturus*animus 
 cum corpore, vos tamen, deos verentes, qui hanc 
 omnem pulchritudinem tuentur et regunt, me- 
 moriam nostri pie inviolateque servabitis." 
 
 XXIII. Cyrus quidem haec moriens. Nos, si 
 placet, nostra videamus. Nemo unqaam mihi, 
 Scipio, persuadebit, aut patrem tuum Paullum, 
 aut duos avos, Paullum et Africanum, aut Afri- 
 
112 CATO MAJOR, 
 
 cani patrem aut patruum, aut multos praestan- 
 tes viros, quos enumerare non est necesse, tanta 
 esse conatos, quae ad posteritatis memoriam per* 
 tinerent, nisi animo cemerent, posteritatem ad 
 se pertinere. An censes (ut de me ipso aliquid 
 more senum glorier) me tantos labores diurnos 
 nocturno§que domi militiaeque suscepturum fu- 
 isse, si iisdem finibus gloriam meara, quibus 
 vitam, essem terminaturus? Nonne melius 
 multo fuisset, otiosam aetatem, et quietam, sine 
 ullo labore et contentione traducere? Sed, ne- 
 scio quomodo, animus erigens se posteritatem 
 ita semper prospiciebat, quasi, quum excessisset 
 e vita, turn denique victurus esset. Quod qui- 
 dem ni ita se haberet, ut animi immortales es- 
 sent, haud optimi cujusque animus maxime ad 
 immortalitatem gloriae niteretur. Quid? quod 
 sapientissimus quisque aequissimo animo mori- 
 tur, stultissimus iniquissimo, nonne vobis vide- 
 tur animus is, qui plus cernat et longius, videre 
 se ad meliora proficisci: ille autem, cujus obtu- 
 sior sit acies, non videre ? Equidem efferor stu- 
 dio patres vestros, quos colui et dilexi, videndi : 
 neque vero eos solum convenire aveo, quos ipse 
 cognovi, sed illos etiam, de quibus audivi, et legi, 
 et ipse conscripsi. Quo quidem me proficiscen- 
 tem haud sane quis facile retraxerit, neque tam- 
 quam Peliam recoxerit. Quod si quis deus mihi 
 largiatur, ut ex hac aetate repuerascam et in cu- 
 nis vagiam, valde recusem. Nee vero velim, 
 
SIVE DE SENECTUTE. 113 
 
 quasi decurso spatio, ad carceres a calce revo 
 cari. Quid enim habet vita commodi? quid 
 non potius laboris? Sed habeat sane; habet 
 certe tamen aut satietatem, aut modum. Non 
 lubet enim mihi deplorare vitam, quod multi, et 
 ii docti, saepe fecerunt; neque me vixisse poeni- 
 tet, quoniam ita vixi, ut non frustra me natum 
 existimem ; et ex vita ita discedo, tamquam ex 
 hospitio, non tamquam ex domo. Commorandi 
 enim natura deversorium nobis, non habitandi 
 dedit. O praeclarum diem, quum ad illud divi- 
 num animorum concilium coetumque proficiscar, 
 quumque ex hac turba et colluvione discedam! 
 Proficiscar enim non ad eos solum viros, de qui- 
 bus ante dixi, verum etiam ad Catonem meum, 
 quo nemo vir melior natus est, nemo pietate 
 praestantior! cujus a me corpus crematum est; 
 (quod contra decuit ab illo meum;) animus vero 
 non me deserens, sed respectans, in ea profecto 
 loca discessit, quo mihi ipsi cernebat esse veni- 
 endum. Quern ego meum casum fortiter ferre 
 visus sum : non quo aequo animo ferrem ; sed 
 me ipse consolabar, existimans, non longinquum 
 inter nos digressum et discessum fore. His mihi 
 rebus, Scipio, (id enim te cum Laelio admirari 
 solere dixisti,) levis est senectus, nee solum non 
 molesta, sed etiam jucunda. Quod si in hoc 
 erro, quod animos hominum immortales esse 
 credam, lubenter erro ; nee mihi hunc errorem, 
 quo delector, dum vivo, extorqueri volo : sin 
 8. — Cic. Tusc. Disp. 
 

 114 CATO MAJOR, SIVE DE SENECTUTE. 
 
 mortuus, ut quidam minuti philosophi censent, 
 nihil sentiam, non vereor, ne hunc errorem me- 
 urn mortui philosophi irrideant. Quod si non 
 sumus immortales faturi, tamen exstingui homi- 
 ni suo tempore optabile est. Nam habet natura, 
 ut aliarum omnium rerum, sic vivendi modum. 
 Senectus autem aetatis est peractio, tamquam 
 fabulae: cujus defatigationem fugere debemus, 
 praesertim adjuncta satietate. 
 
M. TULLII CICERONIS 
 
 LAELIU8, 
 
 D E A M I C I T I A. 
 
 CAP. III., IV. 
 

LAELITJS 
 
 CAP. III., IV. 
 
 III. Ego, si Scipionis desiderio me moveri ne- 
 gem, quam id recte faciam, viderint sapientes; 
 sed certe mentiar. Moveor enim tali amico or- 
 batus, qualis, ut arbitror, nemo unquam erit ; ut 
 confirmare possum, nemo eerte fuit. Sed non 
 egeo medicina; me ipse consolor, et maxime 
 illo solatio, quod eo errore careo, quo, amicorum 
 decessu, plerique angi solent. Nihil enim mali 
 aecidisse Scipioni puto ; mihi accidit, si quid 
 accidit: suis autem incommodis graviter angi, 
 non amicum, sed se ipsum amantis est. Cum 
 illo vero quis neget actum esse praeclare ? Nisi 
 enim, quod ille minime putabat, immortalitatem 
 optare vellet, quid non est adeptus, quod homini 
 fas esset optare? qui summam spem civium, 
 quam de eo jam puero habuerant, continuo ado- 
 lescens incredibili virtute superavit ; qui consu- 
 latum petiit nunquam, factus est consul bis; 
 primum ante tempus ; iterum sibi suo tempore, 
 rei publicae paene sero; qui, duabus urbibus 
 
 117 
 
118 LAELIUS, 
 
 eversis inimicissimis huic imperio, non modo 
 praesentia verum etiam futura bella delevit. 
 Quid dicam de moribus facillimis ? de pietate in 
 matrem ? liberatitate in sorores ? bonitate in 
 suos ? justitia in omnes ? Nota sunt vobis. 
 Quam autem civitati cams fuerit, maerore fune- 
 ris indicatum est. Quid igitur hunc paucorum 
 annorum accessio juvare potuisset? Senectus 
 enim, quamvis non sit gravis, ut memini Cato- 
 nem anno ante quam mortuus est, mecum et 
 cum Scipione disserere, tamen aufert earn viridi- 
 tatem, in qua etiamnum erat Scipio. Quamob- 
 rem vita quidem talis fuit, vel fortuna, vel glo- 
 ria, ut nihil posset accedere: moriendi autem 
 sensum celeritas abstulit ; quo de genere mortis 
 difficile dictu est ; quid homines suspicentur, vi- 
 detis. Hoc tamen vere licet dicere, P. Scipioni, 
 ex muitis diebus, quos in vita celeberrimos lae- 
 tissimosque viderit, ilium diem clarissimum fu- 
 isse, quum, senatu dimisso, domum reductus ad 
 vesperum est a patribus conscriptis, populo Ro- 
 mano, sociis et Latinis, pridie quam excessit e 
 vita : ut ex tarn alto dignitatis gradu ad su« 
 peros videatur deos potius, quam ad inferos 
 pervenisse. 
 
 IV. Neque enim assentior iis, qui haec nuper 
 disserere coeperunt, cum corporibus simul ani- 
 mos interire, atque omnia morte deleri. Plus 
 apud me antiquorum auctoritas valet, vel nostro- 
 
SIVE DE AMICITIA. 119 
 
 rum majorum, qui mortuis tarn religiosa jura tri- 
 buerunt ; quod rion fecissent profecto, si nihil ad 
 eos pertinere arbitrarentur : vel eorum, qui in hac 
 terra fuerunt, Magnamque Graeciam, — quae 
 nunc quidem deleta est, tunc florebat, — institutis 
 et praeceptis suis erudierunt : vel ejus, qui Apol- 
 linis oraculo sapientissimus est judicatus, qui 
 non turn hoc turn illud, ut in plerisque, sed idem 
 semper, animos hominum esse divinos, iisque, 
 quum e corpore excessissent, reditum in caelum 
 patere, optimoque et justissimo cuique expedi- 
 tissimum. Quod item Scipioni videbatur, qui 
 quidem, quasi praesagiret, perpaucis ante mor- 
 tem diebus, quum et Philus et Manilius ades- 
 sent, et alii plures, tuque etiam, Scaevola, me- 
 cum venisses, triduum disseruit de re publica: 
 cujus disputationis fuit extremum fere de im- 
 mortalitate animorum, quae se in quiete per 
 visum ex Africano audisse dicebat. Id si ita 
 est, ut optimi cujusque animus in morte facilli- 
 me evolet, tamquam e custodia vinclisque corpo- 
 ris, cui censemus cursum ad deos faciliorem 
 fuisse, quam Scipioni ? Quocirca, maerere hoc 
 ejus eventu, vereor, ne invidi magis quam amici 
 sit. Sin autem ilia veriora, ut idem interitus sit 
 animorum et corporum, nee ullus sensus mane- 
 at; ut nihil boni est in morte, sic certe nihil 
 mali. Sensu enim amisso, fit idem, quasi natus 
 non esset omnino ; quern tamen esse natum et 
 
120 
 
 LAELIUS, SIVE DE AMICITIA. 
 
 nos gaudemus, et haec civitas, dum erit, laeta- 
 bitur. Quamobrem cum illo quidem, ut supra 
 dixi, actum optime est: mecum incommodius, 
 quern fuerat aequius, ut prius introieram, sic 
 prius exire de vita. 
 
NOTES. 
 
ABBEEVIATIONS. 
 
 A. & G. denotes Allen and Greenough's Latin Grammar. 
 
 A. &S. " Andrews and Stoddard's " " 
 
 B. (pp.209sqq.) Bullions and Morris's " " 
 G. denotes Gildersleeve's " " 
 H. " Harkness's " " 
 M. " Madvig's " " 
 R. " Roby's " " 
 Z. " Zumpt's " " u 
 
 B. (pages 101-208) denotes Beck's Syntax of the Latin Lan- 
 guage. 
 The titles of other works referred to are written in full, or with 
 such abbreviations as need no explanation. 
 
 ARGUMENT 
 
 OF THE FIRST TUSCULAN. 
 
 The Procemium (i.-iv.) treats of Cicero's purpose to make the 
 Greek philosophy accessible to the Romans by works in their 
 own language. 
 
 The Disputatio itself (v.-xlvi.) has for its object the refutation 
 of the proposition (v. § 9) that death is an evil. 
 
 First: Death is not an evil either to the dead or the living. 
 The terrors of the lower world are fictions of poets and painters 
 (v., vi.) ; and if death be annihilation, they who are not cannot 
 be unhappy (vi.-viii.). 
 
 Secondly : If we are immortal, as there is good reason to believe 
 we are, death is even a blessing. The various opinions of philoso- 
 phers on the nature of death and on the soul are set forth (ix.-xi.). 
 Cicero then proceeds to argue for the Immortality of the Soul, 
 first, from historical evidence (xii.-xv.); secondly, after developing 
 his own theory of the nature of the future life, and refuting other 
 theories, (xvi.-xxii.), from metaphysical considerations (xxiii.- 
 xxvii.)v Lastly, the objections urged from different quarters are 
 criticized (xxviii.-xxxiii.). 
 
 Thirdly : Even if we are not immortal, death is no evil. New 
 arguments are adduced (xxxiv.-xxxix.) for this proposition, 
 which had been previously announced. 
 
 Hence, In any case, death is not to be feared ; and, unconcerned 
 whether it shall come soon or late, we ought to make virtue the 
 sole rale of our conduct (xl.-xlvi.). 
 
 Finally, in the Epilogue (xlvii.-xlix.), it is shown that these 
 views have been confirmed by various declarations of the gods, 
 and by the examples of illustrious men who have cheerfully 
 given their lives for their country. 
 
 122 
 
NOTES. 
 
 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 BOOK FIRST. 
 
 The Tusculan Disputations of Cicero consist of five books : 
 the first, De contemnenda morte ; the second, De tolerando 
 dolore ; the third, De aegrltudine lenienda; the fourth, De 
 reliquis animi perturbationibus ; and the fifth supporting the 
 thesis, Virtutem ad beate vivendum se ipsa esse contentam. 
 The work is a series of discussions upon these subjects, 
 represented as having been held, on five successive days, 
 in the Tusculan villa of Cicero, soon after M. Junius Bru- 
 tus — to whom it is addressed — had departed for the gov- 
 ernment of Gallia (b. c. 46). It was given to the world early 
 in b. c. 44, a. u. c. 709, the sixty-third year of Cicero's age. 
 
 I. 1. Defensionum laboribus. Although Cicero in several 
 instances performed, with distinguished success, the part of an 
 accuser, in by far the greater part of his orations he appeared 
 in the more popular character of a defender of the accused ; 
 and it is in this character that he prefers to allude to himself. 
 Kiihner cites De Offic. II. xiv. 49 : (Judiciorum) ratio du- 
 plex est. Na?n ex accusatione et defensione constat : quarum 
 etsi laudabilior est d efe nsio tamen accusatio probata 
 persaepe est. Cf. Quintil. Inst. Orat. XII. vii. 1. 
 
 Magna ex parte. He defended Ligarius in B. c. 46, and Deio- 
 tarus B. c. 45. Maneribus, duties. 
 
 123 
 
124 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 Aliquando: at length; like tandem, by which it is often 
 strengthened. 
 
 Brute. M. Junius Brutus, who, in the same year in which 
 the Tusculanae Disputationes were published, took part in the 
 assassination of Csesar. He was a man of extensive knowl- 
 edge and great fondness for study, of some reputation as an 
 orator, and the author of several philosophical treatises. To 
 him Cicero dedicated his Orator, De Finibus, Paradoxa, and 
 Be Natura Deorum, as well as this work, and gave his name 
 to the dialogue De Clark Oratoribus. 
 
 Remissa temporibus: Discontinued in consequence of the cir- 
 cumstances of the times (Zeitumstiinde). Cicero refers not 
 only to the civil war between Caesar and Pompey, but also to 
 the whole time in which he was himself occupied in public 
 affairs. The plural tempora often signifies the circumstances 
 — especially the difficulties or necessities — of the times. I 
 follow Orelli and Kiihner in considering temporibus as an 
 ablative of cause, equivalent to propter tempora. Klotz and 
 Moser, following Wolf, take it as a dative. 
 
 Et, quum .... contineretur : And since the method and system 
 of training of all the sciences which relate to the right way of 
 living, are embraced, etc. Ratio and disciplina here signify the 
 method and system of the sciences, with reference to their oper- 
 ation upon the mind as means of culture and training. We 
 have a similar use of ratio in De Offic. I. ii. 12 : Omnis enim, 
 quae a ratio ne suscipitur de aliqua re institutio, etc. ; which 
 Prof. Thacher translates, " all teaching (literally, every kind 
 of instruction) which is methodically undertaken" Cf. 
 Pro Archia, i. 1 : rationem horum studiorum, etc. — " Ratio 
 respondet Graeco vocabulo peOodosi h. e. via, qua artes tradun- 
 tur vel discuntur. Disciplina est artis vel doctrinae alicujus 
 ovo-rrjfia." Kiihner. — Allied to this use of ratio to signify the 
 method of teaching, is its use to denote that which is methodi- 
 cally learned, systematic theoretical knowledge : of which a good 
 example is found in the oration pro Archia, i. 1 : aut si hujusce 
 rei ratio aliqua ab optimarum artium studiis ac disciplina 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAP. I. 125 
 
 profecia, etc., where we have also an example of artes denot- 
 ing, as in our passage, sciences, branches of knowledge. 
 
 Quae . . . . pertinerent. " The subjunctive is used in all sub- 
 ordinate propositions (whether relative or connected by con- 
 junctions), which are added to complete an idea expressed by 
 an infinitive, or by a proposition standing in the subjunctive, 
 or by an accusative with an infinitive, the contents of which 
 subordinate proposition are asserted by the speaker not simply 
 as an actual fact, but only as a constituent part of the idea 
 stated in the infinitive or subjunctive." M.§369. A.&S.§266. 
 
 Quum .... contineretur. The subjunctive with quum cau- 
 sale. A. & S. §263. 5. — B. §169. — Z.§577. Notice, fur- 
 ther, both in pertinerent and in contineretur, Cicero's use of the 
 subjunctive, to denote, as Moser says, " quid ipse cogitaverit, 
 quum hoc consilium caperet." We have also here an inter- 
 esting example of the use of the imperfect in a general propo- 
 sition expressing what is true in all times, where in English 
 we should use the present. By thus making the tenses of 
 these two verbs dependent upon that ofputavi, Cicero repre- 
 sents the idea contained in the clause quum .... contineretur as 
 one which occurred to his mind at the time in which he resolved 
 to write upon philosophical subjects ; so that the clause quum 
 .... contineretur has this force : Since, as it then occurred to 
 my mind, — as I was then thinking, — etc. The same prin- 
 ciples apply to posset below : non quia posset : not because 
 
 I thought philosophy cannot, etc. Our English imperfect po- 
 tential is adequate to express this idea without any periphrase : 
 translate the passage, not that philosophy might not be learned, 
 etc. In the clause quae philosophia dicitur, the indicative is 
 used because these words are introduced simply as an expla- 
 nation, and mav be omitted without prejudice to the leading 
 idea. Nostros, our people, (the Romans). Aut .... meliora, 
 w Jiave improved those arts which they have received from them. 
 
 Quae quidem digna statuissent: Those at least which they 
 had deemed worthy, etc. The subjunctive in a relative prop- 
 osition, to limit something that is stated in general terms to 
 a certain defined class. See M. § 364. Obs. 2, and p. 209. 
 
126 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 Elaborarent, to spend their labor. B. \ 160. Kuhner states 
 the distinction between laborare and elaborare thus : " Laborare 
 est in re aliqua studiose atque enixe agenda tractandaque ver- 
 sari, notione adjuncta vel molestiae, vel difficultatis, vel fru- 
 strationis, vel curae sollicitudinisve ; elaborare contra est e la- 
 bore in aliqua re collocato quasi emergere et vel ad speratum 
 fructum, vel ad propositum finem pervenire, omninoque labo- 
 rando aliquid efficere : hinc semper ponitur, ubi non anxia, 
 sed liberior quaedam agendi ratio commemoratur." Ellendt 
 — on Brutus vii. 26 : haec est a Graecis elaborata dicendi vis 
 atque copia — says that all the examples of the use of these 
 two verbs agree in this, " ut elaborare dicatur, cum ad effectum 
 labore consequendum spectetur, laborare de quovis labore, cor- 
 poris, animi, valetudinis, ut iroveiv et iinrovclv, quorum illud 
 cognatum est r<5 ndcrx^v" 
 
 2. Quid loquar? " The subjunctive is used in inquiries as 
 to what is to be done, when it is intended to indicate that 
 something will not be done." M. J 353. See B. g 138. 
 
 Disciplina, military science. Jam: moreover (vollends). 
 In omni genere f of every kind. 
 
 Ut sit .... comparanda. A. & S. § 262. Rem. 1. — B. § 141. 
 
 3. Quum, while. " Quum has the subjunctive, when it ex- 
 presses a kind of comparison between the contents of the lead- 
 ing proposition and the subordinate, especially a contrast 
 (while on the other Jiand, whereas, although)." M. § 358. Obs. 3. 
 
 Siquidem : since, inasmuch as. No doubt is expressed of 
 the fact. See Z. § 346, M. § 442, a. 
 
 Homerus. Various dates are assigned to Homer's age, 
 from 1184 to 684 b. c. Mr. Grote puts the date of the Iliad 
 and Odyssey between 850 and 776 b. c. 
 
 Hesiodus. Most modern critics assume that Hesiod lived 
 about a century later than Homer. 
 
 Archilochus. One of the earliest Ionian lyric poets, and a 
 writer of satiric iambics. He flourished, according to Bode, 
 about 714-676 B. c. 
 
 Annis fere d x. The precise date, according to Cicero, 
 Brut, xviii. 72, is A. u. c. 514. 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAP. I. 127 
 
 IAvius (Andronicus). The earliest Roman poet of distinc- 
 tion. Fabulam dedit : Exhibited a play. 
 
 Ennius. The father of Roman epic poetry, and distin- 
 guished also as a dramatist; born 239 b. c. 
 
 Plautus. The most celebrated comic poet of Rome, born 
 about 254 b. c, died 184. 
 
 Naevius. A Roman -epic and dramatic poet, born probably 
 between 274 and 264 B. c. 
 
 Qui fuit major natu quam Plautus et Naevius. This pas- 
 sage has given commentators no little difficulty. The posi- 
 tion of qui would seem to make it necessary that it should be 
 referred to Ennius as its antecedent ; but the fact is, that 
 Ennius was not older than Plautus and Naevius, but younger 
 than either. If, then, we retain the reading qui fuit .... 
 Naevius, we must either suppose, with Davis, that Cicero has 
 made here a <7<£a\/xa \lvt)\lqvikqv, or we must, like Orelli, 
 Klotz, and Moser, refer the relative to Livius as its antecedent. 
 The explanation given by Davis — that Cicero in this pas- 
 sage made a mistake in regard to his facts — is rightly re- 
 jected by most scholars as altogether improbable, particularly 
 since, in his Brutus, xviii., he points out and censures the 
 same mistake in the annalist Accius which is here charged 
 upon himself. The other alternative, — to refer the qui to 
 Livius, — is rejected by Kuhner, because, in the first place, 
 he says, such is the nature of the relative pronoun that it 
 ought to be referred to the noun next preceding, and, in the 
 second place, an addition such as is contained in the clause 
 qui fuit .... Naevius is feeble and inappropriate, especially in 
 this place, where there is no discussion about the ratio tern- 
 porum, but a mere passing allusion is made to the age of 
 Livius. Hs thinks, therefore, that the passage was first writ- 
 ten on the margin of a MS. by some commentator, to define 
 more precisely the age of Livius, and that it afterwards crept 
 into the text ; and he encloses these words in brackets in his 
 edition. Some other eminent editors take the same view of 
 the subject ; and accordingly Wolf omits altogether the words 
 
128 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 et Naevius, and brackets the rest, and Schiitz and Tregder 
 omit the sentence entirely. Nobbe retains the whole clause, 
 but punctuates as follows: Livius f. dedit, (C. C, C. /., M. 
 T., consulibus, a. a. n. Ennium: qui f. m. n. q. Plautus,) et 
 Naevius ; thus making the grammatical construction of Nae- 
 vius the same as that of Livius. I see no sufficient reason, 
 however, for changing the reading given by the MSS. The 
 separation of qui from its antecedent Livius is not without 
 precedents in other passages in Cicero (Billerbeck cites Tusc. 
 I. xxxv. 86, in Verr. III. xxxiii., xxxvi., lxxxiii. sq., de 
 N. D. I. xxiii. 65); nor, granting it to be an inaccuracy in 
 style, is it at all incredible that Cicero should have been 
 guilty of some inadvertency in composition. The parenthet- 
 ical nature of the clause C. Claudio, C.f., M. T. c. a. a. w. 
 Ennium, the whole of which is introduced simply to mark 
 the time when Livius exhibited his first play, makes the irreg- 
 ular position of qui, as it appears to me, a very natural one. 
 Nor is there any difficulty in justifying the allusion of Cicero, 
 in this place, to the comparative ages of Livius, Naevius, and 
 Plautus. The three were nearly contemporaries, Livius ex- 
 hibiting his first play when Plautus was about fourteen years 
 old, and at least five years before the first drama of Naevius 
 was enacted. There appears to have been in Cicero's age 
 some dispute in regard to the time when the first play of 
 Livius was brought forward, and Accius is censured by Cice- 
 ro, in the passage in Brutus before alluded to, for assigning a 
 date previous to which plays had been already exhibited by 
 both Plautus and Naevius. Cicero may have thought it 
 necessary, then, to mention the fact that Livius was older 
 than these two dramatists, in order to make clear the point 
 so essential to his argument, that Livius was the first Roman 
 who could properly be called a poet. 
 
 II. Vel .... veL " Vel . . . . vel denotes a distinction, in 
 which, however, both members may be connected (partly .... 
 partly), or with which it is indifferent (with reference to what 
 is asserted) which member is chosen, or which properly re- 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAP. II. 129 
 
 lates only to a difference of expression." M. § 436. See also 
 Z.§ 339; B. § 236 and 237. 
 
 Origin ibus. The Origines of M. Porcius Cato Censorius, 
 an historical work containing a history of the Roman kings, 
 of the origin of the Italian towns, and of the first and second 
 Punic wars ; the narrative of events was continued also to 
 the year of Cato's death, B.C. 149. 
 
 Solitos esse .... viiiutibus. Mr. Macaulay combines the 
 information given by ancient writers, in regard to these old 
 Roman ballads, (which were much ruder than he seems to sup- 
 pose,) in the Preface to his " Lays of Ancient Rome," q. v. 
 
 Huic generi: to this class, i. e. to poets. 
 
 Oratio Catonis. Supposed to be the oration against Ser- 
 vius Galba, who was defended by the Fulvii. 
 
 M. Nobiliori. M. Fulvius Kobilior, who conquered the 
 JEtolians. Cf. Orat. pro Archia, xi., Brut. xx. 
 
 Quod duxisset. Quod, in this subordinate clause de- 
 noting a reason, is followed by the subjunctive, because the 
 reason is given according to the views of another party (Cato), 
 who is represented as the agent in the proposition (in qua ob- 
 jecit, etc.) upon which this depends. M. § 357. a. 
 
 Autem. This word is frequently used by Cicero to intro- 
 duce an explanatory parenthesis ; as, infra, iii. 6 : fien autem 
 potest, etc. Tischer. — In such cases, however, the clause 
 introduced by autem is not a mere subordinate to the preced- 
 ing clause, but it adds a new thought, and contains an inde- 
 pendent proposition. Kiihner points out the resemblance 
 between this Latin particle and the Greek oV. Autem = Now. 
 
 Si qui. An elegant expression for ii qui. (Lit., if any.) 
 
 Extiterunt: stepped forth ; made their appearance (auftraten: 
 F. A. Wolf). In eo genere: In this department. 
 
 4. Fabio. C. Fabius Pictor, who painted the temple of 
 Salus, which was dedicated b. c. 302. This painting, which 
 must have been on the walls of the temple, was probably a 
 representation of the battle which Bubulus had gained over 
 the Samnites. It is the earliest Roman work of art of this 
 kind of which we have any record. 
 9.— Cic. Tusc. Disp. 
 
130 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 Si datum esset. The pluperf. subj. is used in the protasis 
 
 of a hypothetical sentence, where the conception is conveyed 
 with the suggestion that it did not exist in fact. Z. § 524. 
 
 Quod pingeret. "Quod (but not quid) is put with verbs 
 [or phrases] winch signify praise, blame, complaint, surprise, 
 with a subjunctive following, where we state both the reason 
 and an assertion by another party that the fact is so." M. 
 § 357. a, in fin. This clause is also an essential part of a 
 proposition standing in the subjunctive. 
 
 Mult os . . . .futuros fuisse. Z. § 593. n. Notice how much 
 more lively the expression is made by this use of the fut. 
 part, with fuisse, than it would have been with the simple 
 pluperf. subj. fuissent. Futuros fuisse means, not simply 
 would have been, but would have been ready to come forward, 
 
 Polycletos et Parrhasios. Polycletus was one of the most 
 celebrated statuaries of Greece ; a sculptor, an architect, and 
 an artist in toreutic. Parrhasius was one of the most distin- 
 guished Greek painters. 
 
 Honos alit artes, etc. The lines of Martial, Epigr. VHI. 
 lvi. 5 sq., have been quoted in illustration of this passage: 
 Sint Maecenates, non deerunt, Flacce, Mar ones ; 
 Virgiliumque tibi vel tua rura dabunt. 
 So too Valerius Maximus II. 6. o: Virtutis ubenimum ali- 
 mentum est honos. Seneca, Epist. 102: Antiquus poeta ait : 
 Laus alit artes. Cf. Oral, pro Archia, xi. in init. 
 
 Jacentque improbantur. A similar sentiment has been 
 
 cited from Plato, Lib. VIII. De Rep. : 'Aovcelrai drj to aei 
 Tip.oap.evov, dfteXeirat 8c to aTtpLa^6p.€vov. 
 
 Summam eruditionem in .... cantibus. u Ita ut a/xou- 
 
 <rovs vocarent indoctos, et musices nomine omnem doctrinam 
 liberalem complecterentur. Aristophanes, Equit. 188 sq. : 
 'AXV, o> y yd0\ ovbe [iovo-lkjjv cmora-fuii, 
 HXrjv ypcififjLaTccv. <a\ ravra ixzvtoi Kaica kcikus" 
 See Plato, Rep. II. xvii. 
 
 Igitur, accordingly. On the position, see Z. \ 357. 
 
 Et Epaminondas Themistoclesque. " Et que are 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAP. II. III. 131 
 
 only found as a loose way of connecting two propositions. 
 Vid. Be Finn. V. 22." — M. §435. Obs. 1. Cf. Brut. §302. 
 
 Annis. Z. § 476. Ernesti, Kiihner, and some other edi- 
 tors, on the authority of several MSS., read annos. 
 
 Quum . . . . recusaret. u Imperfectum significat, Themisto- 
 clem eodem temporis puncto, quo lyram recusabat, indoctiorein 
 habitum esse, uti vidit Orellius." Kiihner. Ernesti and F. 
 
 A. Wolf read recusasset. 
 
 Indoctior, rather ignorant. Ergo : So then. 
 
 Id. A constructio ad sententiam. By id is to be under- 
 stood music, the idea of which is implied in musici. Cf. De 
 Nat. Deorum, I. xxxi. 88 : non vestro more, sed dialectic or urn, 
 (quae funditus gens vestra non novit,) etc. 
 
 5. Nihil. Often used of persons, in the sense of nemo, par- 
 ticularly with a comparative. Terence, Eun. V. viii. 21 sq. : 
 Nihil est Thaide hac tua dignius quod ametur. Nepos, Alcib. 
 I. : nihil eo fuisse excellentius vel in vitiis vel in virtutibus. 
 Cicero ad Famm. IV. 4. Tuscul. III. x. 22. Brutus, xxxix. 
 144: nihil erat Crasso copiosius. Liv. III. 14. 5. Quidquam 
 is in like manner used for persons, in the sense of quisquam. 
 Brutus, xl. 148 : noli existimare his duobus quidquam fuisse 
 praestantius. So quid for quis, Catul. ix. 11; quantum for 
 quot or quotquot, Ter. Heaut. IV. iv. 6 ; Catul. iii. 2, x. 10. 
 
 Metiendi ratiocinandiqm utilitate: By its usefulness in measur- 
 ing and reckoning. 
 
 III. Galbam. Servius Sulpicius Galba, consul B. c. 144. 
 See Cicero's Brutus, xxi. -xxiv. 
 
 Africanum. P. Cornelius Scipio Africanus Minor, consul 
 
 B. c. 147, but younger than Galba. See Brutus, xxi. 
 Laelium. C. Laelius, surnamed Sapiens, consul B. c. 140 ; 
 
 the intimate friend of Africanus the Younger. See Brutus, 
 xxi. -xxiv. 
 
 Catonem. See supra, ii. 3. 
 
 Lepidum. M. Lepidus Porcina, consul b. c. 138. See Bru- 
 tus, xxv ii. 
 
 Carbonem, Caius Carbo, consul b. C. 121. See Brutus, 
 xxvii., xxxiii. 
 
132 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 Gracchos. The. brothers, Tiberius Sempronius and Caius 
 Sempronius. Aut, or rather. See Hand's Tursel. I. p. 537 sq. 
 
 Jacuii !■: Has lain neglected. 
 
 Lumen litterarum. Cf. Orat. pro Archia, vi. 14. 
 
 lllustranda et excitanda. " Elegans verborum delectus ! 
 Philosophia, quae jacuii, excitatur, quae nullum babuit lumen 
 litterarum, Mustratur" Kubner. For a similar opposition 
 of excitare with jacere, see De Amicit. xvi. Qitae, 6i^ #. 
 
 Occupati, (when occupied, i. e.) in my public life. 
 
 Otiosi, in my retirement. 
 
 6. Libri Latini non satis eruditis. Cicero refers to some 
 
 Roman Epicureans w T ho had written books on philosophy. 
 
 Ab optimis Mis quidem viris, sed: By men icho were excel- 
 lent, certainly^ but .... The demonstrative Mis used redun- 
 dantly with quidem " When the particle quidem stands with 
 a concessive signification (indeed, certainly), with a predicate 
 (verb or adjective), with sed following, it is in the best writers 
 not connected immediately with the verb or adjective, but a 
 pronoun is inserted before quidem, which corresponds to the 
 word of which the predicate is conceded, namely, equidem (for 
 ego quidem*), nos quidem, tu quidem, vos quidem, Me (more 
 rarely is) quidem.'' 1 M. § 489. b. Cf. Z. § 744. So ipse qui- 
 dem, Brutus, ix. 35 : Turn fuit Lysias, ipse quidem in causis 
 forensibus non versatus, sed egregie subtilis scriptor atque ele- 
 gans. The formula Me quidem .... sed occurs with particular 
 frequency in the Brutus ; so Me quidem .... verumtamen, 
 Ixviii. 239, lxi. 220. Optimis is here used ironically ; as bo- 
 nus in the Andria of Terence, III. v. 10, V. ii. 5. 
 
 Ut recte quis sentiat eloqui non possit, That a man ("one") 
 
 has good thoughts, and is not able to express what he thinks with 
 elegance. See M. \ 416, Obs. 3. — Quis = one. It is here 
 the shorter form of the indefinite pronoun, without the char- 
 acteristic prefix ali. It is used where an indefinite subject or 
 object is to be designated very slightly and without emphasis. 
 Z. § 136, § 708.— M. §493. a. 
 
 * See infra, xvi. 38, note on equidem. 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAP. III. IV. 133 
 
 Et id.... polite eloqui non possit. Et is here elegantly 
 used in the sense of et tamen. So Tacitus, Hist. II. xx. : spe- 
 ciosis et irritis. Mandari quemquam, for any one to commit. 
 
 Delectatione: Charm of composition. 
 
 Cum suis. " H. e. sui similibus." " Mit Gleichgesinnten." 
 
 Oratoriae laudis. So Kiihner, Klotz, Tregder, and others. 
 Orelli and Moser, oratoriae laudi. 
 
 Attulimus. Scil. populo Romano. 
 
 Ilia manabant. u Ilia referendum est ad aliquid, in quo 
 inest notio numeri pluralis (aliqua, nonnulla)." Kiihner. 
 
 IV. 7. Aristoteles. Cf. ad rem De Or at. III. xxxv. 141. 
 Quintilian, Inst. Orat. III. 1. 
 
 Scientia: "multifaria doctrina," learning, erudition. 
 
 Copia : "jlumen orationis aureuin," eloquence. 
 
 Dicere .... jungere: Began to teach young men to speak, also, 
 and to add eloquence to philosophy. 
 
 Prudentiam = philosophiam. " Pr. c. eloq. jungere = pru- 
 dentiae eloquentiam adjungere." 
 
 Nee et: both not and. M. § 458. c. Z. § 338 in 
 
 fin. Like ovtc .... re in Greek. 
 
 Quae .... posset. For an explanation of the tense of this 
 verb, see note on i. 1, pertinerent and contineretur . 
 
 Nos studiose dedimus. Thus most recent editors read, al- 
 though the MSS. generally, and many editors, read nos stu- 
 dioso operam dedimus. 'Nos' is the object of 'dedimus.' 
 
 Scholas = disputaiiones philosophicae . " Ceterum hae dis- 
 putationes, quas Tullius scholas appellat, differunt ab iis, quae 
 proprio nomine disputationum vocantur, quales sunt Academi- 
 cae, de Finibus, de N. D., de Divinatione. In scholis unus 
 est, qui velit doceri, alter, qui doceat ; auditoris partes eae 
 sunt, ut parce obloquatur, neque alio consilio, nisi ut alteri 
 facultatem praebeat suam explicandi sententiam; in disputa- 
 tionibus variarum disciplinarum philosophi inducuntur ita dis- 
 putantes, ut suae quisque sectae sententiam defendat." 
 
 Auderemus. We should expect here the present tense in- 
 stead of the imperfect ; but, as Moser remarks, Cicero very 
 
134 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 often, as in this instance, accommodates his expressions, not 
 to the idea of the sentence, but to the form of the propo- 
 sition ; and thus he makes here the perfect dedimus control 
 the tense of auderemus. Very numerous examples of this 
 construction might be cited. 
 
 Tuum post discessum. The departure of Brutus into Gallia 
 Cisalpina, of which province he was made governor by Cae- 
 sar, A. u. c. 707. 
 
 Tusculano. Cicero's favorite villa at Tusculum. Tins 
 was " his chosen spot for retirement and study. Here, though 
 too far removed from Rome to be himself an object of obser- 
 vation, his porticos opened upon the full view of his beloved 
 city, from which he could never long bear to take off his 
 eyes. From the hill on which this villa stood the spectator 
 surveyed a wide and various prospect, rich at once in natural 
 beauty and historic associations. The plain at his feet was 
 the battle-field of the Roman kings and of the infant common- 
 wealth ; it was strown with the marble sepulchres of patri- 
 cians and consulars; across it stretched the long, straight 
 lines of the military ways which transported the ensigns of 
 conquest to Parthia and Arabia. On the right, over meadow 
 and woodland, lucid with rivulets, he beheld the white turrets 
 of Tibur, iEsulae, Prseneste, strung like a row of pearls 
 on the bosom of the Sabine mountains ; on the left, the glis- 
 tening waves of Alba, sunk in their green crater, the towering 
 cone of the Latian Jupiter, the oaks of Aricia and the pines 
 of Laurentum, and the sea, bearing sails of every nation to the 
 stiand of Ostia. Before him lay outspread the mighty city, 
 mistress of the world, gleaming in the sun with its panoply 
 of roofs, and flashing brightness into the blue vault above it. 
 The ancient city presented few towers, spires, or domes, such 
 as now arrest the eye from a distant eminence ; but the hills 
 within its walls were more distinctly marked, and the statues 
 of its gods exalted on pillars, or soaring above the peaks of 
 its innumerable temples, seemed an army of immortals ar- 
 rayed in defence of their eternal abodes. From the bank of 
 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAP. IV. 135 
 
 Lake Regillus to the gates of Tusculum the acclivity was 
 studded with the pleasure-houses of the noblest families of 
 Rome. The pages of Cicero commemorate the villas of Bal- 
 bus, of Brutus, of Julius Cassar ; of Catulus, Metellus, Crassus, 
 and Pompeius ; of Gabinius, Lucullus, Lentulus, and Varro. 
 Accordingly, the retreat of the literary statesman gazed upon 
 the centre of his dearest interests, and was surrounded by the 
 haunts of his friends and rivals. It was here that, at a later 
 period, when his fortunes were re-established, he composed 
 some of the most abstract of his philosophical speculations ; 
 but even these, too, partook of the air of the city and the tone 
 of practical life ; the interlocutors of his dialogue were the 
 same men whom he had just left behind at Rome, or whom 
 he might encounter among the shady walks around him ; the 
 subject of their conversations never wandered so far from their 
 daily concerns as not to admit of constant application to the 
 times and illustration from them." — Merivale's History of 
 the Romans under the Empire, Vol. I. pp. 366-369. 
 
 Quid .... possem: What I could do in that way. 
 
 Declamitabam : Declamitare means to speak for the sake of 
 practice. Cf. Brut. xc. Sic .... declamatio : So, now, this is the 
 rhetorical exercise of my old age. Boner e: to propose a subject; 
 TiBiiai. Quis, any one. 
 
 Ad id: Ad aliquid d'isputare dicitur, certis rebus vel quae- 
 stionibus propositis disserere, et secundum eas certa via ac 
 ratione instituere sermonem vel disputationem. — Hand's 
 Tursellinus, Vol. I. p. 110. 
 
 Quasi agatur. " The subjunctive is used in all propositions 
 annexed by particles of comparison, in which something is 
 stated that does not actually exist, but is only assumed for 
 the sake of comparison (as if; hypothetical propositions of 
 comparison). In English the imperfect and pluperfect are 
 employed in such propositions, in order to express what is 
 merely assumed ; but in Latin the subordinate is regulated 
 by the leading proposition, and has the imperfect or pluper- 
 
136 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 feet only when the leading proposition belongs to past time." 
 M. § 349, and Obs. 
 
 V. 9. A M. These letters are wanting in almost all 
 
 the MSS., and were evidently inserted by some editors to 
 mark the parts of the two interlocutors in the dialogue. A. 
 is variously taken to demote Auditor, Adolescens, Atticus, and 
 Aulus; M. as signifying Master and Marcus. Consider 
 A. as standing for Auditor, M. for Magister. 
 
 Malum .... esse mors : Muretus cites the words of Iphi- 
 genia in Euripides : 
 
 fMaiverai S' os ei^erai 
 Qavelv ' kclkcos ^v Kpelacrov rj Baveiv Ka\£>$. 
 
 Malum, and miserum, below, have the force of substantives. 
 
 TJt morerentur. A substantive clause, subject of evenit. 
 
 10. Nam te ilia terrent. "Sometimes a direct question is 
 put after die or quaero, where an indirect one might have 
 been employed." M. \ 356, Obs. 3. 
 
 Mento .... Tantalus. A trochaic tetrameter catalectie. 
 Order : Turn illud saxum, quod Sisyphus versat, etc. 
 
 Sisyphu 9 . The final s is elided. See A. & S. § 305. 2. Cice- 
 ro, in the Orator, xlviii. 161, says : Quin etiam, quod jam sub- 
 rusticum videtur, olim au'tem politius, eorum verborum^ quorum 
 eaedem erant postremae duae litterae quae sunt in optumus, 
 postremam litter am detrahebant, nisi vocalis insequebatur . Ita 
 non erat offensio in versibus, quam nunc fugiunt poetae novi. 
 Ita enim loquebamur : Qui est omnibu' princeps, non, omnibus 
 princeps ; et, Vita ilia dignu* locoque, non, dignus. — Kiihner 
 compares with this verse of an old poet the lines in the Odys- 
 sey, xi. 593 - 600, and remarks that the words saxum sudans 
 nitendo correspond well with the Greek \aav avco dOeo-KG ttot\ 
 \6<f>ov, and represent vividly the wearisome labor of Sisyphus. 
 
 Hilum. This word is the root of nihilum (=ne hilum) 
 and nihil. It is mostly used with a negation ; e. g. Lucret. 
 iii. 843 : Nil igitur mors est, ad nos neque pertinet hilum. lb. 
 iii. 221, 785; v. 1408. Enn. apud Varron. iv. L. L. xxii. 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAP. V. VI. 137 
 
 It is sometimes, however, found without a negation. See 
 Freund. 
 
 Crassus .... M. Antonius. The most distinguished ora- 
 tors of their age. Crassus born B. c. 140, Antonius 143. Cf. 
 Brut, xxxvi. -xl., xliii., xliv., liii. 
 
 Corona. The ring of spectators. So used by Cicero, pas- 
 sim. Cf. Or at. pro Mil. 1. Be Nat. Deor. II. i. 1. 
 
 VI. Ista: those things you mention; iste being used of 
 that which is referred to the person addressed, and hence 
 called the demonstrative pronoun of the second person. (B. 
 § 103. Z. § 127. M. § 486.) Notice, also, the propriety of 
 the use of the demonstrative of the first person in the next 
 sentence ; haec, these things of which I am speaking. The 
 Latin derives often a peculiar force and liveliness from the 
 signification of its demonstratives. Thus, in the first oration 
 against Catilina, vii. 16: Quid? Quod adventu tuo ista sub- 
 sellia vacuefacta sunt, quod omnes consulares, qui tibi persaepe 
 ad caedem constitud fuerunt, simul atque assediMi, partem 
 istam subselliorum nudam atque inanem rdiquerunt, etc. Ista 
 subsellia: those benches where you took your seat, — which 
 you polluted by your presence. Again, in the Brutus, xi. : 
 Ut enim tu nunc de Coriolano, sic Clitarchus, sic Stratocles de 
 Themistocle Jinxit. Nam quern Thucydides .... tantum mor- 
 
 tuum scripsit et in Attica clam hiwiatum, hunc isti aiunt, 
 
 quum taurum hnmolavisset, exceplsse sanguinem patera, et eo 
 poto mortuum concidisse. Isti, these historians of your school, 
 — whom you resemble or imitate; Atticus in this passage 
 sportively ranking Cicero with the not particularly veracious 
 historians Clitarchus and Stratocles. In the dramatic writers, 
 also, we find many beautiful illustrations of the distinction 
 between hie, iste, and ille, in passages where the whole point 
 consists in the peculiar force of these pronouns. 
 
 Male narras : i. e. You say something I do not like to 
 hear. Cic. ad Att. xvi. 14 : male naiTas de Nepotis Jilio. 
 Terence, Andria, V. vi. 6: narras probe. F. A. Wolf ren- 
 ders : Du sprichst nicht gut. Ei, das ist mir nicht lieb 1 
 
138 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 Possem, si ... . dicer em. Notice this use of the imperfect 
 subjunctive. Z. § 524. 
 
 Ista. M. § 486, in fin. See infra, xi. 22, note on apud 
 isios. 
 
 11. Quis enim non: For who could not be eloquent? 
 The enim implies an ellipsis; as, infra xiii. 30, xxxi. 76, 
 xxxii. 78. Supply here Facile credo: I readily believe you; 
 for, etc. Quidnegoiii: What difficulty. 
 
 Philosophorum. Kuhner calls attention to the elegance of 
 the position of this word at the end of the sentence, whereby 
 it is made more emphatic, and the opposition to poetarum et 
 pictorum more strongly denoted. 
 
 Quis est enim. The particles enim, autem, and igitur, which 
 usually occupy the second place in a sentence, are often 
 found in the third place after est or sunt, when the sentence 
 is commenced by the interrogative quis, quae, quid. Kuhner, 
 note on xxvii. 6G, q. v. 
 
 Tarn excors, quern isia moveant. Tarn with an adjective, 
 explained and the idea completed by a relative clause which 
 takes the subjunctive. Z. § 556. B § 154. M. § 364. 
 
 Ne sunt quidem .... ulli : There are also no persons, etc. 
 Ne . . . . quidem sometimes signifies " also not (as little as the 
 preceding or as something else) ; Postero die Curio milites in 
 acie collocat. Ne Varus quidem dubitat copias producere. 
 (Caesar, £. C. II. 33.)" M. § 457. So, Brutus, liv. 199, 
 lllud, quod populo non probatur, ne intelligenti quidem auditori 
 probari potest. The most frequent use of ne . . . . quidem, as is 
 very well known, is to " give prominence to the object oi 
 negation, with the force of not even." 
 
 Quia nulli sunt. An elegant construction, in the sense of 
 quia non sunt. In the comic writers, the use of nullus for non 
 is very frequent ; e. g. Terence, Fun. II. i. 10 : tametsi nullus 
 moneas (i. e. nullus monitor sis). Hec. I. ii. 4 ; nullus dixeris. 
 Andr. II. ii. 33. 
 
 12. Jam. " Attende ad vim particulae jam, qua ivepyrj- 
 tikos ex antecedentibus transitus et non exspectata ab altero 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAP. VI. 139 
 
 conclusio significatur. Sic Graece 77S7. Cf. Xen. Symp, 
 v. 5. See Hartung's Greek Part. I. p. 239 sqq." — Kuhner. 
 
 Mallem .... quam : I would rather you had feared Cerberus, 
 than said, etc. Mallem, Z. § 528, n. 2. M. § 350. b, Obs. 1. 
 Metueres, Z. § 624. M. § 372. b, Obs. 2. Diceres, Z. § 560. n. 
 
 Ista. Notice here, besides the peculiar force of the de- 
 monstrative of the second person, the use of a plural pronoun, 
 to refer, not only to what actually precedes, but also to other 
 things like the antecedent (haec et talid). 
 
 Quid dicis igitur? See note on quis est enim, supra, vi. 11. 
 
 M. Crassum. M. Licinius Crassus, surnamed Dives, who 
 with Caesar and Pompey formed the first Triumvirate. He 
 was distinguished for his immense wealth. 
 
 Qui .... dimiserit: sit orbatus: car eat. For these subjunc- 
 tives see M. § 366 ; Z. § 564 ; B. § 158 ; A. & S. § 264. 8. 
 
 lllas. Z. § 701. B. § 102. A. & S. § 207, Rem. 24. 
 
 Dimiserit. On this very rare use of dimittere in the sense 
 of to give up, Moser cites Cic. Orat. pro Caecin. 26. 75, pa- 
 trimonium unius incommodo dimittitur: jus amitti non po- 
 test sine magno incommodo civitatis. 
 
 Cn. Pompeium: Cnaeus Pompeius Magnus, the Triumvir. 
 
 Sint enim oportet. M Exspectes : sint enim necesse est ; sed 
 oportel optime sese habet h. 1. ; significat enim ratio postulat, 
 ut, qui mortui sint, esse statuamus. Cf. Pro Rose. Am. xxii. 
 62; De Orat. i. 6, 20" — Kiihner. When oportet signifies 
 duty, it always has the accusative with the infinitive. For 
 its construction see M. § 373, Obs. 1 ; Z. § 625 ; B. § 202. n.; 
 A. & S. I 273. 4. 
 
 Modo : Just now ; a little while ago. Etiam : Even yet. 
 
 13. Commemini. Moser remarks this word is seldom used 
 by Cicero. He cites, however, De Orat. I. 53. 227 ; IH. 22. 
 85. In this word, as in cogitare, comminiscu and others, com 
 has the force of secum. Commeminisse = secum apud ani- 
 mum suum meminisse. 
 
 Commemini . . . . me miserum. " Constat verba existimandi 
 et declarandi respuere solere verbum substantivum esse cum 
 
1-iO TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 partieipio vol adjectivo conjunctum, ut mox: miserrimum pulo 
 vii. 13: miser os pittas Most" Kuhner. 
 
 Velirru The wish is modestly expressed by the subjunc- 
 tive. M. § 350. b, Obs. 1. 
 
 VII. Immo: On the contrary. This word, allied with the 
 superlative imus, means literally on the under side, on the 
 other side, on the reverse, — e contrario. It hence ac- 
 quires its meaning, in answers conveying a correction, of" no, 
 on the other hand," " no indeed," " much rather." Some 
 grammarians have considered it as sometimes an affirmative 
 particle, to be translated by " yes indeed," " by all means " ; 
 but in all the passages where such a meaning has been as- 
 signed it, its primary corrective force can be easily distin- 
 guished. The answer may convey an assent to the propo- 
 sition of the preceding speaker, but immo always, in such 
 cases, introduces some stronger expression, and thus, even 
 then, denies the weaker expression which precedes. " This 
 increase," says Zumpt (Gr. § 277), "may be sometimes ex- 
 pressed in English by l nay,' or '•nay even. 9 But this does 
 not justify the assertion that immo is an affirmative adverb." 
 In consequence of the derivation of this word, some gramma- 
 rians prefer the orthography imo, which is adopted by Moser. 
 But the adjective itself was sometimes written immus ; and 
 the weight of authority is decidedly in favor of immo. 
 
 Quia non sint. The subjunctive of modest and doubtful 
 statement. The opponent, says Kuhner, shaken by the ar- 
 guments of Cicero, now repeats, with hesitation, the same 
 opinion which he had before (§ 11, quia nulli sunt) main- 
 tained, with perfect confidence, with the indicative. By the 
 use infra of the indicative, quia non sunt, the speaker shows 
 his confidence in the truth of his assertion. 
 
 Quid enim .... qui non sit? The construction is quid 
 enim tarn pugnat, quam [eum], qui non sit, non modo mise- 
 rum, sed om.nino quidquam, esse? Pugnat, is contradictory. 
 
 Porta Capena. A celebrated gate of Rome, in the 
 wall of Servius Tullius, from which issued the Via Appia. 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAP. VII. 141 
 
 It took its name from Capena, an old town of Latium. An 
 aqueduct was carried over it, whence the expression of Juve- 
 nal, madlda Capena (Sat. III. 11). So Martial, Epigr. III. 
 xlvii. : Capena grandi porta qua phut gutta. Forcellini. — 
 Most of the tombs of the distinguished Roman families during 
 the Republican period lay on the Via Appia. The tomb of 
 the Scipios was discovered in 1 780 on the left of this Way, 
 and near the Porta Capena. 
 
 Calatini. A. Atilius Calatinus, a distinguished Roman 
 general in the first Punic War. " His tomb was adorned 
 with the inscription, 4 Unum hunc pluriinae consentiunt gen- 
 tes populi primarium fuisse.' Cf. De Senect. xvii." 
 
 Serviliorum. The most distinguished of this family were 
 Cn. Servilius Caepio, consul b. c. 169, and Q. Servilius Cae- 
 pio, consul b. c. 106. 
 
 Metellorum. Among the eminent men of this family were 
 L. Caecilius Metellus, who gained a great victory over Has- 
 drubal, b. c. 250, Q. Caecilius Metellus Macedonicus, and Q. 
 Caecilius Metellus Numidicus. 
 
 Verbo premis = verbo urges : You press me, ply me hard 
 with a word (i. e. the word esse). " Translate a re militari 
 (hostes premere, i. e. acriter persequi) est dicendo aut dispu- 
 tando urgere aliquem." Forcellini. 
 
 14. An tn dialecticis ne imbutus nuidem es? " An stands, 
 not only in the second member of disjunctive interrogations, 
 but also in simple questions of a supplementary kind, which 
 are subjoined to the preceding discourse when an inquiry is 
 made, what must be the case otherwise (in case there is some 
 objection to be made to the foregoing) or then (in case some 
 idea proposed in it is confirmed), or when the speaker him- 
 self appends an answer to the question or some suspicion re- 
 lating to it under the form of a new question (in which case 
 an sometimes assumes the signification of nonne). i% Madvig 
 (§ 453), who translates this passage, " Or have you not learned 
 even ihz first principles of dialectics ? " 
 
 In primis : h. e. in initiis, elementis, fundamento dialecti- 
 corum. Cf. Acad. II. xxix. 95. Kfthner. 
 
142 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 Omne pronuntiatum: every proposition, "A proposition 
 is defined logically i a sentence indicative* i. e. affirming or 
 denying (this excludes commands and questions). This 
 definition relates entirely to the words of a proposition ; with 
 Tegard to the matter, its property is to be true or false" 
 Whately's Logic, Chap. II. § 1. Moser cites Aulus Gellius, 
 a Latin grammarian who flourished in the second century 
 after Christ, who says, in his Nodes Atticae, XVI. 8 : 
 " Quicquid ita dicitur plena atque perfecta verborum senten- 
 tia, ut id necesse sit aut verum aut falsum esse, id a dialecti- 
 cis d^toj/xa appellatum est — a M. Cicerone pronuntiatum, 
 quo ille vocabulo tantisper uti se attestatus est, quoad melius, 
 inquit, invenero" To constitute a proposition, we must have 
 a noun in the nominative case, and a verb in the third person. 
 
 In praesentia. Praesentia is a noun in the ablative case ; 
 not an adjective in the accusative plural, as some scholars 
 have thought. See Hand's Tursellinus, III. pp. 288, 289 ; 
 Doderlein's Handbook of Latin Synonymes, I. p. 141. The 
 meaning of the phrase here is simply hoc tempore, nunc, in 
 opposition to post following. 
 
 Occurrit, ut appellarem. Occurrit is perfect, hence the 
 imperfect appellarem. " Sed quum sit perfectum praesens, 
 poterat quidem sequi appellem ; hoc vero loco (quod recte 
 observavit Billerbeckius) Cicero certe prius cogitaverit pro- 
 nuntiatum, quam appellaret." Moser. See Z. § 514. 
 
 Omne pronuntiatum . ... id ergo est pronuntiatum, quod, 
 etc. An anacoluthon* M. § 480. Z. §§ 739, 757, 815. A. 
 & S. § 323. 3. (5). Id ergo est pronuntiatum, quod: That, as 
 I was saying (ergo), is a proposition which, etc. Ergo (like 
 igitur and inquani) is often used, as here, after parenthetical 
 sentences, to refer back to the leading idea ; " after which the 
 interrupted proposition is repeated and concluded, often in a 
 form somewhat modified, so that the original commencement of 
 the proposition remains without a corresponding conclusion." 
 
 * y Ai>aKo\ov6ia and rb avaKoKovdov are compounded of the 
 negative a and aKoXovStco, to follow. 
 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAP. VII. VIII. 143 
 
 Ut possit judicari: So that it can be judged. " It may be 
 observed of the particle ut (uti), that it has its root in the 
 same interrogative and relative pronominal theme from which 
 uter, ubi, &c. are derived, and therefore originally signifies 
 how, or (relatively) as. From how is deduced the significa- 
 tion that, as applied to express a purpose and the object of 
 the verb, and from the relative usage partly the signification 
 as soon as (ut veni, abiit), partly that of so that (just as the 
 pronoun qui acquires the signification of so that he). Then 
 the original signification is still further lost, so that the word 
 only marks out a proposition indefinitely and generally as the 
 object or complement of another (with verbs of happening)." 
 M. § 372. a, Obs. 
 
 Age jam. Hand, in his Tursellinus, Vol. I. p. 209, re- 
 marks that age jam is often used when the speaker concedes 
 some point, and at the same time, being about to bring up 
 some other difficulty or objection, calls attention to the argu- 
 ments he is going to use. 
 
 VIII. 15. Ecqui. So Kuhn., Tregd., Tisch., after the 
 MS. Regius and several others. Most editors read Ecquid; 
 but, as Kiihner says, the rare word ecqui would be very lia- 
 ble to be corrupted by the copyists. Ecqui = ecquo modo. 
 
 Quantum mali .... dejtceris: How much evil you have re- 
 moved. Kiihner notices the same use of dejicere like detra- 
 here in Tusc. II. v. 14 : quantum de doloris terrore dejeceris. 
 IV. xxxvii. 80 : vitia ratione a se esse dejecta. 
 
 Mori. Bentley conjectures mors, which Kiihner adopts. 
 But this use of mori can be justified by the rendering which 
 Tischer gives to etiam mortuis, — " auch in Bezug auf un- 
 sern Zustand nach dem Tode," " even in relation to our 
 condition after death." 
 
 Calcem: the goal, limit of the race-course. "Ex eo au- 
 tem calx curriculi finis [in circo] vocatus est, quod creta aut 
 etiam calce notaretur." Cf. Lucretius, VI. 91. Seneca, 
 Epist. 108 : hanc quam nunc in circo cretam vocamus, anil- 
 qui calcem dicebani. 
 
Hi TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 Epicharmi A distinguished comic poet, born in the island 
 of Cos about b. c. 540. At the age of three months lie was 
 carried to Sicily, where he spent the remainder of his life. 
 
 Ut Siculi: as being a Sicilian, — inasmuch as he was a 
 Sicilian. Cf. infra, xliii. 104: [Diogenes,"] ut Cynic us, 
 projici se jussit inhumatum. In regard to the wit of the Si- 
 cilians, Tischer cites, Or at. in Verr. II. 4. 43. 95 : Numquam 
 tarn male est Siculis, quin aliquid facete et commode dicant. 
 Notice the difference between the signification of ut here and 
 in Brutus, vii. 27: Clisthenem multum, ut temporibus Mis, 
 valuisse dicendo. Sermone, discourse, conversation. 
 
 Emori aestumo. The verse is trochaic tetrameter ca- 
 
 talectic. For the orthography of aestumo see M. § 5, Obs. 
 5 ; Z. § 2. Sed me esse mortuum nihil aestumo. Tischer 
 cites Plautus, Capt. iv. 5. 83 : Post mortem in morte nihil 
 est, quod metuam, mall 
 
 Jam agnosco Graecum. " Jam veniunt in memoriam verba 
 Graeca, jam reminiscor verborum Graecorum." So Tusc. II. 
 xi. 26 : unde isti versus ? non enim agnosco. 
 
 Moriendum .... putem. Take esse with moriendum. Mi- 
 serum putem. See note on commemini . ... me miserum, 
 VI. 13. Moriendum esse : The necessity of death. 
 
 16. Cui proximum tempus est post mortem. There has 
 been some dispute in regard to the meaning of this passage, 
 but the obvious interpretation given by F. A. Wolf is un- 
 doubtedly correct: cui [morti] proximum tempus, [tempus] 
 est post mortem. 
 
 Confitemur. " Verbum confitemur respondet vocabulo Pla- 
 tonico 6uo\oyovfjL€v, estque i. q. convenit inter nos. Diff'ert 
 autem haec significatio ab ea, quam habet proximum confi- 
 tear: est enim ibi i. q. concedam, quamquam invitus, quia, 
 quod reponam, non habeo. Quod vero sequitur assentiar, id 
 ex animi sententia fieri existimandum." Moser. — " Recte 
 explicat Neidius : Confitemur, si veritatem quidem non per- 
 speximus, nihil tamen contra alterius argumentandi rationem 
 afferre possumus ; assensus nisi perspecta veritate esse non 
 potest." Kiihner. Ut confitear: To yield, give way. 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAP. VIII. 145 
 
 Haec enim spinosiora : For these too subtle, intricate argu- 
 ments, etc. Moser remarks upon Cicero's fondness for the use 
 of the word spinosus, and cites Orat. XXXII. 114; De Finn. 
 III. i. 3 ; Tusc. IV. v. 9. Spinosus (literally Hiorny) in this 
 tropical sense corresponds, says Kuhner, to the German 
 gpitzfindig. 
 
 Prius = potius . " Habet interdum vim similem adverbii 
 potius, aut magis. Cic. Tusc. V. xsvii 78 ; Pro Ligar. xii. ; 
 Caes. B. Civ. III. i. ; Balb. ad Cicer. i. ad Jin. post ep. 8. /. ix. 
 ad Attic" Forcellini. 
 
 Quae dicis te majora moliri, Gorenz prefers the reading 
 te dicis to dicis te* because, as he says, in the construction of 
 the accusative with the infinitive, pronouns are usually put 
 before verba dicendi. But, as Kuhner remarks, although in 
 this construction with verba dicendi et sentiendi, the pronoun 
 is put before the verb when there is attached to the pronoun 
 itself peculiar force and emphasis, when it has no such em- 
 phasis it is placed after the ruling verb, as in our passage. It 
 is thus found after the verb in statements of general truths and 
 in definitions (as infra, xxxvi. 87 : si sentias te non habere). 
 
 Ut . . . . non ejficias : Even if you do not prove (lit. make 
 out), etc. " Ut takes the signification of although, even sup- 
 pose that, from first signifying, i even if we suppose the case 
 that* ; the proposition is therefore a consecutive proposition, 
 and is expressed negatively with ut non" M. § 440. a, Obs. 4. 
 
 Mors ut malum non sit. The position of mors before ut 
 gives it a marked emphasis. See Z. § 356. 
 
 Superbum id quidemest: That would indeed be haughty. 
 The present indicative, where we should use the imperfect 
 potential ; as in the expressions difficile, longum, magnum, 
 infinitum est. See Z. § 520, in fin. ; M. § 348. e, Obs. 1, in fin. 
 
 Malo non roges. So Kuhn., Tr., and Tisch., and all the 
 MSS. Orelli and other editors read malo n e roges. " Han- 
 dius ad Wopkens. p. 71. non h. 1. ab omni iatinitate abhorrere 
 censet : quam sententiam calculo suo probavit Moserus. Con- 
 stat quidem, post verba volendi sequi ne, quia prohibendi 
 10. — Cic. Tusc. Disp. 
 
146 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 notio in ejusmodi enuntiatis inest ; at h. 1. Cicero rectissime 
 scripsit non roges, quia haec verba opposita sunt antecedenti- 
 bus si te rogavero, ita quidem, ut non roges idem fere 
 sit, quod abstineas rogand o." Kuhner. 
 
 IX. Unus e multis : els iv ttoXXoIs, one of many, i. e. a 
 common, ordinary man. Cf. Brut, lxxix. 274 : Qui non fuit 
 orator unus e multis, potius inter multos prope singularis 
 fuit. Horat. Sat. I. ix. «71 : sum paulo injirmior, unus multo- 
 rum. So unum e togatis, De Rep. I. xxii. ; unus e togatorum 
 numero, De Orat. I. xxiv. 111. 
 
 Probabilia conjectura sequens. After the manner of the 
 Academical philosophers. 
 
 Certa dicent, etc. The Stoics professed to attain absolute 
 certainty in regard to the objects of knowledge ; the Academ- 
 ics only to find what is most probable. 
 
 Tu, ut videtur: " h. e. tu statue, ut tibi videtur." 
 
 18. Mors igitur. Moser refers the conjunction igitur to 
 the idea to be mentally supplied quia te ad audiendum para- 
 turn esse dicis. 
 
 Sunt enim, qui . . . .putent esse mortem. Cicero refers to 
 Plato and the Academics. For the subjunctive see M. § 365 ; 
 Z. § 561 ; B. § 157; A. & S. § 264. 6. F. A. Wolf explains 
 this subj. by considering qui as equivalent to tales, qui; and all 
 grammarians agree in the statement, that, in relative clauses, 
 with the subj. introducing the c ; xumstances which character- 
 ize the class denoted by an indefinite general expression, a 
 demonstrative can generally be supplied before the relative. 
 
 Alii statim dissipari. The opinion of the Epicureans. 
 With alii understand censent. 
 
 Diu permanere. As the Stoics thought. 
 
 Alii semper. The doctrine of the immortality of the soul 
 was held by Plato. 
 
 Cor ipsum animus. " Qui cor animum esse dicebant, mo- 
 vebantur, ut veri simile est, usitata loquendi consuetudine, 
 qua cor pro animo ab omnibus nationibus dicitur : poterant 
 etiam niti hoc argumento: Principium vitae est animus. 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAP. IX. 1-17 
 
 Cor est principlum vltae : Cor igitur est animus. Prima 
 ilia sumptio certa per se videtur. Secunda probatur auctori- 
 tate Aristotelis, cujus verba sunt e libro tertio de partibus 
 animalium : in corde principium uitae omnisque motus et 
 sensus esse censemus [Lib. III. p. 58. ed. Sylburg. : iv rj [rfj 
 Kaphiq] rrjv dpxr]V (pafiev ttjs fo^s kol irdans Kivrjaeoi)? kcl\ 
 alo-Srja-ecDs^. Plin. quoque Lib. XI. c. 37." Muretus, cited 
 by Moser. 
 
 Nasica. P. Cornelius Seipio Nasica Corculum, who mar- 
 ried a daughter of Seipio Africanus the Elder. Cf. Brutus, 
 xx. 79, lviii. 213. Nasica was called Corculum. 
 
 Catus Aeliu' Sextus. Sextus iElius Paetus, a jurist of 
 eminence, and a ready speaker. Brutus, xx. From his 
 reputation as a jurist and a prudent man, he got his cogno- 
 men Catus. The line here quoted is from the Annates of 
 Ennius. Aeliu\ See note on Sysiphu', supra, v. 10. 
 
 Empedocles .... sanguinem. u Imo dicebat Empedocles, 
 cordi suffusum sanguinem esse animi sedem." Lambinus. — 
 His words are, Alfia yap dvOptoirois nepiicdpdiov eort vonpa. — 
 Empedocles was a Sicilian philosopher, who flourished about 
 B. C. 444. 
 
 Alii pars quaedam cerebri. Camerarius cites Plautus, 
 Menaechn. III. ii. 40, non tibi sanum est, adolescens, sinci- 
 put intelligo. Tischer quotes Phaedrus, I. vii. 2 : quanta 
 species, inquit, cerebrum non habet! 
 
 Principatum: {jyepovueov. Orelli cites De Nat. Deorum, 
 I. xv. 39. See lb. II. xi. 29. The ruling power. 
 
 Alii in corde. The Stoics, Epicureans, and some physi- 
 cians. Alii in cerebro: Erasistratus, Herophilus, and the 
 Pythagoreans. Davis. 
 
 Animam : " ventum sive aerem. Graece avtuos" 
 
 Ut fere nostri. Declarat nomen. The best MSS., as the 
 Ilegius, Vaticanus, and Bernensis, read ut fere nostri decla- 
 rant nomen. F. A. Wolf conjectured ut f. n. declarant no- 
 mine, and Orelli, Schiitz, Nobbe, Klotz, and Kiihner adopt 
 this reading. Some old editors read ut f. n. declarant, nomU 
 
148 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 nari. The reading I give was suggested by Bentley, and 
 has been adopted by Davis, Tregder, and Tischer. The 
 change of declarant into declarat obviates all difficulties of 
 construction and interpretation, and is justified by the fact to 
 which Tischer alludes, that in the Regius MS. the singular 
 and plural are often confounded. Moser gives the same 
 reading, but brackets the whole sentence Declarat .... sen- 
 tentia, as the gloss of some skilful hand. Several editors 
 enclose the words between nomen and ipse autem animus in 
 brackets ; others mark in the same manner the words et ani- 
 mosos et b. a. et ex a. sententia. Orelli's remark on this point, 
 however, is based on a sound principle of textual criticism : 
 " Praestat tamen in illis et animos, cet., \oyiitbv afiaprniia Ci- 
 ceronis ipsius agnoscere, quam glossema." Moser himself suc- 
 cessfully vindicates the Ciceronian purity of the words which 
 he brackets. The sentiment of the whole passage, as Kiihner 
 remarks, is this : There have been philosophers who said that 
 the mind was nothing but air ; and this opinion seems to be 
 confirmed by the Latin language, which has many words and 
 phrases in which the word anima has the same signification 
 as animus. The words in italics need not be translated. 
 
 Ipse autem animus. Some editors, thinking that the words 
 between nomen and ipse should be omitted, read ipse enim 
 animus, — a reading which is not supported by the MSS. 
 
 Zenoni. Zeno, the founder of the Stoic philosophy. 
 
 Zenoni .... animus ignis videtur. " Ignis intelligitur irvev- 
 fia evdepfjLou. Diog. L. vii. 157." Kiihner. Zeno regarded 
 individual souls as being what the soul of the universe was ; 
 as of the nature of fire, or as warm breath ; and therefore 
 as perishable. Smiths Diet, of Biog. and Mythol. Fire 
 was very naturally regarded by the ancients as the symbol of 
 all immaterial forces. 
 
 X. Vulgo: scil. animum statuunt esse. Reliqua fere sin- 
 guli: scil. dicunt. The idea is: The opinions I have thus 
 far stated concerning the nature of the mind have been com- 
 monly accepted ; those I am now about to state have been 
 advanced almost by single individuals. 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAP. X. 149 
 
 20. Ut: as for example. Ut . . . . quandam. Kiihner in- 
 terprets : " Veluti multi veteres philosophi suam quisque de 
 animi natura protulerunt opinionem, proxime autem Aristo- 
 xenus animum ipsius corporis intentionem esse quandam esse 
 dicebat." 
 
 Aristoxenus. A Peripatetic philosopher and a celebrated 
 musician of Tarentum, who flourished about B. c. 318. 
 
 Corporis intentionem: scil. animum esse censebat. 
 
 Velut in caniu et Jidibus. Understand cieatur. 
 
 A Platone. In the Phaedo, p. 92 sqq. 
 
 Xenocrates. Born at Chalcedon, b. c. 396. He was a 
 pupil of Plato, and became president of the Academy. 
 
 Pythagorae. " Since of all things numbers are by nature 
 the first, in numbers (the Pythagoreans) thought they per- 
 ceived many analogies to things that exist and are produced, 
 more than in fire, and earth, and water ; as that a certain 
 affection of numbers was justice ; a certain other affection, 
 soul and intellect ; another, opportunity ; and of the rest, so 
 to say, each in like manner ; and moreover, seeing the affec- 
 tions and ratios of what pertains to harmony to consist in 
 numbers, since other things seemed in their entire nature to 
 be formed in the likeness of numbers, and in all nature num- 
 bers are the first, they supposed the elements of numbers to 
 be the elements of all things." Aristotle, Met. I. 5, cited in 
 Smith's Diet. Pythagorae visum erat: Pythagoras had thought. 
 
 Triplicem jinxit animum. The three parts are ratio, vovs 
 (to XoyiKov, to rjyepoviKov), ira 6vp6s (to OvyuKov), cupiditas, 
 crrt^u/xm (to €7rt.6vfir]TiK6v). Many editions and MSS. read 
 anijnam ; but wrongly. 
 
 Sicut in arce. Cf. De Nat. Deor. II. lvi. 140, where Moser 
 says, " haec comparatio ducta est a Platone apud Longinum 
 Uepi "Yfovs. § 32." 
 
 21. Dicaearchus. A Peripatetic philosopher, a geogra- 
 pher, and an historian ; a pupil of Aristotle. He wrote 
 three books He pi ¥yx?}s, and a book on death. Cicero, in his 
 letters, often alludes to him in complimentary terms. See 
 infra, xxxi. 77. 
 
150 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 Frustra = sine causa. 
 
 Et animalia et animantes : Both animals and living 
 things ; animantes including plants, as well as men and 
 beasts. " Inter animal et animans hoc interest, quod ani- 
 mal dicitur de iis tantum, quae sensitivam habent animam : 
 animans aliquando latius patet, et plantas etiam complecti- 
 tur." Forcellini. 
 
 Animum vel animam. To show the distinction between 
 the signification of these two words, Davis cites Juvenal, on 
 the difference between men and brutes, Sat. xv. 148 
 Indulsit communis conditor illis 
 Tantum animas, nobis animum quo que. 
 
 Quippe quae nulla sit. The assigning of the reason by the 
 relative clause with the subjunctive, is strengthened by the 
 addition of quippe. M. § 366, Obs. 2. Z. § 365. B. § 158. 
 n. 1. A. & S. § 264. 8. 
 
 Temperatione = organization. 
 
 22. Quattuor .... genera principiorum : Those four well-known 
 classes of elements : viz., earth, air, fire, and water. 
 
 Quintam naturam. Cf. infra, xvii. 41, xxvi. 65, xxvii. 66 ; 
 Acad. I. vii. 26; Finn. IV. v. 12. 
 
 , Ei>re\exeiaz>. Many' editors read eVSeXe'xeiai/, but eVreXc'- 
 %€ia is the word used by Aristotle, although Cicero misin- 
 terprets him, — for Aristotle denies to the mind all motion 
 (De Anima, I. 3). Motionem: activity, power of action. 
 
 XL Hae sunt fere .... sententiae: These are nearly all 
 the opinions, etc. 
 
 Democritum. An atomistic philosopher, born at Abdera 
 in Thrace, B. c. 490. 
 
 Magnum ilium quidem, sed. See supra, note on iii. 6 : 
 ab optimis illis quidem viris, sed. Levibus : e : smooth. 
 
 Corpusculis: i. e. atoms. Cf. De Nat. Deor. I. xxiv. 66. 
 
 Apud istos. The plural pronoun here refers, not only to 
 the individual who has been mentioned (Democritus), but 
 also to those who entertain similar views (the atomistic phi- 
 losophers generally, conspicuous among whom are the Epi- 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XI. 151 
 
 curean). For a similar use of the plural pronoun, see supra, 
 vi. 12, ista. We have also an instance here of the use of 
 iste without reference to the second person, according to the 
 rule stated by Madvig, § 486 in fin. : " Iste is also used of a 
 thing which is near or present to the speaker, but which he 
 (contemptuously) motions from him (as, e. g., by the com- 
 plainant of the defendant in a court of justice), or of a thing 
 which we have ourselves recently named or mentioned (and 
 think of as more remote)-." 
 
 23. Deus aliqui viderit: Let some god see. Notice the 
 adjective form of the pronoun. Aliquis, however, like quis, 
 is used in Cicero both as a substantive and as an adjective ; 
 and this double use became in later writers frequent. 
 
 Utrum . ... an. See Arnold's Latin Prose Composition, 
 §19. 
 
 Si posset: sc\\. fieri. So often solet for fieri solet. 
 
 Conf under e = conj unger e, to unite the two. Compare De Nat. 
 Deor. III. viii. 19; Orat. pro Sest. ii. 5; De Off. I. xxvii. 95. 
 So De Fin. V. xxiii. 67 : confusio virtutum. 
 
 Ut ista. Another instance of the concessive use of ut = 
 even if although. Id agamus: Let us aim at that point. 
 
 Si videtur : scil. tibi. The pronoun is omitted also infra 
 xxxii. 77. 
 
 Nunc hoc, illud alias. Bouhier thus explains this pas- 
 sage : " Nunc, si videtur tibi, hoc agamus, et in quaestione 
 animorum immoremur ; illud argumentum de mortis abigen- 
 do metu exsequemur alias." 
 
 24. His sententiis omnibus. The ablative is here used in 
 the same manner as we say meo judicio, mea sententia, etc., 
 instead of ex mea sententia. See Ramshorn's Lat. Gr. § 145, 
 p. 443, ed. 2 ; Kilmer's Lat. Gr. § 115, not. 10, p. 222, ed. 2. 
 — Kiihner. Cf. Z. §457; A. & S. § 249. II. 
 
 Ullam in partem quod intersit. The position of the rela- 
 tive after ullam in partem gives emphasis to those words. 
 Eum librum. The Phaedo, which is entitled <f»ai'6W fj nepl 
 
152 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 25. Dasne: do you grant? Cf. Tusc. II. xn. 28; Finn 
 V xxviii. 
 
 Quoniam ne sint quidem. Quoniam is here joined with 
 the subjunctive, because the Auditor gives the reason which 
 would hold good in the case supposed by Cicero, and not the 
 aci ual reason according to his own views of the facts. 
 
 XII. 26. Si minus id obtinebis : If you do not prove that 
 " In English the expression of the future is commonly omitted 
 in subordinate propositions, if it is found in the leading propo- 
 sition ; but this omission may not take place in Latin." M. 
 § 339, Obs. 1. 
 
 Docebis. " Eleganter et cum urbanitate quadam futurum 
 vices sustinet imperativi", quum speramus, fore, ut id, quod ab 
 altero fieri volumus, efficiatur. V. Ramsh. Lat. Gr. § 167, 
 not. 2, ed. 2 ; Kuhn. L. Gr. § 107. 9, p. 157 sq., ed. 2." Kuh- 
 ner. See Z. §586; E. § 178; A. & S. § 26 1\ Rem. 2. 
 
 Quod : A thing which. 
 
 27. Unum illud. F. A. Wolf remarks that unus is added 
 to superlatives and other words to denote a superiority, either, 
 Orelli adds, in a good or in a bad quality. 
 
 Cascos. " Varro de lingua Latina, VII. § 28 : Cascum si- 
 gnificat vetus ; ejus origo Sabina, quae usque radices in 
 Oscam linguam egit. Cascum vetus esse significat Ennius y 
 quod cat : Quam prisci casci populi tenuere Latini. Cf. A. 
 Gell. Noct. Att. I. 10: Adolescens casce nimis et vetuste Zo- 
 quens." Tischer. 
 
 E pontificio jure et caerimoniis sepulcrorum. " The col- 
 lege of pontiffs at Rome had the supreme superintendence of 
 all matters of religion, and of things and persons connected 
 with public, as well as private worship. They had to guard 
 against any irregularity in the observance of religious rites 
 that might arise from a neglect of the ancient customs, or 
 from the introduction of foreign rites. They had not only to 
 determine in what manner the heavenly gods should be wor- 
 shipped, but also the proper form of burials, and how the 
 souls of the departed (manes) were to be appeased." Smith's 
 Diet, of Anliq., p. 940, q. v. 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XII. 153 
 
 " A sepulchre, or any place in which a person was buried, 
 was reU'jiosus : all things which were left or belonged to the 
 Dii Manes were religiosae ; those consecrated to the Dii 
 Superi were called sacrae. Even the place in which a slave 
 was buried was considered as religious. Whoever violated 
 a sepulchre was subject to an action termed sepulcri violati 
 actio. Those who removed the bodies or bones from the 
 sepulchre were punished by death or deportatio in insulam, 
 according to their rank : if the sepulchre was violated in any 
 other way, they were punished by deportatio, or condemnation 
 to the mines." Ibid. p. 502. 
 
 Cf. Laelius, it. 13 (supra, p. 97). See, also, Creuzer, on 
 Cic. de Legg. I. xxii. 55, p. 321 ; and the authorities cited 
 by Moser, in his note on the fragment in De Re Publico, IV. 
 viii. : sic pontijicio jure sanctitudo sepulturae (p. 429 of his 
 edition). 
 
 Nee violatas .... religione sanxissent : M h. e. nee sanxis- 
 sent, ut. si qui sepulcrorum caerimonias violassent, eulpam, 
 quae nullo piaculo solvi posset, contraxisse putarentur. Re- 
 ligio enim est culpa, quae, quum religiones violantur, con- 
 trahitur." Translate: Xor would they have forbidden their isola- 
 tion under the penalty of so inexpiable a crime. 
 
 Nisi haereret. After coluissent and sanxissent, we should 
 expect the pluperfect haesisset : but, as Ktihner remarks, the 
 imperfect is here used to refer the idea to that very time in 
 which the ancient Romans attached such sanctity to funeral 
 rites. He cites a similar case from Laelius, iv. 13 (supra, 
 
 p. 97) : quod non fecissent ri .... arbitrarentur. Intra. 
 
 xxxvii. 89 : si timeretur . . . . non concidisset. Orat. pro Mil. 
 xvii. 45 : nisi .... approperaret, nunquam reliquisset. See 
 Z. § 525. Haereret: It was fixed. 
 
 In ceteris humi retineretur et permaneret tamen. Retain- 
 ing this reading (which is given by some of the best MSS., as 
 the Regius. Bernensis, and Gudianus I., and adopted by 
 Orelli. Moser, Kuhner, Tischer, and many others), quae. 
 the subject of the verbs retineretur and permaneret, must be 
 
154 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 referred to vitae as its antecedent. Kiihner explains the 
 passage thus : Vita e virtutis praeceptis acta dicitur esse dux 
 in caelum: vita hominum vitiis ac voluptatibus deditorum 
 dicitur humi retineri et permanere tamen, h. e. vita ejusmodi 
 hominum etiam post mortem in his terris continuatur, — quia 
 eorum animi, terrestria amplexati, in caelum evolare non pos- 
 sunt, sed circum terram volutantur, — ita tamen, ut ea non 
 altera morto exstinguatur, sed permaneat. 
 
 It cannot' be denied that the construction with our reading 
 is harsh. Some old editors read retineret ; some MSS. red- 
 neret et permanerent tamen, Lambinus, in his ed. of 1566, 
 in ceteris eos humi retineret, ut permanerent tamen. One MS. 
 gives et retinerentur et permanerent. F. A. Wolf conjectures, 
 quum ceteri humi retinerentur, ut permanerent tamen. Kiih- 
 ner suggests, quae, ut claris v. etf. d. i. c. s. esse, ita ceteros 
 humi retineret, ut permanerent tamen. Whatever be the cor- 
 rect reading, however, the idea is evident. It was a common 
 belief among the Greeks and Romans, that the souls of those 
 who, in this life, enslave themselves to sensuality, unable 
 to rise, after death, to the abodes of pure spirits, linger 
 around their old bodies, or become joined to new and inferior 
 ones. Cf Plato, Phaedo, 69, 70, 131 ; Servius on the iEneid, 
 VI. 127; and Macrobius on Scipio's Dream, Lib. I. c. 9. 
 Souls of this character, says Plato {Phaedo, 69, 70, Cary's 
 trans.), " impressed with that which is corporeal, which the 
 intercourse and communion of the body, through constant as- 
 sociation and great attention, have made natural to them, .... 
 by possessing which [they] are weighed down, and drawn 
 again into the visible world through dread of the invisible 
 and of Hades, — wander, it is said, amongst monuments and 
 tombs ; about which, indeed, certain shadowy phantoms of 
 souls have been seen, being such images as those souls pro- 
 duced which have not departed pure from the body, but which 
 partake of the visible, on which account, also, they are visi- 
 ble These are the souls of the wicked, which are com- 
 pelled to wander about such places, paying the penalty of 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XII. 155 
 
 their former conduct, which was evil ; and they wander about 
 so long, until, through the desire of the corporeal nature which 
 accompanies them, they are again united to a body ; and they 
 are united, as it is probable, to animals having the same hab- 
 its as those they have given themselves up to during life." 
 
 " Such are those thick and gloomy shadows damp 
 Oft seen in charnel vaults, and sepulchres, 
 Lingering and sitting by a new-made grave, 
 As loath to leave the body that it loved, 
 And linked itself by carnal sensuality 
 To a degenerate and degraded state." 
 
 Milton, Comus, 470-475. 
 
 28. Romulus .... aevom. A verse of Ennius, which Ser- 
 vius gives thus : — 
 
 " Romulus in caelo cum dis genitalibus aevum 
 Degit." 
 Cicero, and the ancient writers generally, in quoting from 
 memory, were satisfied with expressing accurately the senti- 
 ment, without being scrupulous in giving the words. Aevom. 
 For the old use of o for u after the letter v, see Z. § 2. 
 
 Oceanian. The Atlantic. Hercules was worshipped, as 
 Davis shows, at Gades. 
 
 Praesens (near at hand) = help-giving, reach/ to help. Cause 
 for effect. Cf. Orel I i on Horat. Curm. I. xxxv. 2. 
 
 Semela. This Latin form of the ablative is given by the 
 best MSS. and editors, instead of the Greek form Seniele, 
 which many editions have. It was not until the Augustan 
 age, says Kuhner, that the Greek termination came into com- 
 mon use in prose. See Z. § 46. 1. n. 
 
 Tyndaridae fratres : Castor and Pollux. Cf. Cic. de Nat. 
 Deor. IT. ii. 6 : praesentiam saepe divi suam declarant, ut et 
 apud Begillum hello Latinorum quum A. Postumius dictator 
 cum Octavio Mamilio Tusculano proelio dimicaret, in nostra 
 acie Castor et Pollux ex equis pugnare visi sunt; et recenti- 
 ore memoria iidem Tyndaridae Persen victum nuntiaverunt. 
 
 Adjutores .... Romani. Adjutores is here construed with 
 
156 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 two genitives, victor lae and populi Romani. See M. § 283, 
 Obs. 3. The construction adjutor victoriae is similar to adju* 
 tor ... . iracundiae, Terent. Adel. I. i. 66 ; honoris . ... ad- 
 jutorem, Cic. pro Flacc. i. 1. 
 
 Ino. See Smith's Classical Dictionary, under Aihamas. 
 The idea of the passage Ino .... nostris, as Kiihner expresses 
 it, is this : Nonne Ino, Cadmi filia, divino honore fruitur ? 
 
 XIII. 29. Major um gentium dii. The origin of this 
 phrase is given in the Lexicons, s. v. gens. Ennius enumer- 
 ates the names of these gods as follows : — 
 
 Juno, Vesta, Minerva, Ceres, Diana, Venus, Mars, 
 Mercurius, Jov'C, Neptunus, Volcanus, Apollo. 
 
 Quaere .... Graecia = Adi sepulcra deorum, quae hodie 
 demonstrantur in Graecia. Moser. — The Cretans pointed 
 out a certain sepulchre as that of Jupiter (Callim. Hymn, in 
 Jov. v. 8). Ceres was said to have been buried at Eleusis. 
 See, further, De Nat. Deor. III. xxxii. 57. Some editors 
 read demonstrentur . 
 
 Quae traduntur. So Orelli, Moser, and many manuscripts. 
 Kiihner, and many other editors, read tradantur. 
 
 Quae .... mysteriis. u . Ad rem v. Cic. Legg II. xiv. 36 : 
 mihi quum multa eximia divinaque videantur Aihenae tuae 
 peperisse atque in vita hominum attulisse, turn nihil melius 
 illis mysteriis, quibus ex agresti immanique vita exculti ad 
 humanitatem et mitigati sumus ; initiaque ut appellantur, ita 
 re vera principia vitae cognovimus, neque solum cum laetitia 
 vivendi rationem accepimus, sed etiam cum spe meliore mo- 
 riendi" Cf. Isocrates, Paneg. p. 10, Felton's ed., and note 
 p. 71 sqq. 
 
 Tractari coepissent. Madvig conjectures coepta sunt, which 
 reading, though not supported by the MSS., Tregder, Kiih- 
 ner, and Tischer adopt. 
 
 Sed qui .... tenebant, etc. : But since they (the ancients) 
 had not yet learned that philosophy which began to be investi- 
 gated many years afterwards, they had convinced themselves 
 of only so much as they had become acquainted iciih through 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XIII. XIV. 157 
 
 the instructions of nature ; they did not understand the rela- 
 tions and causes of things; [and~] they were often disturbed, 
 etc. " Physica = metaphysical Qui .... didicissent. Rains- 
 horn's Lat. Gr. § 183, p. 764 sq., ed. 2. 
 
 30. Utporro: As, then. 
 
 Quod . . . .sit. " The subjunctive is here used because the 
 sentiment is stated according to the opinion of another party." 
 Ktihner. 
 
 Deorum opinio: h. e. opinio de diis. Objective genitive. 
 So, De Nat. Deor. I. xii. 29 : Empedocles in deorum opim- 
 one turpissime labitur. 
 
 Multi . . . .putanda est ; — quis est igitur. The whole clause 
 multi . . . . putanda est is parenthetical. Quis est igitur: who 
 is there, I say. Observe the use of igitur, to refer back to 
 
 the clause {Ut opinio) which had been broken off by the 
 
 parenthetical sentence. We have here an anacoluthon, inas- 
 much as ut would regularly be followed by ita, and, if Cicero 
 had bound himself down to formal rules of construction, we 
 should read, instead of " quis est igitur," ita nemo est, qui etc. 
 There is, however, nothing harsh or unnatural in this turn of 
 the sentence ; on the contrary, it is an instance of the success 
 with which Cicero in his dialogues imitates the freedom of 
 conversational language, — an imitation particularly conspic- 
 uous and happy in his Brutus, and which completely vindi- 
 cates the capabilities of the Latin language for elegant ease 
 in style and diction. Eo: On that account, 
 
 Maeret .... dolent anguntur. The verb maerere sig- 
 nifies, not only to lament, but also to express grief openly, by 
 visible signs. Forcellini defines maereo : tristis sum, aegre- 
 sco, in moestitia sum ; ej us que aegritudinis signa 
 do querendo, lament an d o, luge n d o. Dolere and 
 angi indicate the feeling of pain, but not so much its expres- 
 sion. Cf. Laelius, iii. 11 (supra, p. 9G) : Quam autem civi- 
 tati cants fuerit, m aerore fu n eris indicatum est. Tusc, 
 IV. viii. 18; Ad Attic. XII. 28. 
 
 XIV. 31. Omnibus curae. A. & S. § 227. Maximae; 
 sc. curae. So Fam. X. 1 : mild maximae curae est. 
 
158 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 Quae futura sint. Indirect question. 
 
 Ut ait in Synephebis. The Synephebi is the name of a 
 translation by Statius Caecilius of a comedy of Menander, 
 2w€(f)TjftoL. After ait some editors and MSS. read Me, some 
 Statius, and some Ennius. Our reading is found in the Re- 
 gius and Bernensis MSS. 
 
 Ergo : So, then. This particle is here used " in interrog- 
 ative argumentation a minore ad majus." (Andrews's Lat. 
 Lex. s. v.) See Hand's Tursellinus, II. p. 460, v. 2. 
 
 Bacam. The best MSS. give this orthography, instead of 
 bacca. Vid. Grotefend. Orthograph. § 142. 
 
 Leges .... seret. " Venusta metaphora ! Legg. I. vi. 20 : 
 serendi etiam mores, nee scriptis omnia sancienda. Si- 
 militer Graece : Plat. Pliaedr. p. 276. E. : orav tls q^vrevrj 
 
 re kcu (nrelpr] fier tmoTrjiJLrjs Xoyoi;?." Kuhner. 
 
 Elogia. Inscriptions on monuments to the dead. Orelli 
 thinks that elogium is corrupted from the Greek iXcyelov, 
 and was introduced into the Latin language after the wars in 
 Magna Graecia and Sicily. 
 
 XV. 32. Cogitasse: had in view. Cf. Nep. Vit. Dion. 
 IX. 2 : navem agitari jubet, cogitans . . . . ut hdberet, quo fu- 
 geret. 
 
 Iisdemne ut : Was it, that . . . . by the same, etc. For the 
 sentiment, cf. Be Sen. xxiii. ; Pro Arch. xi. 
 
 33. Sine . . immortalitatis. The protasis of nemo .... offer' 
 ret. Ne .... quaeram: Not to seek for examples both ancient 
 and foreign. 
 
 34. Principibus : distinguished statesmen; as, infra, xlii. 
 101. 
 
 Illud : that (epitaph) . This neuter pronoun is often used 
 in references to quotations, to signify that (well-know?i) say- 
 ing, verse, sentence, etc. 
 
 Adspicite .... virum. These four elegiac lines are said 
 to have been written by Ennius himself, as his epitaph. They 
 were probably attached to his bust, which was placed among 
 the effigies of the Scipios, in whose tomb he was buried. 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XV. 159 
 
 We have in the first line another instance of the elision of s. 
 In the second, notice the old forms vostrum for vestrum, and 
 maxuma for maxima. Panxit = composuit. The allusion 
 is to the Annates of Ennius, a history of Rome in hexame- 
 ters. In the third line notice the old form dacrumisz=lac- 
 rimis; in the fourth, vivo 9 = vivos, Faxit. See M. \ 115. 
 f. It is here a present subjunctive used like an imperative. 
 This epitaph has been thus translated : 
 
 " Romans, the form of Ennius here behold, 
 Who sung your fathers' matchless deeds of old. 
 My fate let no lament or tear deplore ; 
 I live in fame, although I breathe no more." 
 
 Another translation will be found in the article on Ennius in 
 Smith's Diet, of Gr. and Rom. Biog. and Mythol. Compare 
 with these lines Horace, Carm. II. xx. 21-24. 
 
 Sed quid poetas ? Seil. profero or persequor. Tischer. 
 
 Phidias. The magnificent colossal statue of Athena in the 
 Parthenon, made of ivory and gold, was the greatest of the 
 works of Phidias at Athens, and second only to his statue of 
 Zeus at Olympia. (For a description of this noble work of 
 art, see Smith's Diet, of Biog. and Myth. III. p. 250. 8.) The 
 shield was ornamented on both sides with embossed work, 
 representing, on the inner side, the battle of the giants with 
 the gods, and on the outer, the battle of the Amazons with 
 the Athenians. Among these figures the artist introduced his 
 own likeness, in such a way that it could not be removed with- 
 out destroying the whole shield. (Aristotle, De Mundo, vi.) 
 
 Sui similem. The rule as commonly stated, that similis 
 takes the genitive when it denotes an internal resemblance, 
 or one of character or quality, and the dative when it denotes 
 an external resemblance, or one of figure or appearance, will 
 not hold without exceptions. In Cicero and the older writers, 
 whichever kind of resemblance it denote, it almost always 
 takes a genitive of the names of living beings (especially 
 gods and men), and is found with the genitive and dative 
 promiscuously of other nouns. (See M. § 219, Obs. 2, § 247. 
 
160 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 b, Obs. 2.) Infra, xxxiii. 81 : facie vel patris, vita omnium 
 perditorum ita simi/is, etc., although the two kinds of resem- 
 blance are contrasted, the adjective is construed with the 
 same case in both instances. In the following paragraph, we 
 find it followed by the two cases in the same sentence, al- 
 though the same kind of resemblance is meant : Itaque plectri 
 similem linguam nostri solent dicere, chordarum dentes, nares 
 cornibus iis, quae ad nervos resonant in cantibus (Cic. de Nat. 
 Deor. II. lix. 149). From the age of Livy, says Madvig (ad 
 Finn, V. v. 12), the use of the dative in the names of living 
 beings became more and more frequent, so that there is 
 scarcely a single passage in Virgil, Horace, and the Meta- 
 morphoses of Ovid, in which the genitive occurs. 
 
 Sua nomina inscribunt. Cf. Pro Archia, xi. 26. 
 
 35. Arbitramur. Kiihner and Tischer read arbitrabimur. 
 
 Natura optima. Ablative. A. & S. § 211, Rem. 6. 
 
 XVI. 36. Natura. Ablative. 
 
 Formidines : images of terror ; " Schreckbilder " ; i. e. Cer- 
 berus, Cocytus, Acheron, etc. — Kiihner. 
 
 Consecuti sunt. " H. e. hanc opinionem magni errores, 
 cum ea conjuncti, secuti sunt." Such is Kiihner's correct 
 explanation of the meaning of this compound verb. 
 
 Videbare. Supra, vi. 10. 
 
 37. Grande: lofty, high-sounding (hochtonend) ; espe- 
 cially on account of the accumulated a in the first line, and 
 s in the second. F. A. Wolf. 
 
 Adsum inferum. The verse is trochaic tetrameter cat- 
 
 alectic. These lines are probably from the Hecuba, a trage- 
 dy of Ennius, and amplified from the Hecuba of Euripides. 
 Aclxcrurde. A. & S. § 255, Rem. 3 in fin. Z § 481 in fin. 
 Constat: like (TwicrraTaL. F. A. Wolf. Inferum. Genitive 
 plural. 
 
 Poxsent. Although in the sentence quae possent, Cice- 
 ro gives his own opinion, and not that of the superstitious 
 persons to whom he refers as the subject of the verb finge- 
 renty the verb possent is placed in the subjunctive imperfect, 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XVI. 161 
 
 as Kiihner observes, by a kind of attraction to the form of the 
 preceding clause with which it is united. 
 
 Ilomeri .... ptKvla. This was the common name for the 
 eleventh book of the Odyssey, in which the descent of Ulys- 
 ses into Hades is described. 
 
 Appius. Appius Claudius Pulcher, consul A. u. C. 700. 
 Cf. Be Divin. I. lviii. 132. (See Smith's Class. Diet, s. 
 Claudius, 19.) 
 
 Ea .... veKpofiavrela faciebat : That necromancy, ichich my 
 friend Appius teas icont to practise. 
 
 Unde .... imagines. The verse is trochaic tetrameter cat- 
 alectic. In aperto the final o in the thesis is shortened before 
 the following vowel, but not elided. Cf. Virgil, Georg. I. 
 281. Pelio Ossan. Kiihner. For numerous instances of 
 similar hiatus, see Orelli's note on Horace, Carm. II. xx. 13. 
 Madvig's conjecture, aperto ex ostio, is plausible, but unne- 
 cessary. — Obscura umbra : In dark, shadowy form (in duste- 
 rer Schattengestalt. Klotz). Wolf thinks these words ex- 
 plain the preceding unde, and renders them : " wo aus dem 
 dustern Schatten her." — Alti. Klotz, Tregder, and Kiihner, 
 from the MSS. Regius and Gudianus I., read altae. Nonius 
 shows that Acherons is used as feminine by Plautus, Capt. V. 
 iv. 1. — Falso sanguine : with unreal blood. Falso. So Moser, 
 Kiihner, Tischer, several MSS., and many old editors. Many 
 editions and good MSS. read salso. Wolf says, 4i salsus is 
 a constant epithet of tears, blood, and sweat " ; but Kiihner 
 shows that falsus is a more appropriate epithet in this place. 
 Moser reads sanguine falso, to avoid the dactyle in the fourth 
 foot ; but this change is not authorized by the MSS. 
 
 38. Equidem." "Compounded of the demonstrative prefix e 
 and quidem ; as enim from nam; ehem, eheu ; ecqui, ecquando 
 (i. e. e-quis, e-quando)... The syllable e, similar in many 
 respects to the Greek tj, has a demonstrative force, which in 
 composition is rendered intensive." Hand's Tursellinus, Vol. 
 II. p. 341. See also lb. p. 342, and pp. 422 et seqq., for a 
 full and able examination of the whole subject. " Quidem, 
 11. — Cic. Tusc. Disp. 
 
162 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 compounded of qui and dem," (lb. pp. 424, 425,) while it 
 either restricts the idea to which it is added, or marks out a 
 tiling prominently, and thus either strengthens the sentiment 
 or adds force to the expression (like the German eben), 
 receives again a greater demonstrative power by the prefixing 
 of the vowel e. Thus is formed a particle adapted to con- 
 firm the sentiment in various ways. But that demonstrative 
 power which is inherent in the particle was particularly em- 
 ployed by ancient usage in such a manner, that by it the 
 speaker marked x with a certain affirmative force those things 
 which he avowed concerning himself and his own opinion, or 
 in regard to his own affairs. Hence it happened that equidem 
 was joined, as a general rule, with the first person of the 
 verb. The Latins, then, had an appropriate word by which 
 the speaker might turn the attention of his hearers to his 
 own subject or his own opinion, and add weight to his dec- 
 laration in regard to himself. When this had become estab- 
 lished by use, the vulgar opinion hit upon the explanation, 
 that the word had been compounded of ego and quidem ; and 
 to this notion, adopted even in antiquity by the grammarians, 
 certain writers accommodated their language." 
 
 See also Haase's note 302 on Reisig's Vorlesungen, § 157. 
 Fritsch inclines to the derivation from ce and quidem; Eoby, 
 (with a query), revives an old explanation, et quidem. 
 
 Alios. Scil. dixisse animos hominum sempiternos esse. 
 Dixisse is supplied from the following dixit. 
 
 Quod exstet: So far as it appears, etc. M. § 364, Obs 
 
 2. Z. § 559. A. & S. § 264. 3. For a similar use of 
 exstet impersonally, see Brutus, xv. 57; Philipp. IX. iii. 7. 
 
 Pherecydes, born in the island Syros, one of the Cyclades, 
 said to have been the earliest prose writer in Greece. He 
 flourished about B. c. 544. 
 
 Meo regnante gentili. I. e. in the reign of Servius Tullius. 
 Meo gentili is probably only a sportive expression of Cicero. 
 Translate : In the reign of my clansman. 
 
 Honor e et disciplina. *Ei> dia dvolv for honor e disc iplinae 
 Z. § 741. B. § 244. A. & S. § 323. 2. (3). 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XVII. 163 
 
 XVII. Rcdeo ad antiquos. Scil. Pythagoreos. 
 Quid: something. The indefinite quis after nisi. 
 Numeiis. By numbers, i. e. by arithmetical demonstrations. 
 Descriptionibus. By drawings, diagrams ; i. e. by geomet- 
 rical demonstrations. 
 
 39. Quod Pythagoram. Scil. sensisse ferunt. 
 
 Quern ex tuo ore admiror. " Je le trouve admirable dans ta 
 bouche." Ex tuo ore: From thy lips. 
 
 40. Made virtute! Orelli thinks this phrase is derived 
 from the customary formula in sacrifices, Jupiter Optime 
 Maxime, macte hac hostia esto. — See Lincoln's note on Livy 
 II. xii. 
 
 Erraverim. Z. § 527. B. § 137. A. & S. § 260. II. 
 Rem. 4. This subjunctive is used "to denote that to which 
 one is inclined." M. § 350. b. 
 
 Num igitur dubitamus, an, sicut pleraque ? quamquam, etc. 
 The sense is : We do not doubt, then, (the question with 
 num implying a negative answer,) [that the earth has the ap- 
 pearance of a point, etc.]; or do tee (doubt it), as (like the 
 Academics) we dcubt very many things f although this at 
 least can by no means be doubted ; for the mathematicians (by 
 their unerring demonstrations) convince us, etc. On the ana- 
 coluthon, see infra, xxxvi. 88, note on confirmato illo .... 
 quin .... sit. Our reading is given by many of the best MSS., 
 as the Regius and Gudiani I. and II., and adopted by Kiihner 
 and Klotz. Some editors insert between pleraque and quam- 
 quam the words sic et hoc. Ernesti, Moser, and Tregder 
 omit an. 
 
 In medio mundo : In the middle of the universe. 
 
 Ad: in comparison with; like the Greek npos. So Ter- 
 ence, Eun. IV. iv. 14: ne comparandus hie quidem ad ilium 
 est. Cic. pro De'iot. viii. 24 : addidit etiam Mud, equites non 
 optimos misisse : veteres, credo, Caesar: nihil ad tuum equita- 
 tarn. See Hand's Tursellinus, Vol. I. pp. 104, 195. 
 
 Quasi puncti instar obtinere : " Has almost the appearance 
 of a point" On the word instar, see Zumpt's Grammar, 
 § 89. 
 
164 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 Quasi .... habeant. See supra, note on quasi agatur, iv 81 
 
 Momenta. The principles or laws of motion. See Horace, 
 Ep. I. vi. 4. 
 
 TeiTena. Orelli, ut terrena. 
 
 Nutu: tendency. Cf. De Nat. Deor. II. xxxix. 98: terra 
 .... locata in media mundi sede, solida et globosa, et undique 
 ipsa in sese nutibus suis conglobata. 
 
 Ad pares angulos. " H. e. ad rectos angulos, ad perpen- 
 diculum." Kiihner. 
 
 Illae super lores. " Scil. terra et aqua. Hae sc. ignis et 
 aer." Kiihner. 
 
 Rursum : on the other hand. Orelli and some editors read 
 sursum; but our reading is found in the best MSS. 
 
 Sublime. B. § 82. Z. § 267. A. & S. § 192. II. 4. (b). 
 Cf. De Nat. Deor. II. xxxix. 101, lvi. 141. 
 
 41. Qulnta Ilia. See supra, x. 22. 
 
 Non nominata magis quam non intellecta. I. e. more easily 
 understood than named. 
 
 Integriora : more unmixed. Ut : so that, 
 
 Ne . . . . jaceat. " Significare vult Cicero, nisi horum ali- 
 quid animum esse statuamus, verendum esse, ne tarn vegeta 
 mens .... jaceat. R. Klotz." Kiihner. " A proposition 
 denoting a design is sometimes employed, from a conciseness 
 of expression, not to indicate the design of the action men- 
 tioned in the leading proposition, but the design with which 
 the statement is made." M. \ 440. b. — Translate: Not to as- 
 sume that so active a mind lies, etc. 
 
 XVIII. Condoluisse. Cum, in composition, often gives 
 intensity to the signification of the simple word. Kiihner 
 gives collaudare and conniti as examples ; Moser conticere 
 and concalefacere. 
 
 Qui non sentiat : Because he does not perceive, etc. Qui 
 
 with the subjunctive giving the reason; as, supra, xi. 24; 
 Tusc. III. xii. 27 : Tarquinio vero quid imprudentius, qui 
 helium gereret cum iis qui ejus non tulerant superbiam ? where 
 qui =for he ; the construction, with the relative, being more 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XVIII. XIX. 165 
 
 compact and elegant than it would be with the demonstrative 
 pronoun and a conjunction. 
 
 Haec. I. e. philosophical speculations. 
 
 Quam .... exerceat. Aristophanes, Vespae, 1422 (1431 
 Dindorf.) : 
 
 "Epboi tls fjv ewKTTOS eiSeir; riyyrfv. 
 
 42. Autem. " Particula autem inservit transitioni, et saepe 
 ita, ut sententiarum contextum interruptum repetat. Vid. 
 Hand. Tursell. I. p. 564 sq." Kuhner. 
 
 Panaetius. A celebrated Stoic philosopher, born at Rhodes. 
 "He afterwards went to Rome, where he became the inti- 
 mate friend of La3lius and of Scipio Africanus the young- 
 er." From his treatise Ilepi tov KadrjKovros Cicero took the 
 greater part of his work De Ojficiis. 
 
 Haec duo genera. Fire and air; implied in inflammata 
 anima (nutv^a nvpoeidef). Hoc: in this case. 
 
 XIX. 43. Accedit ut: Furthermore, (or: to this is to be added, 
 that) the soul must so much the more easiiy make its way out, etc. 
 The difference between accedit quod with the indicative, and 
 accedit ut with the subjunctive, can be easily seen from our 
 passage. Accedit, quod facilius animus evadit, would desig- 
 nate a fact as actually existing, or at least as having been 
 already thought of; accedit ut f. a. evadat, denotes a thing 
 which is not stated as existing in fact, but which is to be so 
 conceived of in the mind, or which is to be understood as 
 something added which had not before been thought of." 
 Kuhner. Cf. M. § 373, Obs. 3, § 398. b. Z. § 621, 622, 626. 
 
 Nihil est animo velocius. Cf. Odyssey, VII. 36 : Tcov vies 
 oxelai. wcret nrepov rje vorjfia. 
 
 Caelum. The atmosphere. 
 
 Junctis = " compositis." 
 
 Ignibus. Ignes caelestes ; the stars and the aether. F. A. 
 Wolf. 
 
 Quum .... adeptus est. Orelli, Turn .... adeptus. 
 
 Tamquam paribus examinatus ptnderibus: As if poised m 
 equilibrium. 
 
166 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 Qaibus astra, etc. Cf. ad rem De Nat. Deor. II. xlvi. 118 : 
 Sunt autem stellae natura flammeae ; quocirca terrae, maris, 
 aquarum vaporibus aluntur Us, qui a sole ex agris tepefactis et 
 ex aquis excitantur ; quibus altae renovataeque stellae atque 
 omnis aether refundunt eadem et rursus trahunt indidem, nihil 
 ut intereat aut admodum paullulum, quod astrorum ignis et 
 aetheris flamma consumat. 
 
 44. Aemulemur. Aemulari with the dative, in a bad sense. 
 See Andrews's or Kiddle's Lexicon. 
 
 Ut : namely, that. The clause is appositive to quod, 
 Visere. " Hoc verbum nunquam idem significat, quod vi~ 
 dere, sed semper adjunctam habet notionem aliquid diligenter 
 et accurate inspiciendi, explorandi, examinandi. Est enim 
 verbum intensivum, ductum a verbo videndi. Sic Pro Leg. 
 Manil. xxi 61 : earn quoque rem populus Romanus non modo 
 vidit, sed etiam omni studio visendam et concele- 
 brandam putavit." Kiihner. See Freund, or either of his 
 translators. Translate : To examine ; observe closely. 
 Natura. Ablative. 
 
 45. Haec pulchritudo. u H. e. harum rerum caelestium 
 pulchritudo." So Or at. pro Mil. xxxvi. 108 : quae oblivio 
 for cujus rei oblivio. We have a similar use of the demon- 
 strative in English. 
 
 Patriam. He means particularly the Ionic or Thalesian 
 philosophy. F. A. Wolf. Kiihner, Klotz, and Tregder 
 read patritam, after Nonius. Patriam: native, 
 
 Theophraslus. A Greek philosopher; died b. c. 287. 
 
 Dispicere. See Andrews's Lexicon, under this word, L, and 
 Ernesti, Clav. Cic. Translate : To see through it. 
 
 XX. Aliquid assequi. " Aliquid est quod operae pretium 
 sit. Pari modo Graeci dicunt W." So with dicer e, Tusc. HI. 
 xvi. 35. IV. xxix. 46. V. xxxvi. 104. See Andrews's Lex. 
 under this word, 3 ; Riddle's Lex. 2. II ; White's Lex. 3. 
 
 Eas angustias. The Hellespont and the Thracian Bospo- 
 rus ; the latter is here called ostium Ponti, the gate of the 
 Euxine Sea. 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XX. XXI. 167 
 
 Delecti .... arietis. From the Medea of Eimius, but al- 
 tered by Cicero. 
 
 Europam .... unda. From Ennius, Annates, II. 46. 
 Contueri. Notice the force of this compound verb. 
 
 46. Cer minus .... videmus. " Cernere (a gr. Kpivtw ortum) 
 est rem aliquam ejusque singulas notas perspicere et dijudi- 
 care (discernere). Apposite Billerbeckius contulit Mil. 29 : ut 
 ea cemimus, quae videmus. Acad. II. 25: ego Cumanam 
 regionem video, Pompeianum non cer no." Kuhner. 
 
 Ista aperta et patefacta viderunt. I. e. in their dissections. 
 
 Viae . . . .perforatae. Cf. De Nat. Deor. III. iv. 9 : duo lu~ 
 mina ab animo ad oculos perforata (Jiabemus) . Plin. H. N. 
 xi. 54. 
 
 Itaque .... fenestrae sunt animi. Moser cites ad rem 
 Pliny, H. N. XI. 54. 
 
 Animum et videre et audire. Epicharmus : 
 
 voiis opfj kclL vovs clkovci, roXXa K<o(f)a kol rv(f>Xd. 
 
 Nisi id agat, et adsit : Unless it gives attention to it, and 
 is at hand. Agere with hoc or id denotes " to give attention 
 to," "to be intent upon," " to aim at," " to have in view." 
 For an explanation of this use, see Andrews's Lexicon, under 
 ago, 7. Let the student turn to the Oration for Ligarius, and 
 examine similar uses of ago, in chapters iii., iv., vi., xii. 
 
 Et is. Orelli, nt idem. 
 
 47. Quale quidque sit : Of what character each thing is. 
 XXI. Quamvis copiose = iam copiose, quam vis. 
 
 48. Nonnullorum . . . . philosophorum. I. e. the Epicureans. 
 Ejusque inventori et principi .... venerantur ut deum. The 
 
 reference is to Epicurus. Davis cites Lucretius, V. 8 sqq.: 
 
 " Deus ille fuit, Deus, inclyte Memmi, 
 Qui princeps vitae rationem invenit earn, quae 
 Nunc appellatur sapientia ; quique per artem 
 Fluctibus e tantis vitam tantisque tenebris 
 In tarn tranquillo et tarn clara luce locavit. ,, 
 
 Cf. Cic. de Nat. Deor. I. xvi. 43. 
 
16S TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 Videlicet. See this word in Andrews's Latin Lexicon, B 
 
 Acherunsia .... loca. From the Andromache of Ennius 
 The poetical form of the original is destroyed by the omis- 
 sions of Cicero, who quotes only those words which are ap- 
 plicable to his purpose. These readings are found in various 
 oditions : Acherusia, Acheruntia, Acherontia, — Pallida, Le- 
 ihaea, — obnubila obsita tenebris, and nubila tenebris. 
 
 Quod .... cognoverit. Timeat and cognoverit are in the 
 subjunctive after the causal conjunction quod, because the 
 sentiment is alleged as that of the person spoken of (philoso- 
 phurri), and not of the author. See Beck's Syntax, § 151. 
 
 Quoniam .... credituri fuerunt. So Davis, Klotz, Tregder, 
 Moser, Kiihner, and the best MSS. Orelli and others, qui 
 .... credituri fuerint . 
 
 49. Praeclarum autem. Kiihner considers the words Libe- 
 rates .... credituri fuerunt as thrown in parenthetically, and 
 autem as a continuing particle, resuming the train of thought 
 interrupted by the parenthesis: however; yet. 
 
 Venisset. " If past time be spoken of (after a leading prop- 
 osition in the preterite), the pluperfect is used .... to denote 
 an action which was to be completed before another ; Promisi 
 me, quum librum perlegissem, sententiam meam dicturum esse 
 (when I had read = when I should have read) .... In English 
 the imperfect alone is often employed ; the completion of the 
 action before the other being not so accurately noted." M. 
 § 379, in fin. Cf. Z. § 505. 
 
 Quod ut ita sit : Admitting that it is so. 
 
 Ut enim : For even if. 
 
 Vdle ceteris. Supply persuadere, from the following per- 
 suasisse. Tischer. 
 
 Videatur. The present videatur, says Moser, is used after 
 attulit instead of the imperfect videretur, " ut significetur non 
 quodnam fuerit ejus consilium, sed quid allatis rationibus ita 
 effectum sit, ut nobis etiam nunc videatur id sibi persua- 
 asse." 
 
 XXII. 50. Quasi capite damnatos. A Roman citizen 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XXII. 169 
 
 was said to be capite damnatus, when he was deprived of his 
 rights of liberty, of citizenship, and of family. By the Ro- 
 man law, as Wolf shows, if any one was to be punished with 
 death (morte multatus), he had first to be capite damnatus. 
 Kiihner. Capite damnari is more rarely used than capitis 
 damnari. Moser. 
 
 Quasi vero .... aciem: As if, forsooth, tliey understand 
 what it is in the body itse/f what its form, what its size, what 
 its position ; for example, whether, if at this moment all things 
 in a living man, which are now covered, could be seen, the 
 mind wovld appear ready to come under view, or whether its 
 thinness is so great as to elude the keenness of sight. " Quasi 
 {quasi vero) is particularly used, when by way of jest, or to 
 correct an erroneous supposition, we state what is not the 
 case." M. § 444, Obs. 1. I agree with Hottinger, Orelli, 
 and Moser, in regard to the rendering to be given ut in this 
 passage : — [as if they understand,] for example, whether, etc. 
 
 In homine vivo. Vivo, a conjecture of Bentley, adopted by 
 F. A. Wolf, Nobbe, Orelli, Kiihner, et all. The MSS. uno. 
 
 51. Quern intelligant. I. e. how far they understand it. 
 
 51. Alienae domui. This form of the old locative case is 
 adopted here by Klotz, Kiihner, and in many old editions, 
 it being found in the best MSS. ; other editors read domi. 
 See Andrews's Latin Lexicon, under domus, 2. a. 
 
 Quasi domum suam. Cf. supra, xi. 24 : animos, quum e 
 corporibus excesserint, in caelum, quasi in domicilium 
 suum, per venire, 
 
 52. Nimirum: " certe, utique." " Nimirum is to be taken 
 in the sense of mirum ni: ni esset, mirum foret: so that it 
 properly contains a thought in itself." Reisig, Vorles. 
 $ 271. Fritsch says that nimirum— ne mirum sit. 
 
 Neque nos corpora summ. Cf. Somnium Scipionis, viii. 
 Acrioris, particularly acute; more acute than common. 
 Aliquod. Notice the adjective form of the pronoun. 
 Sic ut tributum deo sit. So Kiihner and Tisuher, instead 
 of the reading of many MSS. : sic ut tributum a deo sit hoc se 
 
170 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 ipsum posse cognoscere. There is great variance in the readings. 
 Translate : So as to have been attributed to a god. 
 
 53. Ratio = ratioc in atio, argumentation 
 In Phaedro, p. 245, ed. Steph. 
 
 De Re publica. In the Somnium Scipionis (pp. 82, 83). 
 
 XXIII. Nunquam ne moveri quidem.. " Two negatives do 
 not destroy one another, if a proposition begins with a general 
 negation, and a single idea is then brought prominently for- 
 ward by ne — quidem" M. § 460, Obs. 2. So infra, xxvii. 
 66 : nihil ne aut humidum quidem aut flabile. 
 
 54. Vel: otherwise, else. Primo: originally. 
 
 Neque nata est et aeterna est. " The combination of an 
 
 affirmative and negative member is denoted by et — neque, 
 both — and not, neque — et, both not — and (less frequently 
 neque — que)" 55. Hoc ipsum. See the following note. 
 
 XXIV. 56. Sanguinem, bilem .... dicere, unde concreta 
 , . . sint. " In objective propositions with conjunctions, or in 
 
 dependent interrogative propositions [as here, unde sint], 
 
 we sometimes find the irregularity that a substantive (or pro- 
 noun), that ought to be the subject in the objective proposition, 
 is drawn into the leading proposition, either as the object of the 
 verb, or as the subject, in case the verb otherwise stands imper- 
 sonally (as intransitive) or in the passive voice. In good prose, 
 however, this attraction is very rare, and is found after an ac- 
 tive verb only where the writer at first contemplated another 
 turn of the discourse, and afterwards added the subordinate 
 proposition : Simul vereor Pampldlum, ne orata nostra neque- 
 at diutius celare (Ter. Hec. IV. i. 60 = ne Pamphilus)." M. 
 § 439, Obs. 1. This kind of attraction is one of those easy, 
 careless forms of expression which are very natural in con- 
 versation, and often have a peculiar force and beauty above 
 more formal constructions. It is very frequent in Plautus 
 and Terence, though rarer in later writers, — occurring 
 often, however, in the dialogues and letters of Cicero. The 
 verbs with which it is generally found are v. sentiendi et de- 
 darandi and sometimes efficiendi, including verbs of knowing, 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XXIV. 171 
 
 perceiving, icishing, fearing, saying, hearing, causing, and 
 effecting. Cic. de Nat. Deor. I. xxvi. 73 : Istud quasi corpus 
 et quasi sanguinem, quid sit, intelligis ? Fam. VIII. x. 3 . 
 Nosti Alarcellum, quam tardus sit. Terence, Adelph. V. ii. 
 20 : Ilium ut vivat optant Eun. III. v. 62, 63 : Metuo 
 fratrem ne intus sit. Cic. pro Deiot. xi. 30 : Quis tuum 
 patrem antea qui esset, quam cujus gener esset, audivit? 
 
 Ter. Heaut. I. i. 4 - 6 : Virtus tua me facit, ut te audacter 
 
 moneam. I cannot refrain from extracting a part of the 
 acute note of Reinhardt on the passage last cited : " Eo aptius 
 poeta oiationem vinxit, quod me, unde in proxime subse- 
 quenti inciso ego mente repetendum est, ad prius^ incisum 
 transscriptum tradidit. Pondere aequabiliore incisa descripsit, 
 quod mei cogitationem ex posteriore inciso in prius et brevius 
 incisum transtulit, et eo amplius aliquid lectoribus intelligen- 
 dum praebuit, quoniam me facit, ut te moneam, efficit me 
 talem est, qui te moneat, quum [altera dicendi ratio] simpliciter 
 sit, efficit, ut te moneam. Tantum veteres etiam in minutissi- 
 mis rebus cultissimis nostris Unguis prudentia et arte antece- 
 dunt!" 
 
 Animum ipsum, si nihil esset in eo. An anacoluthon [for 
 in animo ipso si nihil esset]. F. A. Wolf. Rarnshorn (Lat. 
 Gr. § 132, note, p. 393, ed. 2) considers this as an accusative 
 absolute, which he explains by quod attinet ad. The best 
 explanation, however, is, that this accusative (animurri) is 
 attracted by the construction of the preceding proposition. 
 An instance of this attraction has been cited from Homer, 
 Odys. I. 275: 
 
 Mnrepa S\ et ol 6vfios €<pop^arai ya/xeW#cu, 
 *A\J/' tra) eis peyapov, 
 where the accusative firjrepa is attracted by the construction 
 of the preceding verse : 
 
 Mvnorrjpas /zeV in\ acperepa (TKidvaaOai. avaxOi. 
 Kiihner. 
 
 Tarn natura. Ablative. 
 
 Haec enim : for these things The neuter plural pronoun 
 
172 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 is here used after two feminine nouns, because Cicero refers 
 net only to vines and trees, but to all kinds of plants (haec 
 = haec et (alia) . 
 
 57. Et earn, and that. Plato. In the Meno, and the Ph-aedo. 
 Cf. Cic. de Senect. xxi. in fin. (p. 110). Locum, topic, point. 
 
 In eo sermone. See the Phaedo of Plato. 
 
 A pueris : from boyhood. See Hand's Tursellinus, I. p. 22. 
 
 58. Quumque nihil esset : A nd since as he thought nothing 
 really exists (Ovdevbs ovrcos ovtos). As Olivet says, the word 
 esset is not to be taken here in its common signification, but 
 m accordance with the sentiment of Plato, who said that 
 nothing really exists except ideas. Plato distinguished care- 
 fully between the to ov and the to firf ov, — the to ovtus ov 
 and the to (patvofievov. Of the phenomenon he does not say 
 that it is (eort), but that it appears, happens (ylyvcrai). The 
 imperfect esset is used to accommodate the construction to 
 the tense of potuit agnoscere. 
 
 Quod semper tale sit, quale Ideav appellat ille. A shorter 
 expression for " quod semper tale sit, quale est : quod (seu 
 quam) Ideav appellat ille." Runner. Cf. Acad. I. viii. 30: 
 Mentem volebat rerum esse judicem; solam censebat idoneam, 
 cui crederetur ; quia sola cemeret id, quod semper esset sim- 
 plex et unius modi et tale, quale esset. Hanc illi ISiav appel- 
 labant, jam a Platonc ita nominatam; nos recte speciem 
 possumus dicer e. 
 
 Haec .... agnoscere. " Haec and cognita are the Ideal ; 
 agnoscere here = cognoscere" Tischer. 
 
 Admiratio : the tconder at ; not the admiration of. 
 
 Neque = neque vero : but not, and get not. 
 
 59. Aid unde naturam ? So the best MSS., Kiihner, Treg., 
 Tisch. Some editors read natam. 
 
 Sbnonides, of Ceos, the celebrated lyric poet, is said to have 
 been the inventor of the mnemonic art. Kiihner compares 
 Quintil. Inst. Orat. XL ii. ; Plin. //. iV. VIII. xxiv. ; Aeli- 
 an. V. H. VI. x ; Cic. de Divin. I. xxvii. ; de Orat. II 
 Ixxiv. 299. 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XXIV. XXV. 173 
 
 Theodectes, of Fhaselis. " Quin semel auditos quamlibet 
 multos versus protinus dicitur reddidisse Theodectes." Quin- 
 til. Inst. Oral. XL ii. 51. — Cf. Aeiian. V. H. VI. x. 
 
 Cineas. " Cineas .... missus a Fvrrho legatus ad Roma- 
 nos, postero die novus homo et senatum et omnem urbanam 
 circumfusam plebem nominibus suis persalutavit." Seneca, 
 Controv. I. Prooem. Cf. Plin. H. N. VII. 24. 
 
 Charmadas, an Academic philosopher, the pupil of Came- 
 ades. He was at Rome b. c. 111. Scepsius Metrodorus. 
 Metrodorus of Scepsis in the Troad. Both were famed for 
 their memory aided by mnemonics. Cic. de Oral. II. lxxxviii. 
 360 ; Quintil. XI. ii. 26 and X. vi. 4 ; Plin. H. X. VII. 24. 
 
 Hortensius. " Hortensius a Sisenna provocatus, in aucti- 
 one persedit diem totum, et omnes res, et pretia, et emptores 
 ordine suo recensuit, argentariis recognoscentibus, ita ut in 
 nullo falleretur." Seneca, Controv. Prooem. Cf. Cic. Brut. 
 lxxxviii. 301 ; Quintil. X. vi. 4, XI. ii. 24. 
 
 XXV. 60. Ilia vis. " Non memoriae solum, sed totius 
 mentis atque animi." 
 
 Non est certe nee nee, etc. Z. § 754. n. M. § 460, Obs. 2. 
 
 Istos. I. e. those who pretend to understand what the 
 mind is. Supply pudet. 
 
 Nescire. Supply me. " The pronouns me, te, se, eum, eos 1 
 where no great stress is placed upon them, in the construction 
 of the accusative with the infinitive are often omitted, particu- 
 larly by later writers. In Cicero this omission of the pro- 
 nouns seldom occurs, except where the infinitive depends upon 
 verba dicendi, fatendu existimandi, opinandi, negandi, and the 
 like.'' Kuhner. Such omissions are common in the early 
 dramatists ; and in some cases both the subject and the object 
 of the infinitive are left to be mentally supplied. 
 
 Illud. An anacoluthon. The full construction is thus 
 given by Moser: Illud certe facer em, si . . . .animus: 
 jurarem equidem eum esse divinum. 
 
 Terrane, etc. Terra is in the abl. depending upon sata 
 and concreta. Hoc nebuloso et caligincso caelo, abl. absolute 
 of attending circumstance. Hoc (with quid sit), i. e. memory. 
 
17J: TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 61. Capacitatem. "Semper significat spatium vel ampli- 
 tudinem loci, qui capere aliquid et continere potest. Vid. 
 Plexiaci Lexicon Philosophicum, p. 195." Moser. 
 
 Effingere. " A more precise expression would be, efficta 
 continere" F. A. Wolf. Kiihner thinks this use of effin- 
 gere very elegant : " Memoria comparatur cum tabula cerea, 
 cui res imprimuntur. Multo vividius ipsa tabula res ei im- 
 pressas effingere et quasi ex sese efferre dicitur. quam res in 
 tabula effingi." 
 
 62. Aut qui .... nominal Supply ejusne tibi animus ex 
 hac terrena natura concretus videtur? 
 
 Imposuit nomina. Plato (in the Cratylus), and the Stoic 
 philosophers, held that the names of things had their origin 
 <t>v(T€i, and not, as Pythagoras thought, Beaci. 
 
 Praegressiones, institiones. Other readings : progressions, 
 institutiones[que~\. Superior es: their predecessors; those who 
 lived in times more ancient. Oultum vitae, civilization. 
 
 Non re, sed vocabulo errantia Cf De Nat. Deor. II. xx. 
 51 : Maxime vero sunt admirabiles motus earum quinque steU 
 larum, quae f also vocantur err antes; nihil enim e?rat quod 
 in omni aeiernitate conservat progressus reliquosque motus con- 
 stanf.es et ratos. 
 
 \_Animus']. Orelli, Moser, and Kiihner bracket this word, 
 which, though found in all the good MSS., seems out of 
 place here. Some editors read animo, and some omit the 
 word altogether. 
 
 63. Archimedes constructed a kind of orrery, representing 
 the movements of the heavenly bodies. Cf. De Nat. Deor. II. 
 xxxv. Quinque. Mercury, Venus, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn. 
 
 Quod si . . . .fieri non potest, ne . . . . potuisset imitari. Ob- 
 serve this singular form of a conditional proposition, in which 
 the present indicative is placed in the protasis, the pluperfect 
 subjunctive in the apodosis. " The condition," says Kiihner, 
 " is expressed by the indicative as a fact that is certain ; the 
 consequence is expressed as dependent upon certain fixed 
 conditions. The sentiment might be given in other words 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XXV. XXVI. 175 
 
 as follows: ' Quod si pro certo ponhnus, hoc in mundo fieri 
 sine deo non posse; sequitur, ut Archimedes, nisi divinum 
 ingenium habuisset, eosdem motus non potuisset imitari. , The 
 passage can be thus expressed in Greek : el fiev ovv tovto iv 
 tovtcd tco Koo-fico avev deov ylyveaSat, ov dvvarai, ov& av 
 iv rrj (T(f)aLpa ras avras Kivrjaeis 6 ' Apx^M^s avev Beiov vov 
 fitfielaOaL i dv vrj 6 rj." 
 
 XXVI. Poetam . . . .fundere. Orat. pro Arch. viii. : poe- 
 tam natura ipsa valere, et mentis viribus excitari, et quasi di- 
 vino quodam spiritu inflari. De Orat. II. xlvi. 194: Saepe 
 audivi poetam bonum neminem .... sine inflammatione animo- 
 rum exsisiere posse et sine quodam afflatu furor is. Ovid, Fast. 
 VI. 5: 
 
 Est Deus in nobis, agitante calescimus illo, 
 Impetus hie sacrae semina mentis habet. 
 
 Ut Plato. Some editors add ait. Plato, Timaeus: ry 
 0*>/r4» yivei hoip))Bt¥ i< dtwv. Cultum, worship, (culte). 
 
 Jus hominum, natural justice; distinguised from jus civile. 
 
 Eademque. Que = and in short. See Arnold's Introd. 
 to Latin Prose Comp., Part II. § 39, 239 For similar uses 
 of this conjunction see infra, xxxiv. 82, toiumque: xliii. 104, 
 totaque : xlix. 118, nihilque. 
 
 65. Ne in deo quidem So Klotz, Tregder, Kuhner, and 
 Tischer, with the authority of a few MSS., instead of the 
 common reading, nee in deo. The use of nee for ne — quidem 
 is undoubtedly unciceronian, though common in the silver 
 age. 
 
 Juventate. Juventas, the Hebe of the Greeks. 
 
 Bibere ministraret. A Greek construction, for potum mini- 
 siraret. So Liv. xl. 47 : ut bibere sibi juberet dari. Terent. 
 Andr. III. ii. 4 : Quod jussi ei dari bibere. 
 
 Laomedonti. Laomedon, king of Troy, and father of Pri- 
 am. In making Ganymedes the son of Laomedon, Cicero 
 differs from the Homeric account, which represents him ad 
 the son of Tros. 
 
 [Qwi]. Orelli omits this word, although it is found in 
 
170 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 almost all the best MSS. If we retain it, we must supply 
 est with deus, to complete a predicate for the subject animus, 
 dirinus est being, of course, the predicate of qui. 
 
 Euripides. Kuhner cites this fragment from Euripides: 
 Bios ydp tls iv Tjfuv. For the sentiment, compare Seneca, 
 Epist. 41 : Sacer intra ?ios spiritus sedet, malorum bonorumque 
 nostrorum observator et custos : hie prout a nobis tractatus est, 
 ita nos ipse tractat. Cic. Somn. Scip. viii. : Deum ie igitur 
 scito esse, etc. (p. 88). See other extracts referred to by- 
 Davis, whose edition of the Tusculan Disputations is particu- 
 larly rich in citations of illustrative passages. 
 
 Quinta quaedam natura. See supra, x. 22. 
 
 In Consolatione. The treatise De Consolatione, sive de 
 Luctu minuendo, which Cicero composed, to assuage his own 
 grief, upon the death of his daughter Tullia, is now lost. 
 
 XXVII. 66. Quae sola dicina sunt: Which are wholly 
 divine. 
 
 His usitatis notisque natur'ts. The four elements. 
 
 Quod viget. " Verbo vigendi continetur notio motus, mu- 
 tationis, crescendi." Qui=.so far as he. 
 
 67. Quae vellem. The full idea conveyed here by the 
 
 use of the imperf. subj. is, quae habere vellem, si fieri posset. 
 
 Ut se ipsum ipse videat. So Moser, Kuhner, and Tischer, 
 from the best MSS. F. A. Wolf, Orelli, and Nobbe, Ut 
 sese ipse videat. 
 
 Fortasse: quamquam id quoque. " H. e. fortasse formam 
 suam non videt; quamquam id quoque fieri potest, sc. ut ani- 
 mi forma aliqua mente eomprehendatur." Kuhner. Id re- 
 fers to videre fonnam suam. Beck. 
 
 Motum : its susceptibility. " The internal power of motion 
 of the soul, as a res vegeta." F. A. AVolf. " The suscep- 
 tibility of the soul for every impression." Orelli. 
 
 Qua facie quidem. Quidem — but. See Riddle's Lexicon, 
 s. h. v. D. The adversative signification of this particle 
 maybe seen in the following passages: Infra, xli. 99: dii 
 immortales sciunt; hominem quidem scire arbitror neminem, 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XXVII. XXVIII. 177 
 
 xliil. 102: Theodori quidem, etc. The peculiar general sig- 
 nification of this word, however, is distinguishable here in 
 addition to its adversative force. 
 
 XXVIII. 68. Ut corresponds with sic mentem hominis, 
 CtR. (§ 70). Ki'ihner. 
 
 Dernimitione. So Orelli, Moser, and Kuhner, instead of 
 diminutione, which many editions read. The difference of 
 signification between diminui and deminui is, as Kuhner 
 shows, a strong argument in favor of our reading. See 
 Andrews's Latin Lexicon, s. v. deminuo, in init. 
 
 Quasi fastorum : As if of a calendar. In apposition with 
 luminis. " Lumen lunae comparat Cicero cum fastis aut ca- 
 lendario, quia hoc lumine accrescente et decrescente dies et 
 menses notabantur." 
 
 Notantem et significantem. So almost all the MSS. Davis 
 reads notantem et signantem. Ernesti, F. A. Wolf, and 
 Orelli, notis signantem. 
 
 Orbe, in duodecim partes distributo. The zodiac. 
 
 Quinque Stellas. The planets Saturn, Jupiter, Mars, Ve- 
 nus, and Mercury. 
 
 Duabus oris. The two temperate zones. 
 
 Sub axe .... nives. From the Philocteta of Accius. The 
 verse is iambic trimeter. Ad: towards. Stellas septem: the 
 Ursa Minor. Aquilonis. Elide the s. Molitur, heaps up. 
 
 69. Caelum .... convestirier. The verse is iambic trime- 
 ter ; the lines are from the Eumenides of Ennius (according 
 to G. Hermann) . " Eleganter dicitur caelum nitescere. Cf. 
 Lucret. I. 9 : 
 
 Tibi ( Veneri) suaveis Daedala tellus 
 Summittit flores, tibi rident aequora ponti, 
 Placatumque nitet diffuso lumine caelum.** 
 
 Laetificae. " Adjectives ending in ficus" says Kuhner, 
 " belong particularly to the old language, in which they have 
 often the same force as the simple forms afterwards." He 
 gives as examples vastificus, luctifcus, regifce, tabifcus (all 
 of which occur in the Tusculan Disputations), tristificus, in- 
 12. — Cic. Tusc. Disp. 
 
178 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 gratificus, delenificus. A few, as magnificus, munificus, bene* 
 ficus, honorifcus, continued in common use. 
 
 Scaler e. The penult of this word, as Manutius shows, is 
 here short, so that the second foot of the line is an anapaest : 
 scater'her — . Cf. Lucret. V. 597, 950. So fervlre, stride™, 
 tergere, and some other verbs, are found in old writers with 
 the forms of the third conjugation, instead of the correspond- 
 ing forms of the second in which they were always used by 
 later authors. Convestirier. Notice the old suffix &\ 
 
 Ad vescendwn, etc. Ad, for. This preposition is often 
 used to denote the end for which anything is designed 
 
 Eorumque. Orelli reads ipsorumque. 
 
 70. Muneris: Spectacle, or place of exhibition (Schauge- 
 baude), the gracious gift of a superior. See the Lexicons. 
 
 Vim divinam mentis. A repetition of the object (menl 
 hominis), in consequence of the intervening parenthesis. 
 
 XXIX. Alias, at another time. Ad, with regard to. 
 
 71. Plumbei. Cf. Terent. Heaut. V. i. 3, 4 : in me qiudvis 
 harum rerum convenit, Quae sunt dicta in stultum, caudex, 
 stipes, asinus, plumbeus. 
 
 Nee interire igitur. So most editors. Moser says, " Recte 
 se habere nee pro etiam non (ut dictum sit pro ergo etiam non 
 interire) certus sum." Kuhner and Tischer adopt Madvig's 
 conjecture : ne interire quidem igitur. 
 
 Nee patronum quaesivit ad judicium capitis : Neither sought 
 an advocate in the trial for his life. On the impeachment of 
 Socrates, the celebrated orator Lysias composed a speech, 
 which he offered him, to deliver in his own defence, but the 
 philosopher refused to accept it, deeming it unmanly to avail 
 himself of such aid. See Cic. de Or at. I. liv. ; Val. Max. 
 VI. iv. 2; Stobaeus, Serm. VII.; Quintil. Inst. Orat.ll.xv. 
 
 Nee quaesivit .... nee . . . .fuit, adhibuitque. "If a nega- 
 tive proposition is followed by an affirmative, by which the 
 same thought is expressed or continued, que, et, or ac is em- 
 ployed in Latin, where in English we use but." M. § 433, 
 Obs. 2. 
 
 em 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XXIX. XXX. 179 
 
 Liberam contumaciam: A noble constancy, 
 
 De hoc ipso. I. e. de immortalitate animorum. 
 
 Quum paene .... teneret. So editors generally. Kuhner, 
 Klotz, and Tischer, from the MSS. Regius and Gudianus I., 
 turn paene .... tenens. 
 
 Ascendere. Orelli and Moser, escendere. 
 
 XXX. Ita enim censebat. These views of Socrates are 
 stated in the Phaedo and other works of Plato. 
 
 72. Ded'issent. Orelli and Nobbe, dedidissent. 
 
 Seseque .... sevocassent. Supply qui from the preceding 
 quibus : quique sese .... sevocassent. Moser, Kuhner, and 
 Tischer read sevocavissent. 
 
 73. Utcygni. F. A. Wolf supplies faciant. I prefer the 
 explanation of Kuhner, who makes cygni the subject of mori- 
 antur, and considers qua providentes as an anacoluthon for 
 qua provident. 
 
 Moriantur. Subj. in the oratio obliqua. 
 
 Usu venit = accidit. See Orelli's able and copious expla- 
 nation of this phrase, in his note on F. A. Wolf's Vorle- 
 sungen, h. 1. 
 
 Qui quum .... intuerentur. Anacoluthon. Regularly we 
 
 should have quod iis . . . . usu venit, qui intuentur y ut..., 
 
 amitterent, or quod iis .... usu venit, qui, quum .... intuerer^ 
 tur, adspectum .... amiserunt. Kuhner. 
 
 Seipsa. Z. §696; M. g 487,6. 
 
 Reverens. In the sense of timens; a rare use in Cicero. 
 
 In rate. Orelli, rate. 
 
 74. Cato. M. Porcius Cato Uticensis, who died a volun- 
 tary death when the victories of Caesar had ruined the repub- 
 lican cause. 
 
 Dederit .... excesserit " As the future perfect expresses 
 a future action as completed, it acquires the meaning of the 
 simple future, implying, however, the rapidity with which the 
 action will be completed. This occurs, in the first place, 
 when another future perfect, or any other tense supplying its 
 place, is contained in the leading sentence, so that the two 
 actions are contemporaneous" Z. § 511. Cf. M. \ 340, Obs. 2. 
 
130 
 
 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 Ne: Truly. Wrongly written nae, as in the Lexicons. 
 
 Med ins fid i us. I. e. me Dins Fidius juvet, so help me the god 
 of Faith. Dim is from the same root as Diovis, dies, dialis, 
 etc. ; Fidim is^ connected with fido, fides, foedus. This demi- 
 god is identical with Semo Sanctus. (Preller's Rom. Myth., 
 pp. 633 sqq.) Translate: Be well assured. 
 
 Commentatio. A diligent meditation upon, considered as a 
 preparation for . 
 
 XXXI. 75. Nee quidquam aliud, est mori discere. Some 
 editors read ecquidnam aliud est quam emorl discere ? 
 
 Turn denique vivemus. Euripides : 
 
 Tis oidev, el to £rjv \iiv eWi KarOaveiv, 
 To KaT$aveiv de £rjv ; 
 
 Nam haec quidem vita mors est. Cf. Cic. pro Scauro: 
 crates illo ipso die, quo erat ei moriendum, permulta disputat, 
 hanc esse mortem, quam nos vitam putaremus, quum cor pore 
 animus tamquam carcere saeptus teneretur, vitam autem esse 
 earn, quum idem animus vinclis corporis liberatus in eum se 
 locum, unde esset ortus, retulisset. 
 
 Quam. To be referred to vita, not to mors. F. A. Wolf. 
 
 76. Has res. " AeiKTtK&s expressum pro : res in his terris, 
 hanc vitam. Graece : to. ivOdde." 
 
 Ui verear .... potius : That I believe that there is nothing 
 else so little an evil (literally not an evil), certainly, for man, 
 or rather that there is nothing else good, etc. Notice the use 
 of vereri in the sense of to believe, suppose, apprehend. 
 
 Quid refert f Scil. utrum dii ipsi, an cum dhs futuri su- 
 mus ; nam utrumque praeclarum est. Kiihner. 
 
 Adsunt enim. The particle enim here implies an ellipsis; 
 as supra, vi. 11: Quis enim non in ejusmodi causa f We 
 may supply At non omnes eadem sentiunt ; adsunt enim, etc. 
 
 77. Qui potest, Qui possit. Understand fieri, as with si 
 posset, xi. 23. Qui is here the interrogative adverb ; an old 
 form of the ablative of the interrogative pronoun. How. 
 
 Quos equidem non despicio. Ironically, as in Tusc. IL 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XXXI. XXXII. 181 
 
 iii. 7 : quos (Epicureos) non contemno equidem, quippe quos 
 nunquam legerim. 
 
 Contemnit. Orelli omits this word, and Moser brackets it ; 
 but it is found in nearly every one of the MSS., and the 
 slight irregularity of construction it occasions presents no 
 serious difficulty. Usuram: a long use. 
 
 Cornicibus. It was a common belief among the ancients, 
 that crows lived through nine generations of men. Cf. Ovid. 
 Metam. VII. 274: 
 
 " Ora caputque novem cornicis saecida passae." 
 
 XXXII. Num. non vis : You are not unwilling, then t Non 
 vis from noh. This is the reading of Tregder and Kuhner, 
 from the MSS. Regius and Gudianus I. Orelli and Moser, 
 numne vis ; Nobbe, num vis. 
 
 De immortalitate depellet. Notice the conciseness of the 
 expression. 
 
 78. In his est enim. Another instance of enim implying 
 an ellipsis. We may supply, says Moser, some sentence like 
 this : quare nihil mirum si in his labamus : in his est enim, etc. 
 
 Istos vero. Soil, dimittamus. 
 
 Qui .... suscipiant. Because they assume; take for granted. 
 The subjunctive of the reason. 
 
 Idcirco. So the best MSS. Orelli reads id certe. Klotz 
 conjectures id vero, which Tischer adopts. Tregder, from 
 the conjecture of* Madvig, reads consequens, non concedant. 
 
 Dant. " We should expect dent ; but for liveliness* sake 
 the oratio obliqua passes over into the recta." F. A. Wolf. 
 
 Ut . . . . ne intereat. Ut: namely, that. " Pro ut ne ex- 
 spectamus ut non ; sed verbum dandi notioni concedendi (to 
 grant) adjunctam habet notionem permittendi (to allow)." 
 Kuhner. 
 
 79. Panaetio. See supra, xviii. 42, note. 
 
 Quod declaret. The force of the subjunctive, indicating 
 that it is the sentiment of Panaetius which is expressed, may 
 be shown by the translation, which, as he say s , the re- 
 semblance shows, etc. 
 
1S2 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 Eorum similitudo. Scil. cum iis, qui procreent. 
 
 XXXIII. 80. Quurn dicatur. Subjunc, though with 
 quum temporale, because connected as an essential part with 
 the dependent infinitive clause de mente did. 
 
 Semotas a mente et disclusas putat. " Plato enim rationem 
 ponit in capite, iram in pectore, cupiditatem subter prae- 
 cordia." 
 
 Hominum autem. " Saepe autem idem fere denotat quod 
 item, etiam, praeterea, ita tainen, ut aliquam oppositionem in- 
 
 volvat Pari modo et multo saepius apud Graecos di in- 
 
 servit continuandae orationi." Kuhner. — " Quod nos Ger- 
 mani cogitare solemus in verbis et ex altera parte praeterea, 
 vel item ex altera parte, Latini simpliciore ratione exprimunt 
 per autem." Hand's Tursetlinus, I. p. 562. And moreover. 
 
 Aristoteles ait. Problem XXX. Quaest. I. Cf. Senec. de 
 Tranq. XV. : Aristoteli nullum magnum ingenium sine mix- 
 tura dementiae fuit. Phavorin. apud A. Gell. N. A. XVIII. 
 
 vii. : Scitote intemperiem istam, quae ^XayxoXia dicitur, 
 
 non par vis nee abjectis ingeniis accidere, aX\a clvai ax^ov n 
 
 to ndOos TOVTO Tjp(0'iKOV. 
 
 Aristoteles quidem ait : For example, Aristotle sags, etc. 
 
 Ut . . . . feram : So that I do not take it ill that I am rather 
 stupid. Ironical. Olivet translates the passage, C'est ce qui 
 me console de la mediocrite 1 de mon genie. 
 
 Quae similitudinem faciant. Moser says that this subjunc- 
 tive may be explained by considering quae as equivalent to 
 ejusmodi ut, or by taking the whole sentence as having this 
 force, ea sunt autem ita comparata, ut similitudinem faciant, 
 or ea sunt autem hac naturd, ut — faciant. Orelli reads fa- 
 ciunt. 
 
 81. Vellem. Z. § 528, n. 2. A. & S. § 260, Rem. 2. 
 
 Posset. Z. § 624. B. § 202. 
 
 Vixit cum Africano. Panaetius was an intimate friend of 
 Scipio Africanus the younger, and of Laelius. See tupra, 
 note on xviii. 42. 
 
 Africani fratris nepos. Q. Fabius Maximus son of Q, 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XXXIII. XXXIV. 183 
 
 Fabius Maximus Allobrogicus, and grandson of Q. Fab. Max. 
 iEniilianus, the brother of Scipio -^Emilianus Africanus Mi- 
 nor. See Valerius Maximus, III. 5. 2. 
 
 Facie vel pair is. Scil. simillimus. 
 
 Vita. Ablative. 
 
 P. Crassi. P. Licinius Crassus, surnamed Dives ; consul 
 with the elder Africanus, b. c. 205, successful as a general, 
 and of high repute as a statesman, jurist, and orator. He 
 died b. c. 183. His grandson had the same name. Tischer. 
 
 XXXIV. 82. Sperofore .... vitae. Tregder and Tischer, 
 following Manutius, attribute these words, as well as the fore- 
 going and succeeding, to Cicero (Af.). 
 
 Democritici. Orelli and Moser read Democritii. 
 
 Nihil tertium. Nothing besides body and soul. [Rem. 2. 
 
 Utcredam: Even though I may believe. A. & S. § 262, 
 
 83. Vide ne. " Formula urbana monendi et dubitandi, 
 veteribus scriptoribus maxime frequentata, quae respondet 
 Graeco opa prj" A mails. Sc. discessus. 
 
 Cyrenaico Hegesia. Hegesias, a Cyrenaic philosopher, 
 who lived at Alexandria perhaps about B. c. 260. From the 
 effect of his gloomy description of human misery, he received 
 the surname UeicriOdvaTos. 
 
 Ptolemaeo. Ptolemseus Philadelphus. 
 
 84. Callimachi. A celebrated Alexandrian grammarian 
 and poet. 
 
 Cleombrotum. An Academic philosopher of Ambracia ; 
 
 " He who, to enjoy 
 Plato's Elysium, leaped into the sea." 
 
 Platonis libro. The Phaedo. 
 Epigramma. Callim. Epigr. xxiv. : 
 
 Ettas', "HXie X a *P e ' KXeopfipoTos 'Qfi^paKiaiTrjs 
 
 "HXar' d(p' u^Aou rci^eos els 'ALdrjv. 
 *A£toi> ovdev ldu)v Oavarov kclkov, aXXa. IiXdravos 
 *Ev to irepl ^vxV 5 'YP^H'H'* Q>va\e£an€vos* 
 This epigram Camerarius has thus rendered : 
 
ISi TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 " Sole valedicto Ambraciota Cleombrotus, alto 
 Se de muro undas misit in aequoreas. 
 Nil tamen huic triste acciderat, solumquc Platouis 
 De natura anirai legerat ille librum." 
 
 M Hinc Ovidius in Ibin. 493 • 
 
 Vel de praecipiti venias in Tartara saxo, 
 Ut qui Socraticum de nece legit opus." 
 
 9 AiroKapT€pa)v. One who starves himself to death. 
 
 Quod: because ; introducing the reason of the title. Mo- 
 ser reads in quo. 
 
 Possem id facer e : at nolo. Kiihner. Mitto=omitto. 
 
 Et domssticis .... privati. Take domesticis with solatiis, 
 forensibus with omamentis. Cicero refers to the death of his 
 daughter Tullia, and to the usurpation of Caesar, by which he 
 was prevented from taking an active part in the government 
 of the state. 
 
 Qui .... nos .... abstraxisset. Qui is nominative, says 
 Tischer, by the very frequent attraction of the relative to the 
 parenthetical subordinate sentence (si ante occidissemus). 
 See Z. § 804. The strictly regular construction would be 
 quos .... privatos .... mors .... abstraxisset. 
 
 XXXV. 85. Metellus. Q. Caecilius Metellus Macedonia 
 cus. " He is frequently quoted by the ancient writers as an 
 extraordinary instance of human felicity. He had filled all 
 the highest offices in the state with reputation and glory, and 
 was carried to the funeral pile by four sons, three of whom 
 had obtained the consulship in his lifetime, while the fourth 
 was a candidate for the office at the time of his death." 
 
 Filiis, quinquaginta (JUiis). Ablatives of quality. Z. § 471 
 
 Honoratis, " having held high offices, honores." 
 
 Septendecim justa uxore natis. According to the Homeric 
 tradition, there were nineteen children of Priam and Hecuba 
 Cf. Iliad. VI. 244, XXIV. 495 sqq. Orelli, Moser, and Nob- 
 be read nati. Our reading is found in the best MSS., and 
 adopted by Klotz, Tregder, and Kiihner. 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XXXV. 185 
 
 Priamum, etc. A similar thought may be found in Juve- 
 nal, Sat. X., vv. 258 sqq. 
 
 In aram. The altar of Jupiter Herceus, at which Priam 
 took refuge when the Greeks entered Troy. 
 
 Host'dis manus. Priam was slain by Pyrrhus or Neoptole- 
 mus, the son of Achilles. For a description of his death, see 
 the beautiful lines of Virgil, Aen. II. 506 - 558. 
 
 Adstante .... lacuatis. These lines, and the three follow- 
 ing, are from the Andromache of Ennius. The verse is ana- 
 paestic dimeter. The words omitted in the first line are Vidi 
 ego te, (adstante, etc.). Lacuatis =laqueatis. 
 
 Adstante ope barbarica. Literally, his foreign power stand- 
 ing by him, i. e. remaining. Forcellini quotes the half-line of 
 Virgil, Aen. II. 22 : Priami dum regna manebant, as convey- 
 ing the same meaning as these words. Barbarica, foreign, 
 i. e. Phrygian ; " quia iras pr) "YXknv fiapfiapos" 
 
 Evitari. An old word derived from vita, signifying to be 
 deprived of life. Notice the alliteration in vi vitam evitari; 
 a figure of which the old Roman poets were very fond. 
 Kuhner cites infra, xliv. 105, Vidi, videre, etc. ; from Acci- 
 us, paratam pestem ut participet parem, and acrem aciem in- 
 clinatam; from Ennius, Ex opibus summis opis egens, — 
 auxilio exsili, — urbe orba sum, — fana flamma deflagrata, — 
 pater, patria, Priami domus, — and major mild moles, 
 majus miscendum malum. All these occur in lines quoted by 
 Cicero in the Tusculan Disputations. (See Munk's Metres 
 of the Greeks and Romans, tr. by Beck and Felton, p. 23.) 
 In the three lines Haec .... turpari, observe the o/xoio-nfXfv- 
 tov, or similarity of endings, which we find also in the lines 
 supra, xxviii 69. (See Munk's Metres, p. 24.) 
 
 Isia vi : qua Priamus vita privatus est (Priamo vi vitam 
 evitari). That " vi" on which you have rung the changes three 
 time.-. Quod, Now; generally taken as an ace. of specification, 
 but regarded by some as an old ablative. (Ritsehl; R. 536.) 
 
 Eventam omnirw amisisset: He would have escaped the catas- 
 trophe altogether ; i. e. expagruUam Trojam non vidissct. 
 
186 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 86. Pompeio. Cnseus Pompeius Magnus. 
 
 Pompeio melius est factum = " Pompeius convaluit," " es 
 ist besser mit ihm geworden." 
 
 Aegrotaret. Wolf well explains the force of this imperfect : 
 M aegrotantes convalescere solent inter aegrotandum." 
 
 Coronati . . . .fuerunt. To manifest their joy. 
 
 Nimirum etiam Puteolani : Of course the people of Pute- 
 oli also. Nimirum often introduces, as here, a sportive or 
 ironical remark. The smaller city Puteoli imitated, very nat» 
 urally, its larger neighbor Neapolis. " Natiirlich." 
 
 Vulgo .... gratulabantur. u The third person plural is 
 used without a defined subject .... when the adverb vulgo is 
 introduced, to express what persons in general do. Cic. N. 
 D. III. 17: Saturnum maxime vulgo colunt ad occidentem" 
 M. §211. a, Obs. 2. KCihner thus accounts for the use of the 
 imperfect gratulabantur in connection with coronati fuerunt : 
 " The thing of principal importance is indicated by the per- 
 fect fuerunt, the secondary proposition by the imperfect gra- 
 tulabantur ; as if it had been said, coronati N. fuerunt, dum 
 vulgo ex opp. p. gratulabantur." 
 
 Fortunatum. I. e. indicating his good fortune. 
 
 Socero. C. Julius Caesar, whose daughter Julia was the 
 wife of Pompey. 
 
 Non liberi defied. He would not have bewailed the fate of 
 his children, at the thought of the evils in which his fall would 
 involve them. Orelli and Moser, deleti. 
 
 XXXVI. Evenerunt. Orelli and Moser, evenerint. 
 
 Proinde quasi. Orelli, Nobbe, Moser, perinde quasi. 
 
 87. Nomen carendi. Z. §425. Valet: holds good. 
 
 Num .... dixerit. Our reading is from the conjecture 
 of Davis, adopted by Tregder and Tischer. D., Tr., and 
 Tisch., however, substituted pinnis for pennis. The old edi- 
 tions and most MSS., followed by KCihner, num, aut si c. c. a. 
 pennis, sit qui id dixerit ? Klotz, num a. c. c. a. p. f Quis 
 id dixerit ? 
 
 88. Conjirmato Hid . . . .sit: Thai being established, — con- 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XXXVI. XXXVII. 187 
 
 ceming which, if soals are mortal, ice cannot doubt, — name- 
 ly, that there is such an annihilation in death, that, etc. 
 Kuhner calls attention to the use of quin with the subjunctive, 
 where we should regularly have the accusative with the infin- 
 itive after confirmato illo ; the construction being accommo- 
 dated, by a kind of attraction, to the form of an interposed sec- 
 ondary proposition (dubitare non possumus). We noticed the 
 same kind of attraction supra, xvii. 40 : Num igitur dubita- 
 mus, an, sicut pleraque ? quamquam hoc quidem minime ; 
 persuadent enim mathematici, terrain .... obtinere for quin 
 terra .... obtineat. 
 
 Malo carere. The MSS. Reg., Gud. I. II., read carere in morte, 
 which Kuhner defend*. But that reading must be due to a mar- 
 ginal note giving the result of the argument. Orelli, in malo. 
 
 Quod refers to bono carere. 
 
 XXXVII. 89. L. Brutus. L. Junius Brutus, who ex- 
 pelled the Tarquins. 
 
 Pater Decius . . . .Jilius .... nepos. The three Decii, when 
 their troops began to give way, devoted themselves and the 
 army of the enemy to destruction, according to the formula 
 prescribed by the pontifex maximus, then rushed into the 
 thickest of the fight, and were slain ; — the elder in the great 
 Latin war, the son in the battle of Sentinum, while fighting 
 against the Samnites, Umbri, Etrusci, and Galli, and the 
 grandson in the war against Pyrrhus, according to some au- 
 thorities ; others, however, say that he survived this war. 
 
 Scipiones. The brothers P. Cornelius and Cn. Cornelius 
 Calvus, who were slain in battle by the Carthaginians, B. c. 
 212. 
 
 Paullum et Geminum. L. JEmilius Paullus, consul, and 
 Cn. Servilius Geminus, a consular, fell in the disastrous battle 
 of Cannae, b. c. 216. 
 
 Marcellum. M. Claudius Marcellus, the conqueror of Sy- 
 racuse. He was defeated by Hannibal near Venusia, b. c 
 208, and slain in the battle. 
 
 Litdnu. A large forest on the Apennines, id Cisalpine 
 
188 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 Gaul. The penult is short, after the analogy of other Celtic 
 names. Some editors read Latini. 
 
 Albinum. L. Postumius Albinus, who was killed in battle 
 by the Boii, b. c. 216. 
 
 Lucania. A district in lower Italy. Kiihner, after many 
 MSS., reads Lucani. 
 
 Gracchum. Tib. Sempronius Gracchus, a distinguished 
 general of the second Punic war. He was slain b. c. 212. 
 
 90. At id ipsum. At introduces a supposed remark of an 
 objector ; it may be translated but, you will say. 
 
 Quamquam hoc .... saepe. Scil. dico. 
 
 Sed eo : Yet I do it for this reason. Contractio, shrinking. 
 
 Nee pluris .... captam : And that Marcus (Furius) Ca- 
 millus now cares no more for this civil war, than I, in his 
 lifetime (when I was not yet born), cared for the capture of 
 Rome (by the Gauls under Brennus). Pluris facer e. A. & 
 S. §214. 
 
 Cur igitur et Camillus doleret, . . . . et ego doleam. Why 
 then would both Camillus have mourned, etc., and should I 
 mourn ? In doleret and si putaret we have the imperfect sub- 
 junctive both in the protasis and the apodosis, instead of the 
 pluperfect. Ellendt (de Enunciatt. Conditionally p. 39) says, 
 " praesens res ponitur, quia praecise dicitur pro cur doleret, 
 si dolere posset, quod nunc non potest, cum sit mortuus." 
 Kuhner's explanation of the use of these imperfects, and of 
 the present subj. doleam, — which Moser prefers to Ellendt's, 
 — is this : " An putas et Camillum .... doliturum fuisse, si 
 putasset, .... et me ... . doliturum esse .... Profecto et Ca- 
 millus doliturus fuisset, et ego dolerem." See Z. § 525 ; M. 
 § 34 7, Obs. 2. 
 
 Ad decern millia annorum : After ten thousand years. See 
 Hand's 1'ursellinus, I. p. 88; Nagelsbach, Lot. Stil. p. 341. 
 
 Urbem . . . .potituram. B. § 64. n. 1. — This reading is 
 sufficiently well established by the authority of the best MSS. 
 and old editors. Nobbe and Oreili (in his additions to Wolf's 
 Vorlesungen) prefer urbe. " The verb potiri," says Kiihner, 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XXXVII. XXXVIII. 189 
 
 "is very often, in writers of the golden age, construed with 
 the accusative of the place which any one storms or captures. 
 Undoubtedly this construction occurred much more frequently 
 than it is now met with in editions ; for in many places in the 
 writings of Cicero the ablative has been brought in by editors, 
 against the authority of the MSS." The objection urged 
 against our reading, on account of the repetition of the sylla- 
 bles am, em, am, Kuhner answers thus : " Commentators 
 upon the ancient writers often have more delicate ears than 
 the ancients themselves. Cicero did not scruple to write 
 in this manner : Acad. I. 7 : quoniam quibusnam quisquam 
 enuntiare : and A T . D. I. 29 : quam tibl illam nostram Sospi- 
 tarn, quam tu nunquam, cett." 
 
 XXXVIII. 91. In omne tempus : For all time. 
 
 Cujus sensum habiturus non sit : Although he will have no 
 perception of it. Concessive subjunctive. 
 
 Licet . . . . judicantem .... moliri. " De structura verbi licet 
 cum ace. cf. Tusc. V. xv. 44 : quibus abundantem licet esse 
 miser um : De Fato, XV. : superior a repetentem regredi .... 
 licet. Accusativus semper ponitur, ubi licet non ad certam 
 personam refertur, sed ad indefinitam, quae latet in partici- 
 pio." Kuhner. Judicantem: one who believes. 
 
 Edam si tu id non agas : Even if you are not aiming at it, 
 A very natural use of the second person, although the other 
 verbs in the sentence are in the third. Cf. Pro Ligar. ix. 
 28 : erat enim amends, quum aciem videres, cogitare. 
 
 Quam .... sensurus sit, .... quam .... conscquatur. Sub- 
 junctive of the reason. Consequi = una sequi. 
 
 Alteri, the latter (referring to mortuos) ; alteros, the former 
 (vivos). A similar sentiment to the one here expressed is 
 found in a work falsely attributed to the Athenian philosopher 
 -ZEschines : Qdvaros nepl tovs £a>irras ovk co-tip, ol Se airoSa- 
 vovres ovk claiv ' &ot€ ovt€ nepi oe vvv eorii/, ol- yap reSuqKas ' 
 
 OVT€, €1 TL TVaOoiS, €OTOL 7T€pL &€ . 0~l> yap OVK €OT}. 
 
 Attinget. So Kl., Tr., Kuhn., Tisch., from MSS. Reg., 
 Gud. I., II. Orel., Mos., and Nob., attingit. Kuhner says: 
 
190 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 " Futurum cum ironia aliqua mlhi videtur positum esse, ut 
 haec fere vis insit : alteros credo non attinget mors. 19 
 
 92. Somni simillimam. " So Homer, //. XL 242, of a 
 dead person, Koifirja-aTo xakiceov vttvov ; XIV. 231,* r Y7n>a> . . . 
 Kao-iyvrjTcp Qavaroio. Cf. Plat. Apol. Socr." Tiseher. Moser 
 cites the lines of Ovid : — 
 
 Stulte, quid est somnus, gelidae nisi mortis imago ? 
 Longa quiescendi tempora fata dabunt. 
 
 Sues. Keil proposes sui, which Tiseher adopts. This 
 emendation, besides destroying the whole point of the passage, 
 is altogether uncalled for. 
 
 No?i modo ipse : Much less he himself. Ipse refers to 
 quisquam. " Non modo (iion solum) may be put after the 
 leading clause, in order to indicate that of which the asser- 
 tion naturally holds first and most of all ; Secundas etiam res 
 nostras, non modo adversas, pertimescebam (Cic. ad Fam. 
 IV. 14), ; and not only/ If the leading assertion be negative 
 {non, ne . . . . quideiri), non modo expresses what is denied still 
 more strongly Q much less, 9 i to say nothing of')." M. 
 § 461, Obs. 3. See Z. § 724. b. Non modo, then, (like ne- 
 dum,) is used after the leading clause, both in affirmative as- 
 sertions, as in the sentence cited by Madvig, and in negative 
 assertions, as in our passage. 
 
 Ut: Since the time that F. A. Wolf. 
 
 Opinor. Ironical, like credo. 
 
 Qui est mons Curiae. This sentence, like several others 
 in this book, has been considered by some editors as a gloss, 
 introduced by a transcriber for the purpose of explanation. 
 But the best editors receive it without hesitation. " Orellius 
 monuit : ejusmodi explicationes addi a Cicerone partim doc- 
 trinae ostentandae causa, partim ut minus doctis aliquid ex- 
 plicet : qualia hodie in Annotationibus addere solemus, quibus 
 veteres scriptores abstinebant." Laboret, i. e. is eclipsed. 
 
 Quid curet. See note on quid loquar? i. 2, and Z. § 530. 
 
 XXXIX. 93. Quod tandem ternpus ? " Sc. ante. [The 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XXXIX. 191 
 
 preposition is supplied from the preceding clause ;] as in Tusc, 
 III. xvii. 37 : Traducis cogitationes meas ad voluptates. 
 Quas? Corporis, credo. In Pison. xxxvii. 91 : Arsinoen, 
 Stratum, Naupactum .... fateris ab hostibus esse capias. 
 Qu i b u s autem hostibus? Nempe i i s , quos, etc. 
 De Rep. I. xxxvi. 56 : A Jove incipiendum putat. Quo 
 Jove?" Kukner. 
 
 Querare. Z. § 562. B. § 157, n. 1. 
 
 Inquit. " Scil. adversarius vel aliquis." Nobbe reads 
 inquiunt. 
 
 At id quidem ipsum. Moser omits ipsum. 
 
 Multo saepius .... Troilum. Troilus, a son of Priam, who 
 fell by the hands of Achilles. Virg. Aen. I. 475 : Infelix puer 
 atque impar congressus Achilli. On the sentiment, compare 
 these lines from an ancient sepulchral inscription (Fabretti, 
 p. 377): 
 
 Perpetuo talis gemitu lacrymisque colenda, 
 
 Infelix, aevo tarn cito quae caruit ; 
 An felix, aegrae potius subducta senectae : 
 
 Sic Hecuba flevit Penthesilea minus. 
 
 94. Cur? Nam, etc. The sense is: Cur eorum, qui 
 exacta aetate moriuntur, fortunam laudemus, nulla est causa; 
 nam nulli aetati vita jucundior potest esse, quam senectuti. 
 
 Aetate, active life; the vigorous period of life. 
 
 Ut cetera auferat. Ut = even if; however it may. 
 
 Modo assecuia est. The verse is trochaic tetrameter cat- 
 
 alectic. — Modo = just now; a little while ago. — Pueros, 
 dissyllable. — Adolescentes. " Adolescentia complectitur h. 1. 
 virilem quoque aetatem, quae de Sen. xx. constans et media 
 dicitur. Sic de Sen. ii. 4 : Cuius adolescentiae senectus, quam 
 pneritiae adolescentia obrepit. Scilicet Romani dicebantur 
 pueri usque ad sextum decimum vel septimum decimum an- 
 num, quo, deposita toga praetexta, indue bant togam virilem ; 
 adolescentes usque ad annum quadragesimum ; viri usque ad 
 annum sexagesimum ; turn senes" Kiihner. 
 
192 
 
 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 Quae imam diem vivant. Subjunctive, as part of the asser- 
 tion of Aristotle. Hypdnis. Now the Bog. 
 
 Decrepita. u The word decrepitus in this passage is a 
 anat; Xeyoficvov in Cicero." Moser. 
 
 In eadem .... brevitate. " An elegant use of the ablative 
 with in, instead of the genitive or ablative of quality." So 
 Tusc. III. xviii. 42 : Quae sequuntur, in eadem sententia sunt 
 (h. e. ejusdem sententiae). De Finn. II. xiv. 47: quartum 
 (genus honestoruni) et in eadem pulcliritudine, etc. 
 
 Qua illae bestiolae. " For in qua. The preposition is 
 usually omitted before a relative pronoun, when it has been 
 placed before the demonstrative pronoun next preceding. 
 Nep. Cimon. iii. 1 : incidit in eandem invidiam, quam pater 
 suits. Infra, xlvi. Ill: in iis malis, quibus vulgo opinan- 
 
 tur But when the relation of the preposition in the two 
 
 members is different, it must be repeated, as infra, xlii. 102: 
 de qua Socrates quidem quid senserit, dpparet in eo libro, 
 in quo ?noritur." Kiihner. 
 
 XL. 95. Levius .... levitati. A play upon words; as 
 Lael. xxiii. 87 : Quis tarn esset ferreus, qui earn vitam 
 ferre posset ? Cat. Maj. xi. 38: Sensim sine sensu aetas 
 senescit. Orelli, lenius. 
 
 Chaldaeorum = astrologers. 
 
 96. Theramenes. A leading member of the oligarchical 
 government of the Four Hundred at Athens, b. c. 411. He 
 was chosen one of the Thirty Tyrants, B. c. 404 ; but, becom- 
 ing odious to his colleagues on account of his opposition to 
 their tyrannical schemes, was put to death by their command. 
 See Smith's Diet. 
 
 Legimus. Xen. Hell. H. 3. See Felton's Greek Histori- 
 ans, pp. 375-386. 
 
 Ut sitiens: As if thirsty. 
 
 Obduxisset = " avide hausisset." 
 
 Reliquum sic e poculo ejecit, ut id resonaret. Theramenes, 
 " when he had drunk the hemlock, dashed out the last drops 
 of the cup as if he were playing the game of the KOTTaftot, 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XL. XLI. 193 
 
 exclaiming, ' This to the health of the lovely Critias 1 9n — 
 On the coltabos, see Smith's Diet, of Antiq., p. 366. 
 
 Critiae, qui in eum fuerat taeterrimus. Critias, one of the 
 Thirty Tyrants, took the lead in the prosecution of Thera- 
 menes. 
 
 Praebiberat = propinaret. A ana£ Xcyopevov in Cicero. 
 
 Quae brevi consecuta est. In less than a year after the 
 condemnation of Theramenes, Critias was slain at the battle 
 of Munyehia (403. b. a). 
 
 97. In eundem carcerem atque in eundem .... scyphum. 
 Translate in in both cases by unto. 
 
 Plato. Apol. Socr. xxxii., xxxiii. Cicero's translation is 
 a very free one, and omits some parts of the original. Orelli 
 and Moser commend F. A. Wolf's elegant Latin version ot 
 the Apology in his edition of this work of Plato, published at 
 Berlin in 1812. 
 
 XLI. 98. Tene .... venire .... convenireque = Nonne 
 laetum est te venire, etc. The accusative with the infinitive is 
 often used in exclamations, depending upon some phrase to 
 be supplied in the mind; as, Nonne indignum, mirum est? 
 Num credibile est t Verene ita est ? The student will re- 
 member examples in Virgil. This construction is most fre- 
 quently employed to express surprise or complaint, and Mo- 
 ser objects to our reading on the ground that an expression 
 of this kind " always denotes something unexpected at least, 
 if not unpleasant." Our reading, however, is given, among 
 other MSS., by the Regius and Gud. L, and adopted by 
 Davis, Klotz, Tregder, and KCihner; nor does the use of 
 this construction to express a joyful surprise seem repugnant 
 to the genius of the Latin language. Orelli reads beatius est, 
 
 te, quum, etc. Moser, Te quum vixerint : haec . . . .potest ? 
 
 On the construction, see Z. § 609; B. § 195; Sophocles, 
 Greek Gr. § 223. 8; M. § 399. 
 
 Triptolemum. Plato, in the passage here translated by 
 Cicero, probably represents Socrates as speaking in accord- 
 ance with a belief of the common people of Attica, in nam* 
 13. — Cic. Tusc. Disp, 
 
194 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 tog Triptolemus in connection with the three well-known 
 judges of the shades, Minos, Rhadamanthus, and iEacus. 
 Triptolemus was thought, not only to have taught the Athe- 
 nians agriculture, but also to have enacted* the wisest laws. 
 Another reason which led Socrates to place him among the 
 judges is, it is said, the fact that he was a king distinguished 
 for his justice, as appears from the words of Plato: Mivtos 
 re kcu 'PaMfJiavQos kcu AIclkos kcu oXXoi ocrot tcov fjpiBeov 
 t) i KciLo i iyevovro iv t<5 iavrav /3ta>. Vero : moreover. 
 
 (hylieo : According to the legends, " Orpheus was son of 
 the Muse Calliope and (Eagrus, a Thracian river god, or 
 some other equally mysterious father, and disputes with 
 Amphion the merit of first instructing his countrymen in the 
 use of the lyre." " He may be considered as the type of the 
 religious or sacerdotal element of primeval poetry." Mure's 
 History of Greek Literature, I. 155-158. 
 
 Musaeo. " Musaeus is variously designated son of Or- 
 pheus, Linus, and Eumolpus His only recorded mother 
 
 is Selene, or the moon. He usually ranks as a Thracian ; 
 sometimes, however, from his fame and influence being 
 
 chiefly connected with Attica, as an Athenian His 
 
 mythical dignity receives an important accession from the 
 honors paid him by Virgil, who represents him in the Shades 
 surrounded by a crowd of disciples, his authority over whom 
 is indicated by the superior height of his stature (Aen. VI. 
 667). This seems to imply that the Latin poet attributed a 
 greater extent or reality to his influence, probably owing to 
 his connection with Athens, than to that of the other sages 
 or civilizers of primitive Greece." Mure's Hist. Gr. Lit., L 
 159, 160. 
 
 Palamedem. Palamedes, the son of Nauplius, king of Eu- 
 bcea, joined the Greeks in their expedition against Troy; 
 but Agamemnon, Diomedes, and Ulysses, envious of his 
 fame, brought against him a false accusation of treachery, 
 and thereupon caused him to be stoned to death. When he 
 was led to execution, he exclaimed, ' ; Truth, I lament thee, 
 for thou hast died even before me." 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAT XLI. XLII. 195 
 
 Ajacem. After the death of Achilles, Ulysses contended 
 for his armor with the Telamonian Ajax, and gained the 
 prize. The disappointment of Ajax brought on a violent 
 madness, in which he put an end to his life. As Ulysses 
 obtained the armor through an unjust decision of the judges, 
 Cicero includes Ajax among those judicio iniquo circumventos. 
 
 Summi regis. Agamemnon. 
 
 UlixL On this genitive in i, see Z. § 61. 
 
 Sisyphi. A king of Corinth, whose punishment in the low- 
 er world is well known. He was notorious for his cunning. 
 
 99. Extreme: than his last words; the end of his speech. 
 XLII. Ne: surely r , verily. Wrongly written nae. 
 Suum Mud: That well-known principle of his. 
 
 100. Ut nihil censeamus esse malum, quod sit a natura da- 
 tum omnibus. A similar sentiment is conveyed in the remark 
 of Schiller, commended by the author of Friends in Council 
 as " very noble and full of faith," — " Death cannot be an 
 evil, because it is universal." 
 
 Possem. For the tense, see note on auderemus, iv. 7. 
 Qui . . . .fuerit. Subjunctive of the reason. 
 
 101. Cato. In his Origines. Cf. De Senect. xx. 
 In quos Simonides. Simonides of Ceos. 
 
 Die .... obsequimur. The original epigram is thus cited 
 by Herodotus, VII. 228 : 
 
 Q £en>*, dyyeWciv AaK.€$aLp.oviois, otl Tflde 
 
 Kcificda Tols K€IV(DV pTjflCLO'L 7r€l66(Ji€VOL* 
 
 A different reading is given in the Anthology (in. v.), the 
 Oration of Lycurgus Kara. AcaKpdrovs, and Strabo IX., as 
 follows : 
 
 Q %€lp\ ayyciXov AaK€$aip.ovioi$, ore rrjSe 
 Ket/itda tols K€lv<dv tt^lQoulcvol vofiifiois. 
 Mr. Hodgson, in Meri vale's Collections from the Greek An- 
 thology, gives a beautiful translation of this epitaph upon the 
 Lacedaemonian heroes (rightly taking Spartae as dative) : 
 
 " Stranger ! to Sparta say, her faithful band 
 Here lie in death, remembering her command." 
 
196 
 
 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 The following version, more quaint than elegant, is taken 
 from an old German translation of the Tusculan Disputa- 
 tions, which Moser discovered among the MSS. preserved 
 in the University of Heidelberg (Moser's ed. Tusc. Disp. I. 
 p. xx vi.) : 
 
 " Sag, frembder gast, dem Spartenn land, 
 
 Wir liegen fast hie inn dem sannd, 
 
 Dass wir so schon inn dem gefecht 
 
 Gehalten hon satzung unnd recht." 
 
 Dum .... obsequimur. " The conjunction dum, even if the 
 predicate of the main proposition is expressed in past time, 
 is usually joined by the poets, or in oblique narration, with 
 the present indicative, to make the narration more lively, 
 when it is signified that not the whole time through which 
 the statement of the principal proposition is predicated, but 
 only a part of it, is included. When, however, the predi- 
 cate of each proposition fills the same space of time, dum is 
 joined with the imperfect. Hence we read properly below, 
 fuit haec gens fords, dum Lycurgi leges vigebant (not 
 vigent)." With the pres. while, with the imperf. so long as. 
 
 Unus. Dieneces. See Herodotus, VII. 226 (Felton's 
 Greek Historians, p. 15?). 
 
 102. Morte. So Klotz, Treg., Kiihn., MSS. Keg., Gud. 
 I. ; Orel., Mos., mortem. Either construction of occumbere, 
 with the ablative, or with the accusative, is found in classical 
 prose. Morti occumbere is found in the poets. 
 
 XLIII. Spartiatae. This form, and Lacedaemonii, but not 
 Spartani, are used in good prose. 
 
 Theodorum. Theodorus of Cyrene, the atheist. Cf. Nat. 
 Deor. I. i. 2, xxiii. 63, xlii. 117. 
 
 Lysimachus. King of Thracia and Macedonia, b. c. 286. 
 
 Humine an sublime. Paronomasia. In the Greek, vnip 
 yrjs tj vtto yr}?. 
 
 Putescat. So MSS. Reg., Gud. I. II., and Orelli, Kuh- 
 ner, Tischer. Others, putrescat. Humatio, interment ; sepultura, 
 funeral rites. In eo libro. The Phaedo of Plato. 
 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XLIII. 197 
 
 103. Ut tibi videbitur. Kuhner and Tischer, videtur. 
 Sepelito. The second form of the imperative, called the 
 
 imperative future, " puts the command in connection with 
 some other action, and expresses that something is to be 
 done in future, when, or as soon as, something also has taken 
 place." Z. § 583. The imperative future is very appro- 
 priately used in this passage, the idea being, When you have 
 found me, bury me. 
 
 Vestrum. The forms nostrum and vestrum of the genitives 
 of nos and vos are used as partitive genitives. Z. § 431. 
 
 Qui . . . . permiserit, et . . . . ostenderit. Subjunctive of the 
 reason. Hoc toto genere: Anything of this kind. 
 
 104. Diogenes. The celebrated Cynic philosopher, who 
 lived in the time of Alexander the Great. 
 
 Asperius. Scil. id exprimens, implied in jussit. Tischer. 
 
 Qui. The interrogative adverb. 
 
 Anaxagoras. This celebrated philosopher, the friend and 
 teacher of Euripides and Pericles, was banished from Athens 
 on a charge of impiety, and retired to Lampsacus. 
 
 Quum moreretur. When he was dying, — was at the point 
 of death. Cf. De Divin. II. lxvi. 135. 
 
 Si quid accidisset. " By euphemism for si forte monturus 
 esset. For the ancients, influenced by a refined and elegant 
 feeling, abstained as much as possible from words of ill omen, 
 and were accustomed to express an unpleasant or mournful 
 thing by a word of milder signification. Hence, dreading 
 the word mori, in place of it they said vita excedere, decedere, 
 or simply decedere, vita fungi, defungi, and the like. The 
 expressions, si quid mihi accident^ or si quid humani mini 
 evenerit, si quid mihi humanum contigerit, or si quid mihi 
 humanitus acciderit, correspond to the Greek frri naQu." Kiih- 
 ner. Tantundem viae : The same length of journey. 
 
 Undique . ... ad inferos. TLavra^oOev, €(f)r], ouola £(tt\p r\ 
 els abov Karafia<Tis. (Dk>g. Laert. II. § 11.) 
 
 Totaque. " Particula affixa que saepe vim colligendi habet, 
 ut idem fere valeat, quod : ut paucis complectar (in short}. 
 
198 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 Sic supra, xxvi. 64: eademque ab ammo." See the note on 
 eademque, p. 153. Matione: theory; subject-matter. 
 
 XLIV. 105. Trahit Hectorem .... Achilles. Iliad, XXII. 
 395 sqq. 
 
 Ilia. Hecuba or Andromache. 
 
 Vidi .... raptarier. From some old tragedy of Ennius or 
 Pacuvius. The verse is iambic trimeter. — Passa. Supply 
 sum. — Hectorem. The second syllable is lengthened be- 
 cause the arsis falls upon it, for which reason the liquid r 
 is doubled in pronunciation. 
 
 Accius. An early Roman tragedian, " particularly praised 
 for the strength and vigor of his language, and the sublimity 
 of his thoughts." 
 
 Aliquando = nunc tandem, as supra, i. 1. To be construed 
 with sapiens. 
 
 Immo abstuli. The verse is trochaic tetrameter cata- 
 
 lectic. Bead enim in enimvero as one syllable. So Terence, 
 Andr. I. i. 64 : 
 
 Quicquam ad|tine[re : enimv6|ro spec|tatum | satis. 
 Hec. IV. iv. 51 : 
 
 Enimve|ro pror|sus jam | tacejre non | queo. 
 
 Hectorem traxisti. This reading is given by Wolf, Schiitz, 
 Moser, and Klotz. Other editors read Hectora traxisti. 
 
 106. Ecce alius. Probably Deiphilus, the son of I liona. 
 
 Mater volucresque. The verse is trochaic tetrameter 
 
 catalectic. Met is to be pronounced as one syllable. To 
 complete the second ver?e, some word must be inserted be- 
 tween natum and prius. Bentley happily proposes tuum. 
 
 Pressis et flebilibus modis: In slow and mournful measures. 
 
 Qui .... infer ant. Qui = tales qui. 
 
 Theatris. " Theatrum significat spectatores. De Orat. III. 
 1. 195 : theatra tota reclamant." 
 
 Neu .... divexarier. The verse is trochaic tetrameter cata- 
 lectic. Cicero, infra, calls these lines septenarios, as con- 
 sisting of seven complete feet. Meas is here a monosyllable. 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XLIV. XLV. 199 
 
 Siris: contracted for siveris. The true reading of these 
 verses was restored by the great Bentley. Before him edi- 
 tors gave this absurd reading : 
 
 Heu relliquias semiassi regis, denudatis ossibus, 
 Per terrain sanie delibutas foede divexarier. 
 " Sagacioris indolis adolescentes \ulgatam lectionem cum 
 egregia Bentleii emendatione iterum iterumque comparent et 
 exemplum inde sumant, qua via ingrediendum sit in veterum 
 scriptorum locis corruptis ad sanitatem restituendis." Kuh- 
 ner. 
 
 107. Poeniunlur. Poeniri and puniri occur often in Cicero 
 as deponent. When (we see on the stage) many punish, etc. 
 
 Ipse .... atro. The verse is trochaic tetrameter acata- 
 lectic. 
 
 Quam essent dura. Orelli, quae e. d. 
 
 Nulla sine sensu. They are nothing if he feels them not. 
 
 Neque .... malis. The verse is trochaic tetrameter, as in 
 the two preceding lines. 
 
 Recipiat for recipiat se, as in Plautus, Mercat. II. iv. 30 • 
 Actutum face cum praeda ut recipias for domum redeas. 
 Hud. III. vi. 42 : Dum recipis for dum redis. Bacchid. II. iii. 
 60 : Rursum in portum recipimus. We sometimes find the 
 same use of this verb in good prose- writers, but only with the 
 gerund and in reference to military movements, as Caes. Bel. 
 Gal. 1. xlviii. : Si quo erat longius procedendum aut celerius 
 recipiendum. " Vertere" says Kiihner, "is in like manner 
 used for verti, mutare for mutari, arpecpeiv for arpefao-Qai ', 
 and, as a general rule, active verbs containing the idea of 
 motion are often used with an intransitive or reflexive signifi- 
 cation." Compare the use of convertebat for se convertebat, 
 Cicero's Brutus, xxxviii. 141 ; vertisse for se vertisse, Liv. II. 
 iii. Neque habeat : And may he not have, etc. 
 
 Pelopis. Pelops, the father of Thyestes and Atreus. 
 
 Qui non erudierit .... nee docuerit. Qui: that he. 
 
 XLV. 108. AegyptiL See Herodotus, II. 86 sqq. Silius 
 Italicus, XIII. 474: 
 
200 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 Aegyptia tellus 
 Claudit odorato post fun us stantia saxo 
 Corpora, et a mensis exsanguem haud separat umbram. 
 
 Persae. See Herodotus, I. 140, III. 16 ; Strabo, XV. 
 
 Nisi .... sint laniata. " Klotz observes that the subjunc- 
 tive is used because, on account of the words mos est, the 
 sentiment is expressed in accordance with the thought of the 
 Magi. As a general rule, in those secondary propositions 
 which are connected with the infinitive, the subjunctive is 
 used." Kiihner. 
 
 Pro sua quisque facilitate = quantum cuj usque facultates aut 
 opes patiuntur. 
 
 Chrysippus. A Stoic philosopher, born B. c. 280. " Dis- 
 liking the Academic scepticism, he became one of the most 
 strenuous supporters of the principle, that knowledge is at- 
 tainable and may be established on certain foundations. 
 Hence, though not the founder of the Stoic school, he was 
 the first person who based its doctrines on a plausible system 
 of reasoning, so that it was said, * If Chrysippus had not ex- 
 isted, the Porch could not have been/ * 
 
 Ut est in omni historia curiosus : As lie is diligent in every 
 investigation. The signification of historia here is the same 
 as that in which its Greek parent, loropia, is often used. 
 
 In nobis . ... in nostris : In = in the case of, in regard to. 
 
 Ita tamen, ut. The rites of sepulture should be attended 
 to (non negligendus), in such a way, however, that we who 
 live should be conscious that the bodies of the dead are con- 
 scious of nothing. 
 
 109. Multa .... tempestiva fuerunt = " multae mihi fue- 
 runt opportunitates rnoriendi." 
 
 Quae. Orelli, quam. 
 
 Quae obire : Would that I had been able to avail my' 
 
 self of them! — Potuissem. Z. § 571. A. & S. § 263, Rem. 
 
 Cumulata erant: i. e. Had been fully discharged. 
 
 Cum fortuna bella restabant. " Conflictandum adhuc erat 
 cum fortuna." 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XLV. XLVI. 201 
 
 Virtutem tamquam umbra sequitur. " Seneca, Ep. lxxix. 
 11 : Gloria umbra vlrtutis est, etiam invitos comitabitur." 
 
 XLVI. 110. Verum. Adjective. 
 
 Quoquo modo hoc accipietur : In whatever way this argu- 
 ment of mine shall be received ; i. e. even if men pronounce 
 it unphilosophical. Nobbe, and old editors, accipiatur ; but 
 our reading is found in the best MSS., and sanctioned by 
 Orelli, Moser, and Kiihner. 
 
 Publicae disciplines: Of the administration of the state. 
 
 Salaminam. Such is the reading of the MSS., although 
 this Latinized form is generally considered as peculiar to 
 writers after the golden age. 
 
 Tropaei = victoriae, as Nep. Them. 5. 3 : Haec (sc. Salami- 
 nid) altera victoria, quae cum Marathonio possit comparari 
 tropaeo. Sil. Ital. xiv. 282 : Salaminiacum tropaeum. Aris- 
 toph. Equii. 1331 : to iv Mapa6o)vi rpoiiaiov. 
 
 Curium. M'. Curius Dentatus, the conqueror of Pyrrhus. 
 
 Fabricium. C. Fabricius Luscinus, "one of the most pop- 
 ular heroes of the Roman annals, who, like Cincinnatus and 
 Curius, is the representative of the poverty and honesty of 
 the good old times." 
 
 Calatinum. See supra, vii. 13. — Duo Scipiones. Cn. and 
 Publius. Supra, xxxvii. 89. — Maximum. Q. Fabius Maxi- 
 mus Verrucosus, Cunctator. — Marcellum. M. Claudius 
 Marcellus. Supra, xxxvii. 89. — Paullum. L. iEmilius 
 Paullus, who fell at Cannae. — Catonem. M. Porcius Cato, 
 Sapiens, Censorius. — Laelium. C. Laelius, Sapiens. 
 
 Decessio: the decrease, diminution; "ihre Abnahme." 
 
 111. Diagoras. Very celebrated for his victories in the 
 Grecian games. See Pindar, Olymp. VII. 
 
 Duo suosflios: Two of his sons (not his two sons). 
 
 Non enim in caelum adscensurus es. " H. e. summam ho- 
 minis felicitatem nactus es, nee majore poteris potiri." Cf. 
 Pind. Pyth. X. 27 : e O xcl\k€os ovpavbs ovttot d^aros atra 
 
 Et nimium fortasse. " Scil. magna, i. e. majora, quam re 
 vera sunt." Kuhner. Cf. Tusc. II. xvii. 41 ; pro Flac. xiii. 31. 
 
202 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 Inutile: hazardous, dangerous. As De Off, II. xiv. 49 
 seditiosum et inutUem civem. Horat. Carm. II. xxiv. 48 : 
 aurum inutile, summi materiem mali. Litotes. 
 
 Nosmet ipsos amare, " scil. magis quam eos quos a^lisimus. , • 
 Lael. iii. 10: "Nihil mali accidisse Scipioni, puto; mihi 
 accidit, si quid accidit ; suis autem incommodis graviter angi, 
 non amicum, sed se ipsuni amantis est." Brut, i. 4 : " Illius 
 (Hortensii) vero mortis opportunitatem benevolentia potius 
 quam misericordia prosequamur, ut, quotiescunque de cla- 
 rissimo et beatissimo viro cogitemus, ilium potius quam nosmet 
 ipsos diligere videamur. Nam si id dolemus, quod eo jam 
 frui nobis non licet, nostrum est id malum, quod modice fe- 
 ramus, ne id non ad amicitiam sed ad domesticam utilitatem 
 referre videamur." Quibus (after malis), for in quibus. 
 
 Longior, Scil. justo (Horat. Sat, I. i. 57). Too diffuse, 
 tedious. 
 
 XL VII. 112. Perfection est, ut,,., ducerem. See supra, 
 p. Ill, note on auderemus. 
 
 Ehetorum epilogum " per breviloquentiam dictum est pro, 
 c epilogum, quales rhetores componere solent in declamationi- 
 bus."' 
 
 113. In scholis = in disputationibus de philosophia, 
 Argiae sacerdotis, Cydippe. For the story of Cleobis and 
 
 Bito, see Herodotus, I. 31. 
 
 Bito. Some editions read Biton ; but " Cicero almost 
 always observes this rule, that Greek proper names in <ov, 
 having the genitive in ovos or cavos, end in the nominative, in 
 Latin, in o ; those which have in the genitive ovtos or cqvtos, 
 have in the nominative the termination on," Kuhner. 
 
 Praemium. Kuhner, praemil 
 
 114. Trophonius et Agamedes. Brothers, and distinguished 
 architects. 
 
 Post ejus diei diem tertium. The genitive ejus diei depends 
 upon post diem tertium, as upon postridie in Caesar's favorite 
 expression postridie ejus diei, 
 
 Ut Uluxit, B. § 121. Z. § 506. (2). M. \ 338, b. 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAl. XLVII. XLVIII. 203 
 
 Judicavisse. " Soil, mortem esse optimum homini." 
 Praeter ceteros: Above, more than the others; not to the 
 exclusion of. 
 
 XLVIII. SUeno. Silenus was represented as the con- 
 stant companion of Dionysus, or Bacchus, whom he is said 
 to have brought up and instructed. " He is described as a 
 jovial old man with a bald head, a puck nose, fat and round, 
 like his wine bag, which he always carried with him, and 
 generally as intoxicated .... But it is a peculiar feature in 
 his character that he was conceived also as an inspired proph- 
 et, who knew all the past and the most distant future, and as 
 a sage who despised all the gifts of fortune." 
 
 Non nasci, etc. The same sentiment is expressed by The 
 ognis, an ancient elegiac and gnomic poet, vv. 543 - 546 : 
 TlavTcov fxev pr) (fivvai iTn\6ovloi(TLV cipicrrov, 
 
 Mr}& caibelv avyas o^eos rjcXlov ' 
 Qvirra & 07T(os coKtorra nvXas 'Atdao 7T€prjaai 
 Kai KtivQai TvoWrju yr)v €7rap,r)0'dp€VOV. 
 115. Cresphonte. Cresphontes, a king of Messenia, was 
 slain with two of his sons in an insurrection of the nobles, 
 because he favored the popular side. His fate furnished Eu- 
 ripides the subject of a tragedy, some fragments of which 
 are extant. The original of the passage cited by Cicero is 
 this : — 
 
 'Exprjv yap fjpds avWoyov Troiovpevovs 
 Tov <f)vvTa Oprjvelv, els oa ep^Tai Kaicd * 
 Tbv 6° av Oavovra Kai ttovcov ireTravpevov 
 Xaipovras etcpr] [lovvras zKirkpfneiv dofxcov. 
 Nam nos .... exsequi. The verse is iambic trimeter. — 
 Coetus celebrantes. " Frequenter convenientes. Virg. Aen. 
 I. 739: Et vos coetum Tyrii celebrate frequentes" — Exse- 
 qui, to follow to the grave: whence the noun exseqaiae. 
 
 Consolatione Crantoris. Grantor, an Academic philoso- 
 pher who flourished b. c. 300, wrote a work Ilepi TlhOovs, 
 of which Cicero made great use in the third book of the 
 Tusculan Disputations, and in his own Consolatio. 
 
204: TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 Terinaeum. Of Terlna, a town on the west coast of Brut- 
 tium. 
 
 Versiculos. Plut. Consol. ad Apoll. : 
 
 T H7rou vr\TVL€ 'HXuai', tjXlOlol <ppev€s avhpoav' 
 
 TLvQvvoos Kelrat jioLpidico flavdrW 
 Ovk rji> yap faeij/ KaXov avrco ovre yovevaw. 
 
 Potitur with i. See Z. § 210. M. g 151. Obs. 3. 
 
 Fatorum numine. Some editors read munere. 
 
 Finiri. Cf. Plin. Epist. I. 12 : qui morbo jiniuntur. 
 
 116. Causam rebus . . . .judicatam : That the case has been 
 decided by facts. Causam, the question whether death is an 
 evil or a good. Rebus, by actual deeds, facts. 
 
 Alcidamas. A Greek rhetorician, the pupil of Gorgias. 
 " He was the last of that sophistical school, with which the 
 only object of eloquence was to please the hearers by the 
 pomp and brilliancy of words." 
 
 Quidem. " Adverbium quidem a Cicerone addi solet nomi- 
 nibus propriis, ut saepe explicari possit per ut, velut, ut in 
 exemplum afferam, ita quidem, ut vim habeat argumentativam 
 inserviatque sententiae prolatae exemplis illustrandae confir- 
 mandaeve. Supra xxii. 51 : Dicaearchus quidem et Aristoxe- 
 nus .... nullum omnino animum esse dixerunt. xxxiii. 80 : 
 Aristoteles quidem ait. xxxiv. 84 : Callimachi quidem epi* 
 gramma. N. D. II. vi. 16 : Chrysippus quidem . . . . ea dicit" 
 Kiihner. 
 
 Erechtheo. Erechtheus II., king of Athens. " In the 
 war between the Eleusinians and Athenians, Eumolpus, the 
 son of Poseidon, was slain ; whereupon Poseidon demanded 
 the sacrifice of one of the daughters of Erechtheus. When 
 one was drawn by lot, her three sisters resolved to die with 
 her ; and Erechtheus himself was killed by Zeus with a flash 
 of lightning at the request of Poseidon." 
 
 Codrum. " Soil, laudant, commemorant, quod facile ex 
 antecedent repetunt elici potest." Kiihner. Codrus, the 
 last king of Athens. The oracle alluded to was given during 
 
BOOK FIRST. CHAP. XLV1II. XLIX. 205 
 
 the invasion of Attica by the Dorians from Peloponnesus. 
 The Athenian king entered the camp of the enemy in dis- 
 guise, began a quarrel with the soldiers, and was slain in the 
 dispute. Si esset. Supply as he would be, (if, etc.) 
 
 Victrices. " When the substantive in apposition has two 
 genders, that is chosen which corresponds with the gender 
 of the substantive to be explained." B. § 8. 
 
 Menoeceus. A Theban youth, the son of Creon. When 
 the seven Argive heroes marched against Thebes, the prophet 
 Tiresias declared that the city would be preserved if the last 
 of the descendants of Cadmus should devote himself as a sac- 
 rifice to the manes of that great founder of the Theban state. 
 Menoeceus, understanding the oracle to refer to himself, at 
 once put an end to his life. 
 
 Qui item. Orelli qui oraculo. Some MSS. qui idem. 
 
 Iphigenia. The daughter of Agamemnon and Clytemnes- 
 tra. Agamemnon having slain unawares a stag in the grove 
 of Diana, the goddess in her indignation delayed the Greek 
 fleet at Aulis by contrary winds, when the Greeks wished to 
 sail against Troy. The seer Calchas declared that the goddess 
 must be propitiated by the sacrifice of Iphigenia, and she was 
 accordingly brought to Aulis, under the pretext of being mar- 
 ried to Achilles. When she was about to be sacrificed, how- 
 ever, the goddess in pity substituted a stag for the maiden, 
 and bore her in a cloud to Tauris, where she became a priest- 
 ess in the temple of Diana. 
 
 Aulide : at Aulis. 
 
 [Sanguis], This word is absent from some of the best 
 MSS., and accordingly Orelli brackets it, and Kiibner omits 
 it. Moser and Nobbe admit it without brackets. 
 
 XLIX. Harmodius et Aristogito. The slayers of Hippar- 
 chus, brother of the Athenian tyrant Hippias. For this deed 
 they " obtained among the Athenians of all succeeding gen- 
 erations the character of patriots, deliverers, and martyrs, — 
 names often abused, indeed, but seldom more grossly than in 
 this case. Their deed of murderous vengeance formed a fa- 
 
206 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 vorite subject of drinking songs." For one of these rounde- 
 lays see Felton's Greek Reader, p. 1 70. 
 
 In ore. To be construed with viget. " In every mouth.'* 
 
 Mortes cum gloria — mortes gloriosas. 
 
 117. Quaeguum itasint. Quum is here to be translated although. 
 Contionandum. Sometimes wrongly written concionandum. 
 
 Velut super iore e loco. I. e. as if from a platform or tribune. 
 Moser. Conniventem : closing tJie eyes. 
 
 Melior Ennii, quam Solonis or alio. The lines of Ennius 
 are from his Epitaph, the whole of which is given supra, xv. 
 34. The lines of Solon are thus given by Plutarch : — 
 
 Mrj&e poi aickavaTOS Sdvaros poXoi, dWa. iptXoiat, 
 Uoifjo-aipi Oai/av akyea nai arova^ds- 
 
 Stobaeus gives the same verses, with the reading in the second 
 line KaXk€t7roi(jLL Qavcov, which, as Davis remarks, corresponds 
 better with Cicero's version. Cf. De Senect. xx. 73. 
 
 Hie nosier .... ille sapiens, " Hie is to be referred to En- 
 nius, ille to Solon. For in opposition hie often relates, not to 
 the nearer, but to the more important or preferable thing, i. e. 
 that concerning which the discussion chiefly treats," (that 
 which is " nearest to the speaker in idea") — " ille to a 
 thing, not more remote, but inferior, or of less importance or 
 value." Kiihner. 
 
 118. Nos vero . . . .pareamus. " Est hoc Pythagoreorum 
 decretum, ad quod respicit Socrates in Phaedone c. 66 : di- 
 cens : Kal yap aKrjKoa otl iv €v<pr}pia xpt] TeXtvrdv" Moser. 
 
 Temere = sine causa, loithout design. 
 
 Fortuito. " The words fortuitus and gratuitus should be 
 pronounced with the penult lengthened, as in Horace, Carm. 
 II. xv. 17 ', fortuxium. In hexameter they should be pro- 
 nounced as trisyllables." Kiihner. 
 
 Exanclavisset. This word is derived from the Greek igav- 
 rXel:/. " The Greeks say dvrXelv, i^avrkeiv irovov, rvx^v, 
 fiiov : whence comes the Latin expression labores exanciare. 
 Inasmuch as the conjunction of letters antl was unpleasant to 
 
BOOK MUST. CHAP. XLIX. 207 
 
 the Roman ear, it was changed into and, as in periclum, peri- 
 culum, subligaclum, subligaculum, for peritlum, subligatlum" 
 Kuhner. 
 
 Portum. Velis passis pervehi. Reflantibus ventis reji- 
 ciemur. Cowper makes use of similar images, expanded with 
 admirable skill and with a higher meaning, in his exquisite 
 " Lines on the Receipt of his Mother's Picture " : — 
 
 " Thou, as a gallant bark from Albion's coast 
 (The storms all weathered and the ocean crossed) 
 Shoots into port at some well-havened isle, 
 Where spices breathe and brighter seasons smile, 
 There sits quiescent on the floods, that show 
 Her beauteous form reflected clear below, 
 While airs impregnated with incense play 
 Around her, fanning light her streamers gay ', 
 So thou, with sails how swift ! hast reached the shore 
 ' Where tempests never beat nor billows roar ' ; 
 And thy loved consort on the dangerous tide 
 Of life, long since, has anchored at thy side. 
 But me, scarce hoping to attain that rest, 
 Always from port withheld, always distressed, — 
 Me howling winds drive devious, tempest-tost, 
 Sails ripped, seams opening wide, and compass lost ; 
 And day by day some current's thwarting force 
 Sets me more distant from a prosperous course." 
 
 119. Ego vero. " The particle vero, added particularly to 
 pronouns, has a strongly affirmative or declaratory force. Cf. 
 supra, xi. 24 : Me vero delectat. xi. 25 : M. Dame aut ma- 
 nere animos post mortem, aut morte ipsa interire? A. Do 
 vero. xxiii. 55 : Ego vero facile sum passus, etc. xxxii. 
 78 : M. Numquid igitur est causae, quin amicos nostros Stoi- 
 cos dimittamus? . . . . A. Istos vero, etc. xliii. 103 : Mul- 
 tamvero operam Jrustra consumpsi" Kuhner. So Livy, 
 II. xii : Tu vero abi. Cf. numerous examples in the Brutus. 
 See Z. § 716. — Ego vero : " Ja wohl ! " Supply habeo. 
 
 Et quot dies erimus : And daily, while we remain, etc. 
 (" Et quotidie, quoad erimus in Tasculano. yy Klotz, quoted 
 
208 TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. 
 
 by KCihner.) Our reading is given by Nobbe, Orelli, Kiih- 
 ner, Klotz, and Tischer. Moser and Tregder, following sev- 
 eral of the best and oldest MSS., as the Regius, Gudianus I., 
 II., read quos dies. But, as Klotz remarks (Kiihner, p. 173), 
 quot conveys a more appropriate idea, since Cicero says, 
 supra, iv. 8 : " Itaque dierum quinque scholas, ut Graeci ap- 
 pellant, in totidem libros contuli " ; and even in the best MSS. 
 quot and aliquot are often confounded with quos and aliquos. 
 
 Agamus haec : Let us give our attention to these subjects. 
 Cf. supra, xx. 46, note on id agat. 
 
 Quae .... habeant. Moser remarks upon this elegant use 
 of the verb habere in the signification of secum ferre, afferre; 
 and compares De Divin. II. xlvi. 96 : Quid f dissimilitudo 
 locorum nonne dissimiles hominum procreationes habett 
 The subjunctive with the relative, in this passage, " completes 
 the idea of the quality " denoted by the demonstrative ea 9 
 and " expresses the way in which it operates." 
 
THE DREAM OF SCIPIO. 
 
 The Somnium Scipionis is introduced as an episode in the 
 sixth and last book of the admirable treatise De Re Publica, 
 written b. c. 54, and one of the earliest of Cicero's philosophi- 
 cal works. The form of this treatise is that of a dialogue, the 
 interlocutors being Scipio Africanus Minor, his nephew Q. 
 iElius Tubero, and his friends C. L^lius the Wise, L. Furius 
 Philus, M\ Manilius, Sp. Mummius, P. Rutilius Rufus, Q. 
 Mucius Scaevola, and C. Fannius. The scene of the conver- 
 sation is laid in a sunny lawn in the gardens of Scipio, during 
 the Latin holidays, b. c. 129. (De Rep. I. ix. -xii.) 
 
 The first extract in the Introduction (p. 69) is from the 
 Commentary on the Somnium Scipionis of Favonius Eulogius, 
 a rhetorician of Carthage, and a contemporary and pupil of 
 St. Augustine. The entire Commentary will be found in 
 Graevius's edition of Cicero de Officiis, pp. 438-447 (Am- 
 sterdam, 1688). The impure Latinity of the period in which 
 it was composed will be noticed in this extract. 
 
 Eris Pamphyli. " A brave man, Erus, the son of Arme- 
 nius, by descent a Pamphylian ; who, happening on a time 
 to die in battle, when the dead were on the tenth day carried 
 off, already corrupted, was taken up sound; and being car- 
 ried home, as he was about to be buried on the twelfth day, 
 when laid on the funeral pile, revived ; and being revived, 
 he told what he saw in the other state." Plato de Rep. X. 
 xiii. ; for the whole story, vid. Ibid, xiii -xvi. 
 
 14. — Cic. Tusc. Disp. 209 
 
210 THE DREAM OF SCIPIO. 
 
 Duobus .... numeris. Seven and eight, fifty-six being a 
 common multiple of these numbers. See note on quorum 
 vterque plenus, Somn. Scip. ii. (infra, p. 192). 
 
 The passage from St. Augustine (pp. 69, 70) is found in 
 his celebrated treatise De Civitate Dei, written a. d. 413 - 426. 
 Nostri The Christians. 
 
 The remainder of the Introduction (pp. 70-72) is taken 
 from the Commentary of Macrobius, an eminent grammarian 
 of the fourth and fifth centuries, to whom we are indebted 
 for the preservation of the Somnium Scipionis. 
 
 Page 71. Colotes. " A hearer of Epicurus, and one of 
 the most famous of his disciples He held, that it is un- 
 worthy of the truthfulness of a philosopher to use fables in 
 his teaching, — a notion which Cicero opposes." 
 
 Page 72. Interfecti tyrannL Tiberius Sempronius Grac- 
 chus. 
 
 THE DREAM. 
 
 In the course of the conversation on the science of govern- 
 ment, in the gardens of Scipio, Laelius complained that no 
 statues had been erected by the state in honor of P. Cor- 
 nelius Scipio Nasica, the slayer of the tribune Tiberius Grac- 
 chus. Scipio, in reply, remarks that virtue has rewards 
 higher and more enduring than statues or triumphs ; and, to 
 illustrate this sentiment, relates his dream to the assembled 
 company. 
 
 I. M\ Manilio. Manius (or, according to some editors, 
 Marcus) Manilius was consul b. c. 149 with L. Marcius Cen- 
 
CHAP. I. 211 
 
 sorinus. In that year the third Punie war was commenced, 
 and Manilius and his colleague were appointed to conduct it 
 The dative Manilio depends upon tribunus, which specifies 
 the relation in which Scipio stood to Manilius. Cf. Pro Clu- 
 
 ent. xxxvi. 99 : qui M. Aemilio .... legati fuerunt. Pro 
 
 Muren. ix. 20 : Murena legatus Lucullo fait. De Rep. II. 
 xl. : tibi quum essem legatus. See Moser's note on De Rep. 
 II. xl., and M. § 241, Obs. 4. 
 
 Masinissam. Masinissa, king of the Numidians, supported 
 the Carthaginians for several years in the second Punic war ; 
 but went over to the Romans upon the arrival of Scipio Afri- 
 canus Major in Africa, B. c. 204, in accordance with a promise 
 he had secretly given the Roman general two years before, 
 after the Carthaginians had been defeated in Spain. His 
 adherence to the Romans contributed greatly to their suc- 
 cess, but reflects no honor upon his character. Niebuhr says, 
 " His whole life was an uninterrupted series of treacheries 
 
 against Carthage In a moral point of view, Masinissa 
 
 was no better than a common barbarian : he was a base trai- 
 tor, who deserves the hatred of every honest man." (Zec- 
 tures on the History of Rome, ed. by Schmitz, Vol. II. p. 146.) 
 At the time of his interview, here related, with Scipio Afri- 
 canus Minor, Masinissa was in his ninetieth year. 
 
 Justis de causis. The elder Africanus bestowed on Masi- 
 nissa the possession of Cirta and the greater part of the terri- 
 tories which had belonged to Syphax, in addition to his 
 hereditary dominions. 
 
 Ut veni. B. § 121. Z. § 506. (2). A. & S. § 259, Rem. 
 1. (2). (d). M. 338. b. 
 
 Reliqui caelites. "I. e. stellae, planetae inprimis. Cf. Cic. 
 de Nat. Deor. II. xxi. 54; Plat. Cratyl. p. 397, Steph.; p. 
 32, Bekk.; Creuz. Symb. u. Myth. III. p. 74." Moser. 
 
 Ita. " Most grammarians now agree that ita derives its 
 origin from the pronominal i. This is compounded with the 
 demonstrative syllable ta, to which tus [changed into tur in 
 igitur], turn, ti (in uti), and tern (in item) are cognate forms. 
 
212 THE DREAM OF SC1PIO. 
 
 It is hardly worth while to refute the well-known ancient 
 opinion, defended by Henry Stephanus, that ita is the Greek 
 cfra ; for these words are connected neither in origin nor in 
 signification. But the relation between is and ita is the same 
 as that which appears between ovtos and ovtcqs" Hand's 
 Tursellinus, IH. p. 466. This particle is here used in a 
 clause giving the reason of the preceding statement, and with 
 a signification similar to that of adeo. See Hand's Tursel. 
 HI. p. 487. (14). Ita is akin to Sansk. iti, Zend. itha. 
 
 Illius .... viri. P. Cornelius Scipio Africanus Major. On 
 the force of ille, see Z. § 701 ; A. & S. § 207, Rem. 24. 
 
 Deinde : then; next; thereupon; (etra). This adverb is 
 used in speaking " of things successive and next in lapse of 
 time, and is almost the same as postea, turn. It is not neces- 
 sary that the particle primum should be added to the prior 
 thing, which is named before. So the Greeks use etra, eVei- 
 ra, and other words, without prefixing the word 7rpa>roi/." 
 Hand's Tursel. II. 240. See Arnold's Introd. to Latin Prose 
 Comp., Part H. p. 118 (3d edition). 
 
 Ultro citroque. These adverbs are old datives. " Citro," 
 says Hand, in his Tursellinus, " is found only in the phrases 
 ultro et citro, ultro citroque, ultro ac citro; and, with the 
 omission of the copula, ultro citro. The inverted order citro 
 ultroque is never found." 
 
 Autem, says Hand, has the same origin as aut, and both 
 are kindred to the Greek av. Not that they are derived from 
 at, for " in these words we do not have a form transferred 
 from some nations to others, but a primitive form, common to 
 many countries." For the meaning of the word in our pas- 
 sage, see Andrews's Lex. s. h. v. 2. See, also, the note on 
 hominurn autem, supra, p. 160. Translate: however, moreover. 
 
 In multam noctem : " Deep into the nigJit." u In noctem 
 dicunt de rebus ultra diurnam lucem protractis : in die Nacht 
 
 hinein, usque in noctem Suet. Tib. 74 : Exarsit prima 
 
 vesper a atque in multam noctem luxit." Hand's Tursellinus, 
 IH. p. 339. On the use of multam, Ochsner cites De Sen. 
 
CHAP. I. II. 213 
 
 xiv. 46 : Quod (conviviimi) ad multam noctem produximus. 
 Ad Att. XIII ix. : Multus sermo ad multum diem. 
 
 M Cubitum discesshnus dicit, quia in diversa cubilia abie- 
 runt ; quod si non esset factum, dixisset cubitum ivimus, ut 
 Orat. pro Sex. Rose, xxiii. 64." Moser. 
 
 De via —propter viam. Hottinger. 
 
 Qui .... vigilassem. Subjunctive of the reason. 
 
 Equidem. See the note upon this word, supra, p. 139 sq. 
 
 Fere. " Hand derives fere and ferme from fermus =fr- 
 mus ; so that fere, ferme =firme, firmiter, and have for their 
 first meaning perquam, valde, penitus." Andrews and Rid- 
 dle follow Yarro L. L. 6. 5. 98, in deriving fere from fero. 
 For the signification of this adverb in our passage, see An- 
 drews's Lex., under fere, B. 2: ("usually;" "generally.") 
 
 Quale de Homero scribit Ennius. A line of Ennius, from 
 the beginning of his Annates, is thus given by an old scholiast 
 on Horace, Epist. II. i. 52 : 
 
 In somnis mihi visits Homerus adesse poe'ta. 
 
 Et. " Originem particulae et alii in litteris verbi Graeci rk 
 transpositis quaesiverunt. alii in crt conspicuam esse existi- 
 marunt. Vid. Vossii Etymol. s. h. v. Lennep. Etymol. Gr. 
 1, p. 297. At cognatio horum vocabulorum non ad unam 
 stirpem Graecam referenda est, sed cernitur ea in universa 
 copularum conformatione, quae multis vel omnibus gentibus 
 communis est. Sic veteres Gothi dixerunt it, Graeci re, 
 quod factum est que, et rursus kclL, atque et, veluti litterae 
 locum mutant in e/xos et meus. Haec igitur magis comparari 
 possunt quam deduci." Et is akin to Sansk. ati } " ultra." 
 
 II. Excelso .... loco. The milky way. 
 
 Paene miles. " Quia in militia primus honoris gradus erat 
 tribunatus militum." Manutius. 
 
 Hoc biennio. " We must particularly remark the ablative 
 of the time with the addition of the pronouns hie or ille, to 
 signify, in the lapse of so long a time from now or then ; His 
 annis quadringentis Bomae rex fuit (Cic. de Rep. I. 37), it is 
 not more than four hundred years since there was a king at 
 
214 THE DREAM OF SCiriO. 
 
 Rome ; four hundred years or less. Ante hos quadringentos 
 annas and abhinc annos quadringentos is a more exact de- 
 scription. Respondit, se paucis Mis diebus argentum misisse 
 Lilybaeum (Id. Verr. IV. 18). Hanc hoc biennio evertes, 
 before two years are past; more definitely, intra biennium ." 
 M. § 276, Obs. 5. Moser says, "hoc biennio — proximo bien- 
 nio"; and cites De Divin. I. xxxiii. 77: itaque tribus his 
 (i. e. proximis) horis concisus exercitus, atque ipse interfectus est. 
 
 Absens. " Somn. Scip. ii. absens est, non petens magistra- 
 tum. Nam Africanus, de quo ibi sermo, interfuit comitiis 
 istis, sed non petiit. Vid. Pigh. ad a. dcxix. et Drakenb. 
 ad Liv. iv. 42. 1; x. 22. 9." Ernesti, Clav. Cic. — "Ab- 
 sens, non petens. Valerius enim Lib. VIII. cap. x. praesen- 
 tem eum faeit, et Laelius apud Cic de Amic. Scipionem 
 nunquam petiisse confirmat." Manutius. See Moseys note 
 ad h. 1. 
 
 Nepotis mei. Tib. Sempronius Gracchus, the tribune. 
 
 Ostendas oportebit. B. § 202, note. Z. § 625. 
 
 Septenos octies. " The distributive numerals are applied 
 in multiplication (with adverbial numerals), the same number 
 being taken several times." Z. § 119. 
 
 Solis anfr actus reditusque. I. e. annos. M Anfr actus so- 
 lis nominatur propter obliquitatem orbis zodiaci, per quern sol 
 modo ad septentrionem inflectitur, modo relabitur ad meridi- 
 em ; sinuosas enim et flexuosas vias, anfractus appellamus, ut 
 fluminum, ut littorum solent esse." Ramus. " Solis anfrac- 
 tum et reditum annum vocat ; . . . . reditum, ait Macrobius, 
 quia eadem signa per annos singulos certa lege sol metitur" 
 Vinetus. 
 
 Quorum uterque plenus. Seven and eight were considered 
 by the ancients as numeri pleni, or perfect numbers, for vari- 
 ous reasons, mostly fanciful. See Macrobius ad h. 1. As 
 fifty-six is the product of these complete numbers, that age, 
 summa fatalis, was regarded as one of the climacterics of 
 human life. Romulus, Julius Caesar, Horace, and the young- 
 er Pliny are said to have died in the same climacterical year 
 as Scipio. Boni: i. e. the optimates. 
 
CHAP. II. III. 215 
 
 In quo nitatur. Nitor used with in and the abl. in a figu- 
 rative sense, as in Orat. pro Mil.: cujus in vita nitebatur 
 salus civitatis. Z. § 452 ; B. § 64, n. 4. 
 
 Impias propinquorum manus. Sempronia, the wife of 
 Scipio and sister of the Gracchi, and her mother Cornelia, 
 were suspected of his murder. But see Smith's Classical 
 Dictionary and Mommsen's History of Rome, Book IV. chap. 3. 
 
 Et rumpatk visum. A conjecture of Heinrich, adopted by 
 Moser and Nobbe, although Moser acknowledges it is not a 
 satisfactory reading. Mai reads pax sit rebus; Orelli, after 
 the older MSS., et parum rebus. Bouhier and Niebuhr pro- 
 pose et parumper audite cetera; Grasvius, pax: varum audite 
 cetera; and Ochsner, pax: audite cetera. The latter, says 
 Orelli, " inter omnes praestare videtur, nisi malis : [_et] pax 
 parumper; audite cetera.' 1 In this confusion of the text, the 
 reading pax parumper : is, perhaps, the happiest conjecture. 
 
 III. Quidem. For the signification of quidem, and the 
 mood of fiat, see the note on quae quidem digna statuissent, 
 p. 103. Pater, my father. 
 
 Arbitraremur . For this use of the imperfect subjunctive, 
 see the notes on pertinerent and contineretur, p. 103, and au- 
 deremus, pp. Ill, 112. 
 
 Immo. The peculiar force of this adverb is here seen in 
 its correcting the doubt implied in the question of Scipio. 
 Immo vero : Nay. truly are they living, etc. See supra, 
 p. 118, note on immo; K. 85. 1; 511. Quae dicitur, so called. 
 
 Quin tu adspicis. " An exhortation is often expressed in 
 Latin by a question with quin." M. § 351. b, Obs. 3. 
 
 Ad te venientem. " Quo pacto venientem ? Proclus cum 
 Porphyrio lucem ait esse vehiculum animarum. ,y 
 
 Vim lacrimarum. On the signification of vis, cf. Be Nat. 
 Deor. II. xxxix. 98 : Adde etiam reconditas auri argentique 
 venas, infinitamque vim marmoris. lb. I. xx. 54 : infinita 
 vis innumer ab ilium volitat atomorum. Tusc. V. xxxii. 91 : 
 Magna vis auri argentique. Epist. ad Q. Frat. III. vii. : 
 Magna vis aquae. 
 
216 THE DREAM OF SCIPIO. 
 
 Atque. Compounded, according to Hand, of at and qu 
 ad que, at and ad being originally the same word. " Prop 
 significat et ad, eandemque habet formam, qua Plinius novi 
 verbum praeterque confecit." 
 
 Sanctissime : most venerable, 
 
 Deus .... conspicis. Moser cites De Legg. II. x. 26 : 
 deos, .... quorum hie mundus omnis templum esset et domus. 
 
 Qui tuerentur. B. § 159. Z. § 567. A. & S. § 264. (5). 
 The time of the verb is accommodated to that of sunt generate 
 as in the many similar instances we have noted. Cf. de Se- 
 nect. xxi. : Spa7*sisse, . . . . ut essent .... qui tuerentur. The 
 imperfect is used, says Moser, to denote the design of the 
 Creator at the time in which he made man. See page 224. 
 
 Divinis animatae mentibus. Cf. Cic. de Nat. Deor. II. xv. 
 
 Injussu ejus. With this argument against self-murder, cf. 
 Cic. de Sen. xx. : " Vetatque Pythagoras, injussu impera- 
 toris, id est, dei, de praesidio et statione vitae decedere" ; 
 and Tusc. I. xxx. : " Vetat enim dominans ille in nobis deus, 
 injussu suo nos hinc demigrare." Without his command. 
 
 Defagisse. We find a similar use of this word in Epist. ad 
 Att. VIII. iii. : non quo munus illud defugerem. Moser. 
 
 Quum sit .... turn . ... est: While it is of great importance, 
 etc., is yet of greatest importance, etc. 
 
 Facile. See Andrews's Lex. s. h. v. 1. /?. 
 
 Jam. Hand derives jam from the pronominal i. Fritsch 
 assigns it, with diu, -dam, -dem, bfy, An, 6ai, iidn, to the same 
 root with dies. 
 
 Ut me imperii nostri .... poeniteret : That I was ashamed 
 of our empire. " Hoc sensu, ut sit i. q. puderet, usus est hoc 
 verbo noster Philippic. I. xiii. 33 : Num. hujusce . . . . te . . . 
 yloriae poenitebat ? " Moser. u Poenitere nos ejus rei dici- 
 mus eleganter, quae parva est, quacum contend non sumus, 
 quae nobis non placet, cui parum tribuimus." Ernesti, Clav. 
 Cic., q. v. This meaning of dissatisfaction is seen in the fol- 
 lowing passage from the Heautontimorumenos of Terence, I. 
 i. 20: Me j quantum hie operis fat, poenitet: I am dissatisfied 
 
CHAP. III. IV. V. 217 
 
 with the amount of icork that is done here. So In the Eunu- 
 chus, V. vii. 12, 13 : An poenitebat flagiti, te auctore quod 
 fecisset Adolescens, ni miserum insuper etiam patri indicare? 9 
 Were you not content with the disgraceful deed, etc. Cf. 
 Horat. Sat. I. vi. 89 : Nil me poeniteat sanum patris hujus, 
 i4 quamdiu certe sanus ero, nunquam parum mihi felix videri 
 potero, quod tali natus sim patre." 
 
 IV. Tibi. The dativus ethicus. See B. § 30, n. ; Z. §408. 
 By the use of this pronoun the speaker calls the attention of 
 his hearer, and intimates that what he is about to say must 
 be of interest to him. See Kiihner'sGr. Gram., §284. l().(d ). 
 
 Sununus ipse deus. Cf. Cic. de Nat. Dear. I. xiii. 34 : 
 " Unum, qui ex omnibus sideribus, quae infixa caelo sunt, ex 
 dispersis quasi membris simplex sit putandus deus." Cf. ib. 
 xiv. 37; II. xxii. xxv. xl. Atque, to. See Lexicon. 
 
 Obtinet. Moser considers this verb as intransitive, and 
 equivalent to locum hahet. I prefer Freund's explanation, 
 who makes regionem the object of obtinet, and takes subter as 
 an adverb. With regionem obtinet, cf. N. D. II. xv. 42 : Si- 
 dera autem aethereum locum obtinent. 
 
 Temperatio. Temperatio for temperator, the abstract for 
 the concrete, as servitium for serrus, matrimonium for uxor. 
 Graevius. 
 
 Media: in the centre; as in hoc templo medium, c. iii. 
 
 V. In this chapter the elder Africanus describes the nature 
 of the music of the spheres, by whose melody the curiosity 
 and admiration of his adopted grandson had been excited. 
 In regard to this celebrated doctrine of the harmony of the 
 heavenly bodies, consult the authorities cited in Smith's Dic- 
 tionary, article Pythagoras, Vol. III. p. 624. The reader 
 will be reminded of the beautiful lines in Shakespeare's Mer- 
 chant of Venice, Act V. Sc. 1 : 
 
 " Look, how the floor of heaven 
 Is thick inlaid with patines of bright gold. 
 There 's not the smallest orb which thou behokTst, 
 But in his motion like an angel sings, 
 
218 THE DREAM OF SCIPIO. 
 
 Still quiring to the young-eyed cherubims ; 
 Such harmony is in immortal souls ; 
 But whilst this muddy vesture of decay 
 Doth grossly close us in, we cannot hear it." 
 
 And Milton, in the Arcades, 68- 73 : 
 
 " Such sweet compulsion doth in music lie, 
 To lull the daughters of Necessity, 
 And keep unsteady Nature to her law, 
 And the low world in measured motion draw 
 After the heavenly tune, which none can hear 
 Of human mould, with gross, unpurged ear." 
 
 Utmerecepi. B. § 121. Z. § 506. (2). M. \ 338, b. 
 
 Intervallis .... dhitinctis : Composed of intervals unequal, 
 but yet proportionally divided by rule, etc. 
 
 Tanti motus incitari possunt. Exquisite dictum pro, tanta 
 corpora tarn celeriter moveri possunt. • Hottrnger. 
 
 Extrema. The extremes; the highest spheres and the 
 lowest. 
 
 Eademvis. The same power, — producing the same note. 
 
 Qui numerus .... nodus est. In remarking upon another 
 passage in this Dream, Macrobius says : " Haec eo dicta sunt, 
 ut aperta ratione constaret, neque planitiem sine tribus, ne- 
 que soliditatem sine quattuor posse vinciri. Ergo septena- 
 rius numerus geminam vim obtinet vinciendi, quia ambae 
 partes ejus vincula prima sortitae sunt, ternarms cum una 
 medietate, quaternarius cum duabus." 
 
 NUus. Cf. Senec. Nat. Quaest. IV. 2. 
 
 Ad ilia. Scil. loca. Ad, at. 
 
 Identidem : from time to time. This word is, according to 
 Hand, formed by doubling idem, d (t) being interposed for 
 the sake of ease in pronunciation. 
 
 VI. Expetendam. " Quae digna sit, quae expetatur." 
 Vinetus. 
 
 Spectato, contemnito. " The imperative future is properly 
 used in precepts and rules of conduct, that is, to express ac- 
 tions that are to be repeated as often as the occasion arises." 
 Z. § 584. 
 
CHAP. VI. VII. 219 
 
 Habitari. Moser notices the same impersonal use of this 
 word, in Cic. Acadd. II. xxxix. 123 : habitari, ait Xenophanes, 
 in luna. 
 
 Quasi " stands before a word to signify that it is used to 
 express a thing figuratively and by way of approximation." 
 M. § 444. a, Obs. 2. Quidam is often employed in conjunc- 
 tion with quasi, " when an appellation is made use of that is 
 not strictly appropriate " ; as below, quasi quibusdam redimi* 
 tarn .... cingulis. 
 
 Obliquos. I. e. Periozci (TlepioiKoi) ; "people who live un- 
 der the same parallel of latitude, but in opposite meridians." 
 
 Aversos. I. e. Antceci (*Avtolkol) ; u those under the same 
 meridian, but opposite parallels." 
 
 Adversos. I. e. Antipodes Qavtl7to&€s) ; "those who are 
 in opposite parallels and meridians, diametrically opposite." 
 
 Caeli verticibus. Cic. de Nat. Bear. II. xli. 105 : Extre- 
 musque adeo duplici de cardine vertex dicitur esse polus. 
 
 Nihil ad vestrum genus. Scil. pertinet. Has no connec- 
 tion with your race. " In certain expressions, the ellipsis of 
 the verb has become a general usage, e. g. in the phrases 
 nihil ad me, ad te, &c. (sc. pertinet)." M. § 4 79. d, Obs. 1. 
 
 Angusta verticibus, lateribus lalior : Narrow at the poles, 
 wider in a lateral direction. 
 
 Quern Oceanum appellatis. Notice the agreement of the 
 relative in gender with the following noun. 
 
 Quantis in angustiis vestra se gloria dilatam velit. Cf. 
 Senec. Epist. xci. 17: "Alexander Macedonum rex discere 
 Geometriam, infelix ! coeperat, sciturus, quam pusilla terra 
 esset, ex qua minimum occupaverat. Ita dico, infelix, ob 
 hoc, quod intelligere debebat, falsum se gerere nomen. Quis 
 enim esse magnus in pusillo potest ? " 
 
 Autem: again, — item ex altera parte. " Autem is the 
 weakest adversative particle, being rather a particle of dis- 
 tinction than of opposition." 
 
 VII. Quin " is derived from the ablative qui and ne. Qui 
 being both interrogative and relative, so also is quin.* In 
 
220 THE DREAM OF SCIPIO. 
 
 our passage the qui in quin is interrogative ; literally, " why 
 not ?" " ichy not say ? * Quin is frequently used with etiam, 
 as here, to introduce a stronger assertion : quin etiam, (liter- 
 ally, " why not, too ? ") " indeed, moreover" 
 
 Eluviones exustionesque teiTarum. Cf. Cic. de Nat, Deor, 
 II. xlvi. 118. 
 
 Non modo .... sed ne quidem. " In order to denote an as- 
 cending to a negative idea (that even something which is 
 more probable, and of less moment, does not take place') , non 
 modo or non solum is combined with sed ne — quidem (or sed 
 
 vix) If both clauses have a common predicate, to which 
 
 the negative belongs, and the predicate stands in the last 
 clause, the negation which lies in ne quidem (or vix) may be 
 referred to the whole, so that instead of non modo non (or non 
 solum non) we have in the first clause only non modo (or non 
 solum)." M. § 461. b. Herzog — on Caes. B. G. II. xvii.: 
 quo non modo intrari, sed ne perspici quidem posset — says, 
 " The logical ground on which non can be omitted here after 
 non modo is, that, by the coalescing of ne — quidem with posse^ 
 the affirmation of the verb becomes negation, [and thus the 
 negative ne belongs conjointly to both clauses.] So B. G. III. 
 iv. : non modo defesso, sed ne saucio quidem dabatur, where, 
 also, ne — quidem, attracted to dabatur, gives a negative mean- 
 ing of impediebatur, prohibebatur " See Z. § 724. b. 
 
 Nee pauciores, et . . . . meliores. " The combination of a 
 negative and affirmative member is denoted by neque — et, 
 i both not, and' (less frequently neque — que)" M. §458. c. 
 
 Unius anni. Cicero is speaking of an annus magnus, 
 which, according to the old philosophers, is completed when 
 all the planets return to the same relative position, or once 
 in fifteen thousand years. See De Nat. Deor. II. xx. 51, and 
 a fragment of Cicero's Hortensius, preserved by Servius in I. 
 et II. Aeneid., where it is stated that a great year is completed 
 " post XII. millia nongentos quinquaginta quattuor annos. ,, 
 
 Ad idem. " Ad eandem partem, locum, signum." 
 
 Caeli descriptixmem = descriptionem siderum in caelo. De- 
 
CHAP. VII. VIII. 221 
 
 scriptionem, " a marking out, delineation," hence, " arrange- 
 ment," "relative distribution." 
 
 Habeto. " The imperative future puts the command in 
 connection with some other action, and expresses that some- 
 thing is to be done in future, when, or as soon as, something 
 else has taken place." Z. § 583. Our passage affords a 
 good illustration of this rule : quandoque .... defecerit, turn 
 .... habeto. 
 
 Igitur. Derived, like ita, from the pronominal root i 
 (whence are ts and hie), and the demonstrative suffix itus (r). 
 " Itur" says Hand, " is kindred to ita, whether by the com- 
 mutation of the letters r and s, so as to be the same as itus, 
 or by the addition of r final, as in other adverbs ; for ex- 
 ample, as luculente becomes luculenter. The prefixed ig is 
 a changed form of the syllable ic (as vigesimus was written 
 instead of vicesimus, negligo for neclego), and this ic, in accord- 
 ance with the ancient usage in writing and speaking, is hie" 
 Igitur takes the first place in a sentence when it modifies the 
 whole clause, and not merely some particular notion in it. 
 
 Dederis. Subjunctive in an exhortation. 
 
 With the elevated sentiments Cicero ascribes to Africanus 
 in the sixth and seventh chapters, we may compare the lines 
 in Milton's Lycidas, 78 - 84 : 
 
 " Fame is no plant that grows on mortal soil, 
 Nor in the glistering foil 
 Set off to the world, nor in broad rumor lies ; 
 But lives and spreads aloft by those pure eyes, 
 And perfect witness of all-judging Jove ; 
 As he pronounces lastly on each deed, 
 Of so much fame in heaven expect thy meed." 
 
 VIII. Non esse te mortalem, sed corpus hoc. Cf. Tusc. I. 
 xxii. 52: Xeque nos corpora sumus : etc. (p. 50.) Viget con- 
 tains the idea of constant growth, progress. 
 
 Ram quod semper movetur, aetcrnum est. etc. This sen- 
 tence is the introduction of a quotation from the Phaedrus ol 
 Plato, 51-53 (extending to the words et aeterna est), which 
 
222 THE DREAM OF SCIPIO. 
 
 is also inserted, with some slight variations of reading, in the 
 Tusc. Disp. I. xxiii. (pp. 28, 29). See notes, supra, p. 148. 
 
 Habeat necesse est. Z. § 625. B. § 202. n. 
 
 IX. Si ... . eminebit foras : If it shall make its xoay beyond* 
 On this use of the, future, consult the note on Si minus id obti- 
 nebis, p. 130. Foras is an accusative form from an obsolete 
 adjective forus, -a, -wm, allied, like foris, forum, foro, forma, 
 to fero. 
 
 Nam eorum animi .... revertuntur. See the note on Tusc. 
 I. xii. 27: in ceteris humi retineretur et permaneret tamen, 
 pp. 131-133. In regard to the theory of the purgation of 
 guilty souls, cf. Virgil, Aen. VI. 735-751. On the senti- 
 ment of the passage Idque ocius faciet .... revertuntur, cf. 
 Tusc. Disp. I. xxx. 72, supra, p. 38, and a fragment from the 
 De Consolatione, preserved by Lactantius : " Nee enim omni- 
 bus iidem illi sapientes arbitrati sunt eundem cursum in cae- 
 lum patere. Nam vitiis et sceleribus contaminatos deprimi 
 in tenebras atque in coeno jacere docuerunt ; castos autem 
 animos, puros, integros, incorruptos, bonis etiam studiis atque 
 artibus expolitos, levi quodam et facili lapsu ad deos, id est, 
 ad naturam sui similem pervolare." Compare, also, the 
 extract from the Hortensius, supra, p. xviii. 
 
 The same spirit of literary scepticism which gave rise to 
 the great controversy in the last half-century on the author- 
 ship of the poems of Homer, has attacked the genuineness of 
 the Somnium Scipionis. Kuhnhardt, a German scholar, 
 published some articles in 1820, in which he maintained that 
 this Dream is not the composition of Cicero, either as a whole 
 or in any considerable part, but was written by some rheto- 
 rician of no great talent. The arguments of this heretic, 
 however, have been ably and triumphantly refuted by Moser 
 in his edition of the De Re Publica, pp. 510, 511, 
 
CICERO ON OLD AGE. 
 
 The treatise bearing the title Cato Major, sive De Senectu- 
 te, drawn up at the end of B. c. 45 or the commencement of 
 B. c. 44, is addressed to T. Pomponius Atticus, then in his 
 sixty-eighth year, while Cicero himself was in his sixty- 
 second or sixty-third. " In the short introductory dialogue, 
 Scipio JEmilianus Africanus Minor and C. Laglius Sapiens 
 are supposed to have paid a visit to Cato the Censor, at that 
 time eighty -four years old. Beholding with admiration the 
 activity of body and cheerfulness of mind which he displayed, 
 they request him to point out by what means the weight of 
 increasing years may be most easily borne. Cato willingly 
 complies, and commences a dissertation, in which he seeks to 
 demonstrate how unreasonable are the complaints usually 
 urged regarding the miseries which attend the close of a pro- 
 tracted life. The four principal objections are stated and 
 refuted in regular succession. It is held that old age is 
 wretched, 1. Because it incapacitates men for active busi- 
 ness ; 2. Because it renders the body feeble : 3. Because it 
 deprives them of the enjoyment of almost all pleasures ; 
 4. Because it heralds the near approach of death. The first 
 three are met by producing examples of many illustrious per- 
 sonages in whom old age was not attended by any of these 
 evils, by arguing that such privations are not real, but imagi- 
 nary misfortunes, and 'hat, if the relish for some pleasures is 
 lost, other delights of a more desirable and substantial char- 
 
 223 
 
224: CICERO ON OLD AGE. 
 
 acter are substituted. The fourth objection is encountered 
 still more boldly, by an eloquent declaration that the chief 
 happiness of old age in the eyes of a philosopher arises 
 from the conviction that it indicates the near approach of 
 the period when the soul shall be released from its debasing 
 connection with the body, and enter unfettered upon the 
 paths of immortality." Smith's Diet. Gr. and Rom. Biog. 
 and MytlioL I. p. 732. 
 
 XXI. Cato, having asserted, in answer to the fourth com- 
 plaint, that death should either be utterly despised, if it 
 brings annihilation, or even desired, if it leads to immortal- 
 ity,* proceeds to state more precisely his own views of its 
 effects, in the passage here presented. 
 
 Cur. According to Hand, a contracted form of quare y 
 which is itself contracted from cui (old form quo'i) rei. 
 
 Ab ea propius. Notice the idiomatic use of prope with ab. 
 
 Tuerentur, keep, take care of, maintain. 
 
 Sed credo .... constantia. For the sentiment, cf. Cic. de 
 Nat. Deor. II. xiv. 37 : Ipse auiem homo ortus est ad mun- 
 dum contemplandum et imitandum. Ibid. lvi. 140: [Dii\ 
 primum [homines'] humo excitatos celsos et erectos constituerunt, 
 ut deorum cognitionem caelum intuentes caper e possent. Sunt 
 enim e terra homines, non ut incolae atque habitatores, sed 
 quasi spectatores superarum return at que caelestium, quorum 
 spectaculum ad nullum aliud genus animanlium pertinet. De 
 Legg. I. ix. 26 : Nam quum ceteras animantes \natura~] abje- 
 cisset ad pastum, solum hominum erexit, ad caelique quasi 
 cognationis domiciliique pristini conspectum excitavit. Acad. 
 
 * De Sen. xix. 66, 67 : "0 miserum senem, qui mortem con- 
 temnendam esse in tarn longa aetate non viderit ! quae aut plane 
 negligenda est, si omnino exstinguit aninium, aut etiam optanda, 
 si aliquo eum deducit, ubi sit futurus aeternus. Atqui tertium 
 certe nihil inveniri potest. Quid igitur timeam, si aut non miser 
 post mortem aut beatus etiam futurus sum ? " 
 
chap. xxi. xxii. 225 
 
 II. xli. 127 : Est envoi animorum ingenior unique naturale quod- 
 dam quasi pabulum consideratio contemplatioque naturae. Eri- 
 gimur, elatiores Jieri videmur, humana despicimus, cogitantes 
 supera atque caelestia haec nostra ut exigua et minima conte- 
 mnimus. Senec. Cons, ad Helv. iii. : Animum contemplatorem 
 admiratoremque mundi. Plutarch. & N. V. v. The Pythag- 
 oreans enjoined the contemplation of the heavens at the be- 
 ginning of each day, as an incitement to the imitation of the 
 order, constancy, and purity of the celestial bodies. (M. 
 Antonin. Lib. XL) Anaxagoras (as Diogenes Laertius re- 
 lates) being asked for icliat end he was born, replied, Els 
 Qecopiav f)\iov kol aeXrjvns kcu ovpavov. 
 
 Incolas paene nostras : Almost countrymen of ours. Pythag- 
 oras, after travelling in Egypt and the East, settled at Cro- 
 tona, a city in that part of Italy called Magna Graecia. Here 
 he gained many distinguished adherents, and established the 
 celebrated Pythagorean club or brotherhood of the Three 
 Hundred. 
 
 Qui esset judicatus. The words of the oracle are these : 
 
 2o<fi6s 2o<^)okX^9, crocfcxaTepos Evpnridrjs, 
 UdvTcov de ao(j>a)TaTOS Soxparr;?. 
 
 Tot artes tantae scientiae. " Tantae scientiae est genitivus 
 singularis ; sensus est tot artes quae magnam doctrinam et 
 scientiam postulant." Schiitz. Agitetur, is in action. 
 
 Haec Platonis fere : These are the principal arguments of 
 Plato. " Haec fere formula est, qua utitur is, qui plurima et 
 potiora dixisse vel exposuisse se declarat." Hand's Tursel. 
 II. p. 700. Some editors read Haec Plato noster ; " sed qui 
 sic rescripserunt, minime meminerunt, Catonem hie, non 
 Ciceronem, loqui." Orelli. 
 
 XXII. Apud Xenophontem. Cyrop. VIII. vii. Apud, 
 in. " Dicitur de domo et domicilio et de locis in quibus 
 aliquis versari solet .... His desumpta est formula, qua 
 auctor alicujus libri vel dicti nominatur. Nam scriptores 
 in libris suis quasi in domicilio habitant." Hand's Tursel 
 I. p. 400 
 
 15. — Cic. Tusc. Disp. 
 
226 CICERO ON OLD AGE. 
 
 Dum eram. " Dum in the sense of quamdiu (as long as) 
 when referring to past time, is regularly joined with the 
 imperfect." Z. §507. a, in fin. See supra, p. 174, note 
 on dum obsequimur. In origin, dum is probably an accusative 
 case, from the same root as diu, dies. 
 
 Eundem esse, i. e. that I still exist. The emphatic word is 
 esse. Sommerbrodt, cited by Crowell and Richardson. 
 
 Sed (the old abl. of mi) = by itself. li Vim habet secludendi. 
 .... Sed non opponit, sed secernit et apponit id quod distin- 
 guendum videtur." Hand's Tursel. I. p. 425. 
 
 Quo diutius memoriam sui leneremus. " Se and suus in 
 subordinate propositions refer, not only to the subject in the 
 same proposition, but also to m ihe subject of the leading propo- 
 sition, when the dependent proposition is stated as the senti- 
 ment of the subject. This is always the case with the accu- 
 sative and the infinitive, with propositions which denote the 
 object of an action, with final propositions and dependent in- 
 terrogative propositions, and with such relative and other 
 subordinate propositions as are designated by the subjunctive 
 as the sentiments of another party." M. § 490. c. See Z. 
 § 125, note, and §550; B. §151. n. 1. 
 
 Atqui: And yet. " Compounded of at and qui, which is 
 the old form of the ablative quo. Its proper signification, 
 then, is contra quo modo, quodam modo, and, since this rela- 
 tive idea corresponds to the demonstrative, nearly the same 
 as contra hoc modo.* 1 Hand's Tursel. I. p. 513. See Z. 
 §349. 
 
 XXIII. An censes, etc. " A common form of direct ques- 
 tion with an is when, in an argument, the speaker asks 
 whether some absurd supposition (which is the opposite oi 
 what the speaker is maintaining) is true." Arnold's Lot. 
 Prose Comp., Part II. 447. Efferor: I am transported. 
 
 Peliam. " Pelias, king of Iolcos, was cut to pieces and 
 boiled by his own daughters, who had been told by Medea 
 that in this manner they might restore their father to vigor 
 and youth." As the story is generally told, Medea mah- 
 
chap, xxiii. 227 
 
 ciously deceived the Peliades, and their father died; but 
 Plautus, in the Pseudolus, represents Medea as actually re- 
 juvenating him. 
 
 Ad carceres a calce revocari. The carceres (literally, en- 
 closures, barriers) were the starting-places in the circus 01 
 race-course at Rome ; a kind of stalls, where the chariots and 
 horses stood until the signal was given. Calx, the goal; see 
 note on calcem, p. 121. 
 
 Sed habeat sane : But grant, indeed, that it has advantages. 
 The concessive subjunctive. Sane is here used in a conces- 
 sive sentence to restrict the meaning ; its force may be given 
 by the English expression if you will. 
 
 Habet .... modum : Still, it has certainly either satiety or 
 limitation. Lubet = libet. 
 
 Neque me vixisse poenitet : Nor do I regret that I have lived. 
 See the note on Ut me imperii nostri poeniteret, p. 194. 
 
 Commorandi .... dedit. Graevius cites the words of Sene- 
 ca, Peregrinatio est vita; multum quum deambulaveris, do- 
 mum redeundum est. And of Democrates : c O /co'oyxos <jKr\vr\, 
 6 jSios ndpobos * ?A0es, t5ey, aTrrjXdes* 
 
 Catonem meum. M. Porcius Cato Licinianus, the son of 
 Cato the Censor, distinguished as a soldier, and afterwards as 
 a jurist. He died when praetor designatus, about B. c. 152, 
 and a few years before his father. 
 
 Quod contra : instead of which. On the sentiment, compare 
 Canning's pathetic lines on the death of his eldest son : 
 " While I, reversed our nature 1 s kindlier doom, 
 Pour forth a father's sorrows on thy tomb." 
 
 Non quo .... f err em : Not that I bore it with indifference. 
 The subj . with non quo intimates that the reason assigned is 
 not the true one, after which the true reason is introduced 
 by sed quod with the indie. Cf. A. & S. § 202, Rem. 0; Z. 
 §536. Lubenter = libenter. 
 
 Modum : A proper limit. 
 
 Cujus = in qua. 
 
CICERO ON FRIENDSHIP. 
 
 The dialogue called Laelius, sive De Amicitia, was written 
 
 B. c. 44, after the Cato Major, and, like that treatise, was 
 very appropriately dedicated to Atticus, " the only individual 
 among his contemporaries to whom Cicero gave his whole 
 heart." 
 
 " The imaginary conversation is supposed to have taken 
 place between C. Laelius Sapiens and his two sons-in-law, 
 
 C. Fannius and Q. Mucius Scsevola, a few days after the 
 death of Africanus (b. c. 129), and to have been repeated, in 
 after times, by Scaevola to Cicero. Laelius begins by a pane- 
 gyric on his friend. Then, at the request of the young 
 men, he explains his own sentiments with regard to the 
 origin, nature, limits, and value of friendship ; traces its con- 
 nection with the higher moral virtues, and lays down the 
 rules which ought to be observed in order to render it 
 permanent and mutually advantageous." Smith's Diet., 
 Vol. I. p. 733. 
 
 In the extract here given, Laelius is the speaker. 
 
 III. Viderint sapientes : Let wise men see. 
 
 Nihil. . . .est. On the sentiment, cf. Tusc. I. xlvi. Ill, 
 Nostrum .... videamur (p. 61), and the passage from Brutus 
 cited in the note on p. 180. 
 
 Sibi .... sero : At a time propitious for himself, almost too 
 late for the republic. Sibi suo tempore, i. e. at his own good 
 time. 228 
 
chap. in. iv. 229 
 
 Duabus urbibus. Carthage and Numantia. 
 
 In matrem, etc. In like erga. " Differunt tamen istae 
 praepositiones. Nam erga ponitur, ubi de animo converse- et 
 ad aliquid flexo sermo est, in autem indicat animum directum 
 et penetrantem : idqu<*. majorem vim sive consilii sive actio- 
 nis declarat : quamquam hoc qui loquuntur non semper respi- 
 ciunt, ut in multis discrimen evanescat.'' Hand's Tursel. 
 
 in. p. 3i2. 
 
 Ut memini .... disserere. See the introduction to the notes 
 on the dialogue De Senectute, p. 201. 
 
 Etiamnum. Other readings are etiamnunc and etiamtunc. 
 " Etiamnum et etiamnunc duo nomina uno accentu conjuncta 
 habent, nee differunt significatione." Num, taking the demon- 
 strative ce, becomes nunc, as turn becomes tunc. According to 
 Fritsch, we have in -num, vvv, vvi>, (and nu in denuo, nuper, and 
 nudius-tcrtius), a contracted form of the ace. neat sing, novum, 
 vtjhv, Sansk. naica-m. 
 
 IV. lis. The Epicureans, whose philosophy was begin- 
 ning to be taught at Rome. 
 
 Vel nostrorum majorum . . . . vel . . . . vel : Ear example, of 
 our ancestors . ... or .... or, etc. " Aut is objective ; that is, 
 refers to a real difference in the things or notions themselves 
 vel is subjective ; that is, refers to a difference between them, 
 as contemplated by the mind of the person thinking and 
 speaking about them. With vel — vel the one thing does not 
 necessarily exclude the other, but both may take place in 
 whole or in part. In this use of them they may generally be 
 translated by whether — or. The vel may be repeated sev- 
 eral times .... Vel is the imperative from velle, asfer from 
 ferre, and therefore properly means '•please, 9 4 if you please* 
 i if you will.* Nearly all its meanings may be expressed by 
 the original meaning of the word." Arnold's Lai. Prose 
 Comp., Part. II. pp. 105, 106. See Madvig, cited supra, 
 p. 106. Z. § 336, § 339. 
 
 Tarn religiosa jura. See Tusc. Disp. I. xii. 27, and 
 notes, pp. 130, 131. 
 
230 CICERO ON FRIENDSHIP. 
 
 Vel eorum. The Pythagoreans. 
 
 Vel ejus. Socrates. 
 
 Non turn hoc turn Mud, .... sed idem semper. Scil. dicebat 
 
 Ut in plerisque. Scii.feri solet. 
 
 Quasi praesagiret. Scil. se mox moriturum. Schiitz. 
 
 Triduum disseruit de re publica. Cicero in his treatise De 
 Re Publica represents the conferences as extending over a 
 period of three days. 
 
 Cujus disputationis fuit extremum fere. The Somnium 
 Scipionis is introduced in the last book of the treatise De Be 
 Publica. 
 
 In quiete = in somno. 
 
 Hoc .... eventu. Ablative of cause. 
 
 Fuerat aequius : It had been fairer. In Latin, as in Eng- 
 lish, the indicative is often used where the subjunctive (poten- 
 tial) might have been expected. " When it is declared 
 without a condition what might or ought to happen (or have 
 happened), but does not happen (with possum, debeo, oportet, 
 decet, convenit, licet, or sum with a gerundive or adjective, 
 e. g. aequum, melius, utilius, par, satis, satius est, &c), the 
 indicative is commonly made use of in Latin, of present time 
 in the imperfect (in order to describe that which does not 
 happen), but of the past both in the perfect and pluperfect." 
 M. § 348. e. Obs. 1. " The imperfect indicative in this case 
 expresses things which are not, but the time for which is not 
 yet passed ; and the perfect and pluperfect indicative things 
 which have not been, but the time for which is passed." 
 Z. § 518. q. v. See also B. § 131, and A. & S. § 259, Rem. 3. 
 Cf. Horat. Sat. II. i. 16 : Attamen et justum poteras et scribere 
 fortem ; and Cic. de Nat. Deor. I. xxx. 84 : Quam bellum erat, 
 Vellei, confiteri potius nescire quod nescires, etc. By the use 
 of the indicative, the sentiment is conveyed in a more ani- 
 mated manner than it would have been with the subjunctive. 
 
ADDITIONAL 
 
 GRAMMATICAL NOTES AND REFERENCES. 
 
 *#* The references are more frequent in the first chapters than afterwards, 
 as it is presumed that students can recognize constructions for themselves 
 after their attention has been sufficiently directed to similar cases. 
 
 Page 23. g 1. Essem liberatus. (Time, with the accessory- 
 idea of cause.) H. 518, II. ; A. & G. 62, 2, 6 and note ; A. 
 AS. 263, 5, Rem. 2; B. 1244, 1245; G. 586 and Eem. 
 Pertinerent. H. 527 ; 527, 2, 2 ; A. & G. 66 7 2, and note ; 
 
 A. & S. 266, 1 ; B. 1291, 1292 ; G. 631 ; M. 369. 
 
 Quae. H. 445, 4 ; A. & G. 48, 2 ; A. & S. 206, 10 ; B. 695 ; 
 
 G. 616, 3, II. ; Z. 372. 
 Contineretur. H. 518, I. ; A. & G. 62, 2, e; A. & S. 263, 5 ; 
 
 B. 1251; G. 587. 
 
 Mini. H. 388 ; A. & G. 51, 4, a ; A. & S. 225, III. ; B. 847 ; 
 
 G. 353. 
 Posset. H. 520, II., 3 ; A. & G. 66, 1, d, Rem.; A. & S. 
 
 262, Rem. 9 ; B. 1256 ; G. 541, Rem. 1 ; M. 357, b. 
 Meum judicium fuit nostros invenisse omnia. H. 551, I., 
 
 3 ; A. & G. 57, 8, e ; A. & S. 272, note 1 ; B. 1157 ; G. 527. 
 Statuissent. H. 501, L, 3 ; A. & G. 65, 2, d; A. &S. ("Quod" 
 
 or qui) 264, 3 ; B. 1280 ; G. 629, Rem. ; M. 364, Obs. 2. 
 I 2. Elaborarent. H. 501, III.; A. & G. 6o, 2,/; A. & S. 
 
 264, 9; B. 1226 ; G. 556, Rem. 2; 554. 
 Page 24. Loquar. H. 486, II. ; A. & G. 57, 6 ; A. & S. 260, 
 
 Rem. 5; B. 1180, 1181 ; G. 468. 
 Quum . . . turn. A. & G. 43, 3, h ; 62, 2, /; G. 589 ; M. 358, 
 
 Obs. 3 (middle and end) ; Z. 723. 
 
 231 
 
232 ADDENDUM. 
 
 Jam. A. & S. 191, Kern. 6 ; Z. 286 ; Hand's Tursellinus, 
 III., p. 148, (28). 
 
 Sit comparanda. H. 494 ; A. & G. 65, 1 ; A. & S. 262, Kern. 
 1 ; B. 1218, 1220, 1221 ; G. 554, 556, 1. 
 
 { 3. Doctrina and genere. H. 429 ; A. & G. 54, 9 ; A. & S. 
 250, 1 ; B. 889. 
 
 Vincere non repugnantes. To conquer those ivho made no oppo- 
 sition. The present participle takes the time of the prin- 
 cipal verb (erat). 
 
 Conditam. H. 580; A. & G. 72, 3, a; A. & S. 274, 2, Eem. 
 5 ; B. 1357. 
 
 Qui fuit. The antecedent of qui is Livius. 
 
 Major natu, elder. Natu, ablative of specification (respect 
 in which). 
 
 Duxisset. H. 520, II. ; A. & G. 66, 1, d; A. & S. 273, 5, 
 Kern. ; 266, 3 ; B. 1255 ; G. 541 ; M. 357, a; Z. 549. 
 
 Quo, eo. Ablatives of the measure of difference. H. 418; 
 A. & G. 22, c; 54, 6, e; A. & S. 256, Eem. 16, (2) ; B. 
 929,930; G. 400. 
 
 Magnis ingeniis. H. 428 ; A. & G. 54, 7 ; A. & S. 211, 
 Eem. 6 ; B. 888 ; G. 402. 
 
 Nee . . . non. H. 585 ; A. & G. 41, 2, e, Eem. ; A. & S. 277, 
 Eem. 3; B. 998; G. 448. 
 Page 25. \ 4. Pabio laudi. H. 390 ; A. & G. 51, 5 ; A. & S. 
 227; B. 848; G. 350. 
 
 Datum esset. H. 510; A. & G. 59, 3, b; A. & S. 261, 1; B. 
 1267 ; G. 599. 
 
 Pingeret. See references under duxisset ($ 3). Quod pin- 
 ijeret is also an essential (or integral) part of the clause 
 Si . . . datum esset, being indeed the subject of its verb. 
 See references under pertinerent ($ 1). 
 
 Futuros fuisse. In conditional propositions in oratio obliqua, 
 the protasis {datum esset) has the same form as in direct 
 discourse, but in the apodosis the pluperfect subjunctive is 
 represented by the perfect infinitive of the active peri- 
 phrastic conjugation. H. 532, 2; A. & G. 67, 1, c; A. & 
 S. 268, Eem. 5, a ; B. 1303 ; Gildersleeve, 659. 
 
I. TUSC., SECTIONS 3-6. 233 
 
 Annis. H. 427, 1, (2); A. & G. 55, 1 ; 54, 6, e; 56, 2, d; 
 A. &S. 253, Eem. 1; 256, Eem. 16; 191, II. ; B. 954; 
 929 ; G. 400, Kem. 3. Ante is an adverb ; and annis is 
 ablative of the measure of the difference of time. 
 
 Indoctior. H. 444, 1 ; A. & G. 17, 5; A. & S. 256, Kem. 9, 
 (a) ; B. 902 ; G. 312, 2. " The second member of the 
 comparison is omitted, when it is easily understood. In 
 many of these instances the comparative may be translated 
 by somewhat or too" Beck's Syntax, 82, 8. The omitted 
 standard of comparison is here supplied " by the usual, or 
 proper standard." G. 
 
 Discebant. The imperfect denotes that it was the custom 
 that all learned music. 
 
 Doctrina. Instrumental ablative. We should say, in learn- 
 ing. 
 
 3 5. lis. H. 386 ; A. & G. 51, 2, cZ; A. & S. 224 ; B. 826, 
 820 ; G. 346. Anteeo is constructed both with the dative 
 and with the accusative, but more frequently with the for- 
 mer. See M. 245, 6, Obs. 2 ; 224, d; Z. 387. 
 
 Aetate. Ablative of specification, denoting that in respect of 
 which iis anteibat. 
 
 Cederetur. A passive impersonal. For its syntax, see ref- 
 erences under sit comparanda (§2). 
 Page 26. Profuimus and possumus. The indicative in the state- 
 ment of a condition which is represented as a fact, or 
 which at least neither means to imply suspense nor con- 
 trariety to fact. 
 
 Prosimus. Subjunctive of purpose, after ut. 
 
 I 6. Eo. This ablative of measure, with the comparative 
 magis, is defined by the clause quod — eruditis. 
 
 Sentiat and possit. Subjunctive after ut in a " consecutive 
 sentence" following an impersonal verb of happening. 
 G. 558. The clause is the subject of fieri potest 
 
 Et -non possit. Madvig (416, Obs. 3) cites this clause con- 
 nected by a copulative conjunction, in his instances of the 
 different ways in which without is rendered in Latin: 
 20* 
 
234 ADDENDUM. 
 
 (" without being able to express his ideas with elegance." ) 
 The et is adversative ; and yet. 
 
 Qui — possit. See the references under pertinerent (J 1). 
 
 Hominis. H. 402, I. ; A. & G. 50, 1, c; A. & S. 211, Kern. 
 8, (3) ; B. 780 ; G. 365. 
 
 Quare (qua re) is ablative of cause. 
 
 § 7. Summo ingenio. Noun and adjective in the ablative 
 of quality or description. The same rule applies to sci- 
 entia and copia, as the adjective belongs logically to those 
 nouns also. 
 Page 27. Quid possem. H. 525 ; A. & G. 67, 2 ; A. & S. 265 ; 
 B. 1182; G.469. 
 
 Me diutius, H. 417 ; A. & G. 54, 5; A. & S. 256, 2; B. 
 895 ; G. 399. 
 
 Ponere jubebam. "If, with jubeo or veto, the person to 
 whom a thing is commanded or forbidden is not specified, 
 a simple infinitive may follow." M. \ 390, Obs. 3. In 
 English, we should take the indefinite pronoun any-one 
 (quis) before ponere, and supply he as the subject of vellet. 
 
 De quo vellet. The subjunctive is used, because this relative 
 sentence depends on an infinitive, and forms an integral 
 (or "essential") part of the thought. See references 
 under pertinerent (g 1). 
 
 § 8. Fiebat autem ita. " Now it was so arranged." 
 
 Ut dicerem. Cf. ut sentiat (§ 6). 
 
 Veri simillimum. H. 391, 2, 4) ; A. & G. 51, 6, c, Kern. ; 
 A. & S. 222, Eem. 2, (a) ; B. 863 ; G. 356, Kern. 1. 
 
 Quo commodius explicentur. H. 497 ; A. & G. 64, 1, a ; A. 
 AS. 262, Kern. 9; B. 1207, (3) ; 1210; G. 545, 2. 
 
 Quasi agatur res. As if the discussion were going on. 
 
 § 9. Evenit ut morerentur. See the references under sen- 
 tiat (g 6). 
 
 Si . . . diceres, etc., exciperes, etc. H. 502 ; 510, 1 ; A. & G. 
 59, 3, 6; A. & S. 261, 1; B. 1267; 1268; G. 599. A 
 second apodosis begins with esset tamen. 
 
 Moriendum esset. The tense is determined by diceres. " The 
 imperfect subjunctive, in protasis or apodosis, even when 
 
I. TUSC, SECTIONS 7-13. 235 
 
 it refers to present time, is regularly followed by second- 
 ary tenses." A. & G. 58, 10, g. 
 Page 28. Miseros esse eos. Necesse est (and oportet) are con- 
 structed sometimes with the subjunctive without ut, some- 
 times with the accusative and infinitive. 
 
 i 10. Tibi ipsi. H. 388 ; 388, 1, 1) ; A. & G. 51, 4, a; A. 
 & S. 225, III. ; B. 847 ; 1306 ; G. 353. 
 
 Maxima corona. A noun and adjective in the ablative de- 
 noting an attendant circumstance. Ablative absolute, 
 akin to the modal ablative. 
 
 i 11. Quid negotii. H. 396, III., 2, 3), (3) ; A. & G. 50, 
 2, c; A. & S. 212, Kern. 3; B. 771 ; G. 371. 
 Page 29. Quern moveant. H. 500, 2 ; A. & G. 65, 1 ; A. & S. 
 264, 1, note; B. 1218; 1220, (b) ; 1221; G. 633. 
 
 1 12. Mallem. H. 485 ; A. & G. 57, 4, c; 60, 2, b ; A. & S. 
 260, II., Kern. 2 ; (cf. Kern. 4) ; B. 1178 ; G. 252. I could 
 have wished . . . rather, etc. It is the subjunctive of modest 
 statement, milder and more courteous than the indicative. 
 
 Metueres. Volo, nolo, malo, (which may take after them the 
 subjunctive with ut,) are commonly used only with the 
 subjunctive without ut in short and unambiguous expres- 
 sions ; otherwise with the accusative and infinitive. 
 Madvig. 
 
 Diceres. H. 496, 2 ; A. & G. 70, 4, b ; A. & S. 264, 4, Kern. 
 1 ; G. 313 ; 633. The comparative is contained in mallem 
 (= mag is veil em). 
 
 Qui . . . dimiserit. H. 519 ; A. & G. 65, 2, e ; A. & S. 264, 
 8; B. 1251; G. 636. 
 
 Illas. H. 450, 4 ; A. & G. 20, 2, b ; A. & S. 207, Bern. 24 
 B. 1030 ; G. 292, 2. 
 
 Gloria. H. 425, 2; A. & G. 54, 1 ; A. & S. 251; B. 911 
 913; 1075, V.; G. 389. 
 
 Sint oportet. H. 496, 1 ; A. & G. 70, 3, c; A. & S. 273, 4 
 B. 1222; G. 535, Kern. 1; 559, Kern. The clause is the 
 subject of oportet. A. & G. 
 
 g 13. Ita. In that case ; on that supposition. Ita is an 
 old ablative (Peile, p. 308 ; Roby, p. 173, says "apparently 
 
236 ADDENDUM. 
 
 accusative plur. neut.") from the pronominal root i, whence 
 id, ipse. 
 Page 30. Meliore memoria. Ablative of quality or description. 
 H. 428 ; A. & G. 54, 7 ; A. & S. 211, Kern. 6 ; B. 888 ; G. 
 402. 
 
 Velim. Subjunctive of mild or courteous statement. 
 
 An tu. An, what ! A. & G. 71, 2, b ; B. 1108; H. 346, II., 
 2,4; A. &S. 198, 11, (d) ; G. 459. 
 
 I 14. Dialectics imbutus, " tinctured with logic." A. & G. 
 54, 6, c. " Ablativus copiaB " (M.) ; a form of the ablative 
 of means. 
 
 TJtar post alio, sc. verbo (Latino). 
 Page 31. I 15. Aestumo = aestimo. 
 
 Page 32. § 16. tft doceam — mortem. The subjunctive with 
 ut defines ea in the preceding sentence. The whole clause 
 is a substantive clause, in the nominative case, in the pre- 
 dicate after Sunt ea understood. 
 
 § 17. Non respondebis. " The question with non expresses 
 astonishment at the assumed case of no answer being re- 
 turned. Nonne respondebis, on the contrary, would imply 
 the sure expectation of an answer." Tischer. 
 
 Quasi Py thius Apollo. Cf. Shakespeare : " I am Sir Oracle." 
 
 Conjectura. Ablative of means. 
 
 Ea refers to certa, certainties. 
 
 \ 18. Sunt qui putent. H. 501, I. ; A. & G. 65, 2, a ; A. k 
 S. 264, 6; B. 1227; G. 634. 
 Page 33. Corculum. Predicate after dictus est understood. 
 So homo. 
 
 \ 19. Animum autem alii dixerunt esse animam. 
 
 Declarat nomen, i. e., the term shows this clearly. 
 
 \ 20. Idemque, and at the same time. Said not without sar- 
 
 ^ casm. H. 451, 3 ; A. & S. 207, Kern. 27, (a) ; B. 1034; G. 
 2D6. 
 
 Quod ipsum quale esset, i. e., the exact truth in regard to which, 
 Literally, which itself just as it really is. 
 
 Verum. But. 
 Page 34. Esset. Subjunctive in the oraiio obliqua. 
 
i. tusc, sections 14-24. 237 
 
 I 21. Corinthi. In the locative case. H. 423, II., 2 in fin. ; 
 A. & G. 7, 7 ; 55, 3, c ; A. & S. 221, 1. (The explanation 
 given by A. & S. in 221, 1, note, is defective, in not recog- 
 nizing the ancient locative case, which ended in i, as Jie 
 origin of this construction. See my note on Verg. Aeneid, 
 I. 193, humi.) B. 932 ; 934 ; G. 412. Domus may be men- 
 tioned as a noun which still retains the locative case in a 
 distinct form ; domi being locative, while the genitive is 
 domus. 
 
 Qua vel agamus. The subjunctive in a relative clause in the 
 oratio obliqua. 
 
 Quippe quae nulla sit. H. 519 ; 519, 3, 1) ; A. & G. 65, 2, 
 e; (cf. 62, 2, e) ; A. & S. 264, 8, (1) and (2); B. 1253; G. 
 636. 
 
 \ 22. Ingenio et diligentia. Ablative of specification. 
 Page 35. Novo nomine. Ablative of means. 
 
 Quae. Indefinite pronoun. 
 
 Nihil est . . . quod non . . . conficiat. H. 501 ; A. & G. 65, 
 2; A. &S.264,7; G. 634. 
 
 \ 23. Viderit. The force of this subjunctive may be given 
 by the translation / leave, it for some god to see. 
 
 Utrum — an. H. 346, II., 2, 1) ; A. & G. 71, 2; A. & S. 
 198, 11, c and d; B. 1107 ; G. 460. 
 
 Quaecumque vera sit. The subjunctive is conditional ; sub- 
 junctive of contingency. 
 
 \ 24. Quid — dicam. H. 486, II. ; A. & G. 57, 6 ; A. & S. 
 260, Kern. 5; B. 1180, 1181; G. 468. ° 
 
 Qui dicat. Seeing that he says. H. 519 ; A. & G. 65, 2, e ; 
 A. &S. 264, 8; B. 1251; G. 636. 
 
 Sententiis. H. 414, 2, (1) ; A. & G. 54, 9 ; A. & S. 249, II. ; 
 G. 398. 
 Page 36. Non sentientis — intersit. But there is nothing 
 which can in any direction (or respect) concern a person 
 who has no sensation (or "sense-perception.") 
 
 Sentientis. H. 406, III. ; A. & G. 50, 4, d ; A. & S. 219 ; B. 
 809; G. 381. 
 
 Quum . . . excesserint . The quum is temporal, but takes the 
 
238 ADDENDUM. 
 
 perfect subjunctive because the clause is connected as an 
 essential part to a clause which has its principal verb in 
 the infinitive. 
 Page 37. I 26. Vereor ne malum sit. H. 492, 4, 1 ; A. & G. 
 70, 3,/; A. & S. 262, Kern. 7 ; B. 1215 ; G. 552. 
 
 Quod. A thing which. The antecedent is auctoribus uti op- 
 timis. 
 
 I 27. Quum . . . turn. A. & G. 42, 3, h; A. & S. 198 (in 
 the catalogue) ; G. 589. 
 Page 38. \ 30. Cujus = ut ejus. 
 
 Lugeat. H. 501, I. ; A. & G. 65, 2, a ; A. & S. 264, 7 ; G. 
 634. 
 Page 39. Tolle . . . sustuleris (from tollo). An imperative as 
 the protasis. 
 
 \ 31. Omnibus curae. H. 390 ; A. & G. 51, 5 ; A. & S. 
 227; B. 848; 849; G. 350. 
 
 Quae prosint. Relative clause of purpose. 
 
 I 32. Quin . . . deceat. H. 498, 3 ; A. & G. 65, 1, b; A. & 
 S. 262, note 7; B. 1230; G. 551. 
 
 Ad homines juvandos, etc. H. 565, 3; A.& G. 73, 3, c; A.& 
 S. 275, Rem. 2, (3) ; Rem. 3 ; B. 1338 ; G. 433. 
 Page 40. Sine magna spe. This clause serves as the protasis 
 of the apodosis se offerret, etc. 
 
 \ 33. Otioso. H. 547, II. ; A. & G. 57, 8, e, Rem. 1 ; A. & 
 S. 227, note, (at the end) ; B. 1142; 1143; 1144; G. 535, 
 Rem. 2. 
 
 Tarn amens ... qui viveret. H. 489, II. ; A. & G. 65, 1 ; A. 
 & S. 264, 1, a } and note; B. 1220, (6) ; 1221 ; G. 633. 
 
 \ 34. Mercedem gloriae. Gloriae is the epexegetical geni- 
 tive in place of an appositive. 
 
 Faxit. Madvig considers this form as a future subjunctive 
 (so Roby, 621-624), used in wishes as a present subjunc- 
 tive. Peile (Introduction to Greek and Latin Etymology, p. 
 295) takes it as a perfect subjunctive. The various views 
 of its origin are stated or referred to by Roby and Peile, 
 //. cc. 
 Page 41. I 37. Quum. Although. 
 
i. tusc, sections 26-51. 239 
 
 Page 42. g 38. Honore et disciplina. Hendiadys. (Consult 
 your Grammar by the aid of its Index.) 
 2 39. Pythagoram. " When a relative clause has the same 
 verb (sensisse) as the proposition with the infinitive on 
 which the relati7e clause depends, but without the repeti- 
 tion of the verb, the subject of the verb in the relative 
 clause is put by attraction in the accusative." B. 1158. 
 
 Page 43. Quanti facias. H. 402, III., 1 ; A. & G. 54, 8, a; 
 A. & S. 214, Eem. 1, (a) ; B. 799 ; 802 ; G. 378 ; 379. 
 1 40. Erraverim. H. 486, III., 6 ; A. & G. 60, 2, a, b; A. 
 & S. 260, Kern. 4; B. 1179 ; G. 250. 
 
 Page 44. g 41. Quam quisque norit artem, etc. u Treibe jeder 
 was er kann." 
 
 Page 45. \ 43. Eo facilius evadat. Would the more easily 
 make its way out. 
 
 Page 47. \ 46. Apertis . . . auribus. Adversative ablative 
 absolute. Although both our eyes and ears are open and 
 unimpaired. 
 
 Page 48. \ 47. Esset habitums. The imperfect tense is used 
 in this dependent proposition, because the leading propo- 
 sition, which it follows (diceremus, etc.), is in a past tense. 
 M. 383; Z. 512, note, in fine. 
 \ 48. Templa. Vast spaces in general ; but not without the 
 associated idea of consecrated (to the god of the Lower- 
 World). 
 Non pudet. " A direct question, in which no interrogative 
 pronoun, pronominal adjective, or adverb is used, may be 
 put without any particle to mark its interrogative char- 
 acter, if it is asked with an expression of doubt and sur- 
 prise. If expressed negatively," (as here,) "it implies 
 that the answer is expected in the affirmative, and vice 
 versa: 7 M. \ 450. 
 I 49. Nescio quid, (French je ne sais qnoi,) is used as a noun 
 in the accusative, the object of adepti sunt, having the ad- 
 jective praeclarum agreeing with it. 
 
 Page 49. § 51. Nisi — possumus, i.e. for unless, when we 
 have never seen something, we are unable to understand 
 what its nature is. 
 
240 ADDENDUM. 
 
 § 52. Animo. Ablative of means. In psychological studies, 
 the mind is both the observer and the observed. 
 
 Page 50. Acrioris. See note on Indoctior, J 4. 
 
 Page 51. I 55. Concurrant. H. 515, 1. ; A. & G. 61, 2; 70, 
 3, c, Kern.; A. & S. 263, 2; 273, 4; B. 1282; 1283; G. 
 605,4; 609. 
 
 Page 52. § 57. Et earn. " A more precise definition " or 
 additional characterization "of a word, is connected em- 
 phatically hy et is (atqueis, etisquidem) y andthat." M. 484, c. 
 
 Page 53. g 58. Cognita attulit. It brought them in(to the 
 world) already known. 
 $ 59. Quanta memoria. Ablative of quality. 
 
 Page 54. \ 60. Sive anima sive ignis sit. We have here the 
 lively present, although we should have expected the im- 
 perfect by attraction to jurarem, as in the case of esset 
 habiturus, \ 47. 
 
 Page 55. § 63. Sine divino ingenio == nisi divinum ingenium 
 habuisset. The protasis oipotuisset. 
 g 64. Ut ego putem. So as to allow me to believe, or so 
 that I could believe. He does not believe poetam — sen- 
 tentiis, as he would if he thought there was nothing god- 
 like in those powers of -mind whence poetry and eloquence 
 proceed. The force of the negative, ne — quidem, is felt 
 throughout the whole sentence. 
 
 Page 56. Modestiam = a^poavvrjv. 
 
 Page 57. § 67. Potesne = num potes, expecting a negative 
 answer. This is a rare use of the enclitic ne. Cf. Cat. 
 Maj. xvi. 56, and De Orat. I. lii : Potestne virtus servire f 
 More often, ne is used for nonne. But in general, as is well 
 known, ne simply denotes a question, without implying 
 either an affirmation or a negation. 
 
 Page 58. \ 68. Temperatiouem corporum. " Corporis tem- 
 peratio, quum ea congruunt inter se, e quibus constamus, 
 sanitas dicitur." Cic. Tusc. Disp. IV., xiii. 30. 
 \ 69. Convestirier. " To be clad on all sides (con-)." 
 
 Page 60. Chap. xxx. Censebat, disseruit. A very good in- 
 stance of the difference between the imperfect, of habitual 
 action, and the aoristic perfect (perfect indefinite). 
 
i. tusc., sections 52-87. 241 
 
 Page 62. \ 75. Si liberet. Impersonal. If I felt so inclined. 
 Page 64. \ 79. Aegrum. '< Affected by sickness." 
 Page 65. $ 81. Vellem. I could wish. " Vellem, nollem, and 
 mallem are used to introduce a wish the non-reality and 
 impossibility of which we know." Z. 528, note 2. 
 Posset. H. 551, II., 2, 2; A. & G. 70, 3, 6; A. & S. 273, 
 
 4; 262, Kern. 4; B. 1204; G. 546, Kern. 3. 
 I 82. Spero fore ut contingat. " For the future infinitive, 
 both in the active and passive voice, a periphrasis with 
 fore ut or futurum esse ut, is often made use of, especially in 
 verbs which want the supine and the future participle." M. 410. 
 Contingat, will be our happy lot. 
 
 i: Conlingit use of things we like, 
 But accidit when evils strike." 
 
 Page 66. Et falsum. Et, and moreover, like atque. Tischer. 
 Et fit. Et here seems to take the place of a causal particle, 
 
 for. Tischer. 
 Totumque. Que, and in short ; and in fine ; to sum it all up. 
 Tischer. 
 Page 67. \ 85. Sit. Subjunctive in supposing a case. 
 In utroque. In the case of each. 
 Priamo. Dative of disadvantage. 
 
 Quasi — quidquam. Ironical sentences introduced by quasi 
 imply a negative meaning, and hence the pronouns quis- 
 quam and ullus are used in them (and not aliquis or quis- 
 piam), when the negation is universal and relates to the 
 whole proposition. Cf. M. 494. The same rule applies 
 to quasi certi quidquam ($ 86), and quasi quisquam (g 92). 
 Page 68. §87. An potest, etc. But can he, etc. The sentence 
 introduced by on is a refutation of the opinion implied in 
 the preceding sentence ita dicant, etc. 
 Nomen carendi. Carendi is genitive epexegetieal, used in- 
 stead of an appositive ; "the word carere." The gerund 
 represents oblique cases of the infinitive. 
 Page 69. Habeas, etc. The second person singular of the sub- 
 junctive, used of an assumed person representing a single 
 indefinite subject (you = one, any one). M. 370. 
 16 — Cic. Tusc. Disp. 
 
242 ADDENDUM. 
 
 Page 70. $ 89. Si timeretur. The imperfect is used here 
 for the pluperfect, partly as a lively turn of rhetoric. The 
 action, however, is not considered as one that has happened 
 and been completed before the other, but as accompanying 
 it and continuing along with it, or perhaps as wonted. 
 The positive assertion would be: concidit: non enim time- 
 bat. So I 27 : nisi haereret. See note, p. 153 ; M. 347, 6, 
 Obs. 2. 
 
 Page 71. I 90. Pluris. See note on quanti facias, \ 39. 
 Sensu, salute. Ablative of that in accordance with which. 
 I 91. Quo minus consulat. H. 499 ; A. & G. 70, 3, e; A. 
 & S. 262, Eem. 9 ; B. 1236 ; G. 549. 
 
 Page 72. \ 93. Querare. H. 501, I., 1; A. & G. 65, 2, a; 
 A. &S. 264, 7, note 3. G. 634; M. 365; Z. 562. 
 
 Page 73. g 95. Totamque — et — ac. An instructive example 
 in the use of conjunctions. The whole sentence is united 
 to the preceding one by que, its parts are connected to- 
 gether by et, and their subordinate members by ac, Tis- 
 cher. 
 
 Page 74. \ 96. Animis. A locative ablative. The regular 
 locative form is used in the singular, as pendet animi. Cic. 
 Tusc. Disp. IV. xvi. 35, where see Kiihner. 
 I 97. Vadit enim. Enim is found in the best MSS., although 
 omitted by Orelli. It suggests some ellipsis, like sed 
 Theramenem missum faciamus (Kiihner), for which it intro- 
 duces the reason. 
 
 Page 75. § 98. Appellentur. Kiihner says of this subjunc- 
 tive: "referendus est ad mentem Socratis." 
 Ne . . . timueritis. H. 488, II., 2 and 3; A. & G. 57, 3, b; 
 A. & S. 260, Rem. 6, (6), (c) ; 267, Rem. 2; B. 1114; G. 
 256, 2. 
 
 Page 77. ? 102. Esto. The force of this imperative may be 
 given by the phrase, I grant it. It is a formula of conces- 
 sion, like the Greek tit*. The connection of thought is 
 this : I grant that in those cases of brave and hardy Spar- 
 tans, much may be attributed to the effect of the severe 
 discipline in which they had been trained. But I will 
 
i. tusc, sections 89-118. 243 
 
 bring you an example of equal hardihood from the ranks 
 of studious philosophers. 
 Humine. Ne is the interrogative particle. 
 
 Page 78. \ 103. Ut tibi videbitur. Tischer in his more re- 
 cent editions adopts this reading, acknowledging that the 
 future is to be preferred to the present (videtur) on account 
 of its connection with the imperative future sepelito. 
 
 Page 80. I 107. Qui non erudierit nee docuerit. Not to have 
 instructed his son (i. e. Thyestes) nor taught him, etc. The 
 relative clause with the subjunctive, containing the reason 
 of what precedes. 
 
 Page 81. g 109. Laudis et gloriae (after bonis). Epexeget- 
 ical genitive. Cf. gloriae, \ 34. 
 
 Page 83. § 111. Tit mihi videbar. As it seemed to me. "Even 
 in an observation inserted parenthetically with ut, videor 
 is, almost always, referred personally to the subject spoken 
 of." M. 400, a, Obs. 
 
 Page 84. \ 114. Qui — dedisse scribitur. Scribor, demon- 
 stror, audior, intelligor, are mentioned by Madvig (400, c) 
 as verbs in which, as well as in verbs of saying and think- 
 ing, the personal form of expression is sometimes used in- 
 stead of the impersonal in the passive. 
 I 115. Decebat. See the note on Fuerat aequius, p. 230. 
 Also A.&G. 59, 3, e; 60, 2, c. 
 
 Page 86. \ 118. Horribilem . . . aliis, nobis faustum. A fine 
 chiasmus ; the antithesis between the two series of words 
 being made more striking by inverting the order of the 
 corresponding words in the second series. 
 
 THE END. 
 
Model Text-Books 
 
 FOR 
 
 CHASE AND STUART'S CLASSICAL SERIES, 
 
 EDITED BY 
 
 THOMAS CHASE, A.M., GEOKGE STUAET, A.M., 
 
 PROFESSOR OF CLASSICAL LITERATURE, PROFESSOR OF THE LATIN LANGUAGE, 
 
 HAVERFORD COLLEGE, PENNA. CENTRAL HIGH SCHOOL, PHILADA. 
 
 AND 
 
 E. P. CEO WELL, A.M., 
 
 PROFESSOR OF LATIN IN AMHERST COLLEGE. 
 REFERENCES TO 
 
 HARKNESS'S LATIN GRAMMAR, 
 
 ANDREWS & STODDARD'S LATIN GRAMMAR, 
 
 BULLIONS & MORRIS'S LATIN GRAMMAR, 
 
 GILDERSLEEVE'S LATIN GRAMMAR, 
 
 ALLEN'S MANUAL LATIN GRAMMAR, 
 
 AND 
 
 ALLEN & GREENOUGH'S LATIN GRAMMAR. 
 
 The publication of this edition of the Classics was suggested 
 by the constantly increasing demand by teachers for an edition 
 which, by judicious notes, would give to the student the assist- 
 ance really necessary to render his study profitable, furnishing 
 explanations of passages difficult of interpretation, of peculiari- 
 ties of Syntax, &c, and yet would require him to make faithful 
 use of his Grammar and Dictionary. 
 
 It is believed that this classical Series needs only to be known 
 
 2 
 
3 
 
 to insure its very general use. The publishers claim for it 
 peculiar merit, and beg leave to call attention to the following 
 important particulars : 
 
 The text is not a mere reprint, but is 
 based upon a careful and painstak- 
 ing comparison of all the most im- 
 proved editions, with constant refer- 
 ence to the authority of the best 
 manuscripts. 
 
 No pains have been spared to make the 
 notes accurate, clear, and helpful to 
 the learner, Points of geography, 
 history, mythology, and antiquities 
 are explained in accordance with the 
 views of the best German scholars, 
 
 The generous welcome given to these books, proves very 
 conclusively that they are well adapted to the wants of the class- 
 room. They have been adopted in every State of the Union, 
 and we have the proud satisfaction of stating that they are at 
 this time the standard text-books in more than 
 
 The purity of the text. 
 
 The clearness and conciseness of the 
 
 notes, and their adaptation to the 
 
 wants of students. 
 The beauty of type and paper, 
 The handsome style of binding, 
 The convenience of the shape and size. 
 The low price at which the volumes 
 
 are sold. 
 The preparation of the whole Series 
 
 is the original work of American 
 
 scholars. 
 
 |ltte {Thousand Schools, 
 
 and the number is daily increasing. Among these are many of 
 the largest and most important classical institutions in the country. 
 The Publishers desire to acknowledge their indebtedness to 
 the teachers of Latin throughout the country who are using these 
 books, for the high position that has been accorded to them. 
 Grateful for the very flattering welcome they have received, we 
 pledge ourselves that the entire Series shall be 
 In Scholarship Inferior to None. 
 
 In Appearance The Most Attractive. 
 
 In Binding The Most Durable. 
 
 In Price The Most Reasonable. 
 
 To those teachers who do not use them we suggest the con- 
 sideration of two facts : 
 
 1. Large and permanent success follows only real merit. 
 
 2. Such success has been obtained by these books. 
 
 And we are confident that if they will inquire into the merit 
 
 J 
 
which has insured this success, they will find that they are well 
 worthy of the commendation bestowed upon them. 
 The Series contains the following works, viz. : 
 
 fjESAR'S COMMENTARIES on the Gallic War. 
 
 ** With Explanatory Notes, Lexicon, Geographical 
 Index, Map of Gaul, Plan of the Bridge, &c. 
 By Prof. George Stuart. Price by mail, post- 
 paid, $1.25. 
 
 FIRST SIX BOOKS OF VIRGIL'S jENEID. 
 
 A With Explanatory Notes, Lexicon, Remarks on 
 Classical Versification, Index of Proper Names, 
 &c. By Prof. Thomas Chase. Price by mail, 
 
 postpaid, #1.25. 
 
 YIRGIL'S 7ENEID. With Explanatory Notes, 
 " Metrical Index, Remarks on Classical Versifica- 
 tion, Index of Proper Names, &c. By Prof. 
 Thomas Chase. Price by mail, postpaid, #1.50. 
 
 VIRGIL'S ECLOGUES, GEORGICS, AND MO- 
 
 RETUM. With Explanatory Notes, Lexicon, 
 &c. By Prof. George Stuart. Price by mail, 
 postpaid, $1.25. 
 
 flCERO'S SELECT ORATIONS. With Expiana- 
 
 ^ tory Notes, Lexicon, Life of Cicero, List of Con- 
 suls during his Life, Plan of the Roman Forum 
 and its Surroundings, &c. By Prof. George 
 Stuart. Price by mail, postpaid, $1.50. 
 
 CALLUST'S CATILINE AND JUGURTHINE 
 
 WAR. With Explanatory Notes, Lexicon, &c. 
 
 By Prof. George Stuart. 
 paid, $1.25. 
 
 Price by mail, post- 
 
rORNELIUS NEPOS. With Explanatory Notes, 
 
 ^ Lexicon, &c. By Prof. George Stuart. Price 
 by mail, postpaid, $1.25. 
 
 UORACE'S ODES, SATIRES, AND EPISTLES. 
 
 " With Explanatory Notes, Metrical Key, Index 
 of Proper Names, &c. By Prof. Thomas Chase. 
 Price by mail, postpaid, $1.50. 
 
 [IVY. BOOKS I, XXI, AND XXII. With ex- 
 
 ^ tracts from Books ix, xxvi, xxxv, xxxvin, xxxix, 
 
 and xlv. With Explanatory Notes, Geographical 
 Index, &c. By Prof. Thomas Chase. Price by 
 mail, postpaid, $1.50. 
 
 TICERO DE SENECTUTE ET DE AMICITIA. 
 
 ^ With Explanatory Notes, &c. By E. P. Crowell, 
 A.M., Professor of Latin, and H. B. Richard- 
 son, Instructor of Latin in Amherst College. 
 Price by mail, postpaid, $1.25. 
 
 TICERO DE OFFICIIS. With Explanatory Notes, 
 
 ^ &c. By E. P. Crowell, A.M., Professor of 
 Latin in Amherst College. Price by mail, post- 
 paid, £1.50. 
 
 flCERO'S TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. Book 
 
 ^ First. The Dream of Scipio, and Extracts from 
 the Dialogues on Old Age and Friendship. With 
 Explanatory Notes. By Prof. Thomas Chase. 
 
 • - Price by mail, postpaid, $1.25. 
 
A 
 
 SERIES OF TEXT-BOOKS 
 
 ON THE 
 
 ENGLISH LANGUAGE. 
 
 By John S. Hart, LL.D., Professor of Rhetoric and 
 of the English Language in the College of New 
 Jersey. 
 The Series comprises the following volumes, viz. : 
 First Lessons in Composition, . . . Price, $0.90 
 Composition and Rhetoric, ... ** 1.50 
 
 A Short Course in Literature, ... " 1.50 
 
 And for Colleges and Higher Institutions of Learning: 
 A Manual of American Literature, . . « 2.50 
 
 A Manual of English Literature, . • " 2.50 
 
 Hart's First Lessons in Composition is intended for begin- 
 ners. A greater help to the Teacher never was invented. It 
 will revolutionize the whole work of teaching. By the increased 
 power of expression which it gives to the pupil, it doubles his 
 progress in every study. There is not a school but in which 
 a class can be formed for its advantageous use. Any pupil able 
 to read tolerably well can use it to advantage. 
 
 Hart's Composition and Rhetoric has been prepared with a 
 full knowledge of the wants of both teacher and scholar in this 
 important branch of education, and the author has spared no 
 pains to make the book eminently practical and adapted to use 
 in the class-room. Dr. Hart has been engaged for more than 
 one-third of a century in the practical duties of the school- 
 room, and for years past has made a specialty of the subject of 
 which the present volume treats. The great variety and copious- 
 ness of the " Examples for Practice" will commend the book to 
 general favor. In this respect it is unequalled by any similar 
 work heretofore published. 
 
7 
 Hart's Short Course in Literature, English and American., 
 
 is intended as a text-book for wSchools and Academies. It is 
 designed for the use cf those who have not the time to devote 
 to the study of Literature as laid down in the larger books of 
 the Series. 
 
 Hart's Manual of English Literature is intended as a text- 
 book for Colleges, and as a book of reference. 
 
 Hart's Manual of American Literature is a companion volume 
 to the " English Literature," with which it corresponds in 
 general character and design. It is intended as a text-book for 
 Colleges, and as a book of reference. 
 
 In these volumes Prof. Hart has embodied the matured fruits 
 of his life-long studies in this department of letters. We believe 
 they will be found in advance of any other text-books on the 
 subject, in the comprehensiveness of the plan, the freshness of 
 much of the materials, the sound judgment shown in the critical 
 opinions, the clearness with which the several topics are pre- 
 sented, and the beauty as well as the practical convenience of the 
 mechanical arrangements. 
 
 The scholarly culture and excellent literary judgment dis- 
 played, entitle these books to a high place among the works on 
 English literature. The plan and arrangement present many 
 novel features, and the thoroughness of detail, brevity and pre- 
 cision of statement, elegance of style, and soundness of opinion 
 which characterize the volumes, call for the sincerest commen- 
 dation. 
 
 ANATOMY, PHYSIOLOGY, AND HYGIENE. 
 
 " A Text-Book for Schools, Academies, Colleges, 
 and Families. By Joseph C. Martindale, M. D. , 
 late Principal of the Madison Grammar School, 
 Philadelphia. Price by mail, postpaid, $1.30. 
 The study of Physiology and the Laws of Health is as impor- 
 tant as it is interesting. Its importance has become so generally 
 
8 
 
 I recognized that there are now few schools in which it does not 
 occupy a prominent position in the course of instruction. Dr. 
 Martindale's Anatomy, Physiology, and Hygiene presents the 
 following claims to the consideration of teachers. Technicalities 
 have been avoided, so far as consistent with the treatment of the 
 subject. The style in which it is written is not only pleasing, 
 but such as to be readily comprehended by those for whose use 
 it is designed. Superfluous matter has been omitted, so that 
 the book can be completed in a much shorter period than any 
 other text-book on the subject as yet published. 
 Descriptive circular sent on application. 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN NATURAL PHILOSO- 
 
 PHYi For Beginners. By Joseph C. Martin- 
 dale, M.D., late Principal of the Madison Gram- 
 mar School. Price by mail, postpaid, 60 cents. 
 
 This book is what its title indicates, " First Lessons in Natural 
 Philosophy ; " and it presents each division of the subject in such 
 an easy and familiar style, that it cannot fail to interest and in- 
 struct any child of ordinary intelligence. Beginning as it does 
 in a simple and easy manner, it secures the interest of the pupil 
 by first directing his attention to objects in nature with which he 
 is familiar. When the interest is thus excited, the subject is 
 gradually unfolded by presenting, one after another, the familiar 
 things met with in the every-day walks of life ; thus, the most 
 common objects are made the means of teaching great philo- 
 sophical truths. Only so much of the subject is presented as can 
 be taught with profit in our public and private schools, yet what 
 has been given will be found to embrace all the more common 
 phenomena met with in every-day life. The facts are so clearly 
 and so plainly set forth, that they are entirely capable of com- 
 prehension by those for whose use and benefit this little work is 
 designed. 
 
 Teachers interested in the "Object Lesson" system of teach- 
 
9 
 
 ing will find this little book a valuable aid, in furnishing sub- 
 jects for discussion. 
 
 Circular containing specimen pages, &c, sent to any address 
 on application. 
 
 A N ELEMENTARY ALGEBRA, FOR SCHOOLS 
 
 A AND ACADEMIES. By Joseph W. Wilson, 
 A.M., Professor of Mathematics in the Phila- 
 delphia Central High School. Price by mail, 
 postpaid, $1.25. 
 
 The present work is the result of an effort to produce an Ele- 
 mentary Algebra suited to the wants of classes commencing the 
 study. It has been prepared by one who for years has felt the 
 need of just such a book, and is the fruit of long experience 
 in the school-room. 
 
 With this book in hand, the pupil cannot help avoiding the 
 difficulties which invariably present themselves at the very 
 threshold of the study of Algebra. 
 
 It has been the aim to give such a presentation of the subject 
 as will meet the wants of Common Schools and Academies. It 
 is an elementary work, and no attempt has been made to include 
 everything which might be brought under the head of Algebra. 
 The treatment of the subject is on the principle of "step by 
 step," so that the pupil at the very outset is inspired with a de- 
 gree of confidence which induces self-reliance; rendering un- 
 necessary a constant application to the teacher for help. 
 
 The book is commended to teachers in the hope that it wLl 
 satisfy a need which the author has himself frequently felt. 
 
 Descriptive circular sent on application. 
 
 A KEY TO WILSON'S ELEMENTARY AL- 
 
 GEBRA f° r tne use of Teachers only. By 
 Prof. Joseph W. Wilson, A. M. Price by 
 mail, postpaid, $1.25. 
 
THE MODEL DEFINER. An Elementary Book 
 1 for Beginners, containing Definitions, Etymol- 
 ogy, and Sentences as Models, exhibiting the 
 correct use of Words. By A. C. Webb. Price 
 by mail, postpaid, 25 cents. 
 
 THE MODEL ETYMOLOGY. Giving not only the 
 Definition, Etymology, and Analysis, but also 
 that which can be obtained only from an intimate 
 acquaintance with the best authors, viz. : the 
 correct use of Words. By A. C. Webb. Price 
 by mail, postpaid, 60 cents. 
 
 The plan adopted in the Model Defmer and Model Etymology 
 is not new. All good Dictionaries illustrate the meaning by a 
 Model. To quote from a good author, a sentence containing the 
 word, as proof of its correct use, is the only authority allowed. 
 A simple trial of the work, either by requiring the child to form 
 sentences similar to those given, or by memorizing the sentences 
 as models for future use, will convince any one of the following 
 advantages to be derived from the Model Word-Book Series. 
 
 1. Saving of time. 
 
 2. Increased knowledge of words. 
 
 3. Ease to teacher and scholar. 
 
 4. A knowledge of the correct use of words. 
 Descriptive Circular sent on application. 
 
 MARTINDALE'S HISTORY OF THE UNITED 
 
 STATES. From the Discovery of America to 
 the close of the late Rebellion. By Joseph C. 
 Martindale, M.D., Principal of the Madison 
 Grammar School, Philadelphia. Price by mail, 
 postpaid, 60 cents. 
 
13 
 
 "With this book in his hand, the scholar can in a single school- 
 term obtain as complete a knowledge of the History of the United 
 States as has heretofore required double the time and effort. 
 
 Descriptive circular sent on application. 
 
 THE YOUNG STUDENT'S COMPANION ; or, 
 
 * Elementary Lessons and Exercises in Translating 
 from English into French. ByM. A. Longstreth, 
 Principal of a Seminary for Young Ladies, Phila- 
 delphia. Price by mail, postpaid, $1.00. 
 
 TABLES OF LATIN SUFFIXES. Designed as 
 
 * an Aid to the Study of the Latin Grammar. By 
 Amos N. Currier, A.M., Professor of Latin in 
 the University of Iowa. Price, 50 cents. 
 
 A FRENCH VERB BOOK; or, the New Expositor 
 " of Verbs in French. By Ernest Lagarde, 
 
 A.M., Professor of Modern Languages in Mount 
 
 St. Mary's College. Price, £1.00. 
 
 Lagarde's French Verb Book embraces a comprehensive anal- 
 ysis of the conjugations, a new method for the formation and use 
 of the tenses, and a complete paradigm of all the verbs, the 
 whole explained and exemplified by full illustrations. It is 
 believed that the book will be found a valuable aid to the study 
 of the French language. 
 
 COMPENDIUM OF FRENCH RULES. A Com- 
 
 ^ pendium of the Grammatical Rules of the French 
 Language. By F. A. Bregy, A.M., Professor 
 of French in the University of Pennsylvania. 
 
14 
 
 IN THREE PARTS. 
 
 PART FIRST. Price by mail, postpaid, 75 cents. 
 
 PART SECOND. " " 50 " 
 
 PART THIRD. In Preparation. 
 These hand-books can be advantageously used in connection 
 with any system. They lead the student from the first elements 
 of the language to and through the principal rules of the French 
 Syntax, enabling him, in a short time, to master intelligently 
 what otherwise would prove a tedious and difficult task. 
 
 C ELECTIONS FOR LITTLE FOLKS. A Book 
 
 ** of Poetical Selections for Children. Price by 
 mail, postpaid, 50 cents. 
 
 That sympathy which loves to link the present with the past, 
 has prompted the preparation of this volume. Simply to make 
 a child glad, is a worthy motive for storing its mind with poetic 
 utterances, especially when the remembrance of such happiness 
 becomes a well-spring of delight for a lifetime. 
 
 This little book is intended for children not more than nine 
 or ten years of age, and the compiler would feel it a good excuse 
 for adding another book to those already extant, should the little 
 ones find pleasure in it. 
 
 IN THE SCHOOL-ROOM ; or, Chapters in the 
 * Philosophy of Education. By John S. Hart, 
 LL.D., Principal of New Jersey State Normal 
 School. Price by mail, postpaid, #1.25. 
 
 This work gives the results of the experience and observation 
 of the author "In the School-room" for a period of years ex- 
 tending over more than one-third of a century. 
 
 No teacher can afford to be without it. 
 It is a teacher's library in a single book. 
 Descriptive circular sent on application. 
 
i5 
 THE MODEL ROLL-BOOK, No. 1. For the Use 
 
 A of Schools. Containing a Record of Attendance, 
 Punctuality, Deportment, Orthography, Reading, 
 Penmanship, Intellectual Arithmetic, Practical 
 Arithmetic, Geography, Grammar, Parsing and 
 History, and several blanks for special studies 
 not enumerated. Price by mail, postpaid, $5.00. 
 
 THE MODEL ROLL-BOOK, No. 2. For the use 
 
 A of High Schools, Academies, and Seminaries. 
 Containing a Record of all the studies mentioned 
 in Roll-Book No. i, together with Declamation, 
 Elocution, Algebra, Geometry, Composition, 
 Rhetoric, French, Latin, Philosophy, Physiol- 
 ogy, and several blanks for special studies not 
 enumerated. Price by mail, postpaid, $5.00. 
 
 THE MODEL POCKET REGISTER & GRADE- 
 
 BOOK. A Roll-Book, Record, and Grade-Book 
 combined. Adapted to all grades of classes, 
 whether in College, Academy, Seminary, High 
 or Primary School. Bound in fine English cloth, 
 crimson edges. Price by mail, postpaid, 65 cents. 
 
 THE MODEL SCHOOL DIARY. Designed as an 
 A aid in securing the co-operation of parents. It 
 consists of a Record of the Attendance, Deport- 
 ment, Recitations, &c, of the Scholar, for every j 
 day in the week. At the close of the week it is to be 
 sent to the parent or guardian for examination. 
 Price per dozen, by mail, postpaid, $1.05. 
 

 T H f 
 
 B 
 
 16 
 
 MODEL MONTHLY REPORT. The gen- 
 
 eral character of the Monthly Report is the same 
 as that of the Model School Diary, excepting that 
 it is intended for a Monthly instead of a Weekly 
 Report of the Attendance, Recitations, &c, of the 
 Pupil. Price per dozen, by mail, postpaid, #1.05. 
 
 00K- KEEPING BLANKS. Consisting of six 
 blank books, as follows : Day Book, Cash Book, 
 Ledger, Journal, Bill Book, and Book for Miscel- 
 laneous Exercises. Price for each book by mail, 
 postpaid, 15 cents; or the entire set of six books 
 by mail, postpaid, 90 cents. 
 
 These books have been prepared as a matter of practical con- 
 venience for students in Book-keeping. They can be used with 
 any treatise, and will be sold singly or in sets, as may be desired. 
 
 Teachers corresponding with us are requested to supply us 
 with a copy of the circular or catalogue of the school of which 
 they are the Principal, or with which they are connected. 
 
 Descriptive circulars of all our publications will be sent to 
 any address on application. 
 
 Please address, 
 
 ELDREDGE & BROTHER, 
 
 No. 17 North Seventh Street, 
 
 PHILADELPHIA. 
 
■A 
 
 jffitKuMlIK 
 
 • I . *'^^Li *"* , "*»»V* - V *-l«-'» »,w*F.<-« 
 
 ^H ■ 
 
 is H ■ H 
 
 SSfflffl .vir.-: J-rA'i3S ( tH 
 
 H 
 
 sag 
 
 «5*sS 
 sboMBh